av [ee a. ee all deal janie te ae See ni deat noe vor Eatin aie sate Heo 8 eo Rabe oR ee esa icirentsote nil ae Bind ae fe 8 Eoin ee writen nel Ag Ae tsp YW ry ti dr bin Fe HO ile rp a> aa ipvindeg oo ~. al ia ener: re i ay Aopen ith te Speak cep ae Ge ‘ Ao RP ne igh Nota othe Ts reac RON OP ODL He $40 Se Dh Rr een ie ot mere pH ee ree “Dvipedind ney tad tive tone et Tet i Het Leah iaw aes id ‘i Aa peasy oy aT bP Dan Av) ti ee 2a THE TRANSACTIONS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY LONDON FOR. THE Y BAR 1912. 698. a { elétezioo — AGE Sa : eZ mw GO, ent Q SS iL 0 ay) 4 0 Ne : ee See a — ———— eteiinete nee ~ oe LONDON: PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY BY RICHARD CLAY AND SONS, LIMITED, LONDON AND BUNGAY. SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S ROOMS, 11, CHANDOS STREET, CAVENDISH SQUARE, W., AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO, PATERNOSTER ROW, E.C.; AND NEW YORK. 1912-1913. \ Q Wi Al, \ f \ . z — > oe 8 DATES OF PUBLICATION IN PARTS. Part I. (TRawns., p. 1-374) ; z - was published 12 July, 1912 er UE 375-475, Proc., i-lxxx) Fr 4Oct. , ge) ATG as 477-642, ,, \xxxi-xcvi) s 24 Dec. ,,_ shen IG whee 643-754, ,, xevii-cxlii) * 11 Feb., 1913 oe ee 31 Mar. ,, 4 y , } i at Sfrua- ot TOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON hem & ¥ ye ape os __{NcoRPORATED BY Royal CHarTER, 1885, FouNDED, 1833. OFFICERS and COUNCIL for the SESSION 1912-1913. President, Rev. FRANCIS DAVID MORICHE, M.A. Vice=Presidents, MALCOLM BURR, D.Sc., F.LS., F.Z.S. JOHN HARTLEY DURRANT. ALBERT HUGH JONES. Treasurer. ALBERT HUGH JONES. Secretaries, CommManDER JAMES J. WALKER, M.A., R.N., F.LS. Rev. GEORGE WHEELER, M.A., F.Z.S. Librarian. GEORGE CHARLES CHAMPION, A.L.S., F.Z.S. Otber Members of Council. ROBERT ADKIN. GEORGE T. BETHUNE-BAKER, F.LS., F.ZS. HORACE Sr. JOHN DONISTHORPE, F.Z.S. STANLEY EDWARDS, F.LS., F.ZS. A. E. GIBBS, F.LS., F.R.HLS. W. E. SHARP. ALFRED SICH. J. R. we B. TOMLIN, M.A. HENRY JEROME TURNER. COLBRAN J. WAINWRIGHT. Resident Librarian. GEORGE BETHELL, F.R.H1st.S. ay? Dear | iva y en : = as 0 45) af i teenie ae a : a. | P? aa pe MOMENT HO ETI PACE) TENE 4 ; / a SHES INR FOF - \ aad. AAP 0 Cite Ye LAOS oe Med Hitveviony / ~ WVBR ASICS ad) SOP ORO. boa 2 Ob TA TWnsehen a" OTVACE ALGHT AAS oust AANA Aas 7 cee ey iy? i ih ofty jae AWE Via TAIL Fe AIT OTA Th TCE Pe TRIDSHOTD SWAOR. FRU. THA aoluisese MOP A HR ee A bo HSM cdytt SNS PLONO tal reas “ ain eet ; i) ct SOI AO ea LO He OES a MIAUOR IG arse 130dtm " | ie) Ss BT Malo SPRL Ae PGE Oe rh BROW TSI KOU BIG et See - BSA Ba SAN Fae v 7 ' ~ ie ACI St 20) Bee ‘a HAL £ ; hia hit! RAMU AT ae: THOIWALAW .& WAmnIOG a 4 oo “ CMAN AUTO OED a) = CONTENTS. PAGE List of Fellows... as fan He ae 08 7 ae gsi ix Additions to the Library we = ws ies i ds gC MEMOIRS. PAGE I. A Monograph of the African species of the Genus Acraea, Fab., with asupplement on those of the Oriental Region. ae Harry EvtrincuaM, M.A., F.Z.8. 500 = “or 1 II. South African and Australian Aculeate Hymenoptera in the Oxford Museum. By the late Col. C. T. Binenam, F.Z.S. 375 III. On some hitherto imperfectly-known South African n Lepidoptera. By Rotanp Trimen, M.A., F.R.S., etc. ... 384 IV. On the Early Stages of Albulina Feces a Bemaeeo pales Plebeiid blue butterfly. By T. A. Cuapman, M.D. ... 393 V. An experiment on the development of the male is pasar in Lepidoptera. By T. A. Cuapman, M.D. ... : 407 VI. The food-plant of Callophrys avis. By T. A. Cuapman, M.D. 409 VII. The effect of Oil of Citronella on two sueaes of Dacus. By F. M. Howrert, BsA.; FES. -.. a ae see .. 412 VIII. Descriptions of New Species of Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South-East Brazil. By E. DuxinrieLp Jones, F.E.S., F.Z.S. 419 IX. The study of mimicry (Batesian and Miillerian) by temperature experiments on two Tropical butterflies. By Lieut.-Colonel N. Manpers, R.A.M.C., F.Z.S., F.E.S. ... a 445 X. On the genera Liothrips and Hoodia. By Dr. H. Karny, of Elbogen, Austria. Translated by G. A. Evxiott,F.Z.8., F. E.S. Communicated by R. 8S. Bacnatt, F.E.S., F.L. S. ae a 70 XI. The comparative anatomy of the male genital tube in Coleoptera. By D. Suarp, M.A., F.R.S., and F. Murr, F.E.S. kes we EL, XII. Studies of the Blattidae. By the late R.SHetForD, M.A. ... 643 XIII. An unrecognised European Lycaena, identified as Agriades thersites (Boisd. MSS.),Cantener. By T. A. CHapMan, M.D. 662 XIV. The Colour-groups of the Hawaiian Wasps, etc. By R. C. L. Perkins, D.Sc., M.A., Jesus College, Oxford AA bay GIES ( viii) PAGE XSViE PyRAposeman resemblance between Acraeine larvae. By G. H. Carpenter, B.A., B.M. (Oxon.), F.E.8., Member of the Royal Society’s Sleeping Sickness Commission coo Oz XVI. The Life History of Pseudacraea eurytus hobleyi, Neave. By G. D. H. Carrenter, B.A., B.M. (Oxon.), F.E.S. . wo ©6106 XVII. On some Luminous Coleoptera from Ceylon. By E. ERNEST GREEN, F.E.S., Govt. sa shail les Botanic ee Peradeniya ... 717 XVIII. On new Species of Fossortal Hymenoptera from Africa, peat Elidinae. By Rowxanp E. Turner, F.Z.S., F.E.S.. 720 Proceedings for 1912 ee bie tee ae das “0 .. ext Annual Meeting ... wae we an 6 i a oe exliii President’s Address ide wee ee ire a ae nee clix General Index aes Boe ae 53 so sie ses coe cei Special Index ase iz ase 500 see ae ibs sss cevili EXPLANATION OF PLATES, TRANSACTIONS. Plates I-XVI. See ees 374 , Plates XLII-LXXVIII. Plate XVII. 392 see pages 642 Plates XVIII-XXXVI.., 403 | Plates LX XIX, LXXX. ,, 661 Plates XXXVII, XXXVIIL. Plate LXXXI. 675 see pages 408 | Plates LAX XU-LKEKW, Plates XXXIX, XL. _,, 418 see pages 676 Plate XLI. 6 458 | Plate LXXXVI. 5 719 Pist of Fellows OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. HONORARY FELLOWS. ae Marked * have died during the year. Election. 1900 AvuRiviLLivs, Professor Christopher, Stockholm. 1905 Bonivar, Ignacio, Museo nacional de Historia natural, Hipodromo, 17, Madrid. 1911 Comstock, Professor J. H., Cornell University, Ithaca, New York, U.S.A. 1901 Fasre, J. H., Sérignan, Vaucluse, France. 1894 Foret, Professor Auguste, M.D., Chigny, prés Morges, Switzerland. 1912 Frey-Gessner, Dr. Emile, La Roseraie, Genéve, Switzerland. 1906 * GaNGLBAUER, Custos Ludwig, Hof-Musewm, Vienna. 1898 Grassi, Professor Battista, The University, Rome. 1908 OxseErRtTHUR, Charles, Rennes, Ille-et-Vilaine, France. 1906 Reuter, Professor Odo Morannal, The University, Helsingfors, Finland. 1911 Wasmany, Fr. Erich, 8.J., Valkenburg (L.) Ignatius Kolleg, Holland. 1893 Warttenwyt, Hoffrath Carl Brunner von, Schénbwrgstrasse 3, Vienna. 1898 Weismann, Dr. August, Freiburg, Baden. FELLOWS. Marked + have compounded for their Annual Subscriptions. Marked * have died during the year. Date of Election. 1908 AcKERLEY, F. B., c/o Imperial Tobacco Oo. P.O. Box 1159, Johannesburg, South Africa. 1901 ¢ ApaiR, Sir Frederick E. 8., Bart., Flixton Hall, Bungay. 1877 Apams, Frederick Charlstrom, F.Z.S., 50, Ashley-gardens, Victoria- street, S.W. 1902 ADKIN, Benaiah Whitley, Trenoweth, Hope-park, Bromley, Kent. 1885 ADKIN, Robert, (Councit, 1911- ), Wellfield, Lingards-road, Lewis- ham, S.E. 1904 Agar, E. A., La Haut, Dominica, B. W. Indies. Hey) 1912 Aten, T. W., M.A., 30, Blenheim-gardens, Cricklewood, N. 1911 AwnpErson, T. J., Entomologist, Dept. of Agriculture, Nairobi, British East Africa. 1910 f ANDREWES, H. E., 8, North Grove, Highgate, N. 1899 ANnprReEws, Henry W., Shirley, Welling S.O., Kent. 1901 Awninea, William, 39, Lime Street, E.C. 1908 } AnTRAM, Charles B., Somerdale Estate, Ootacamund, Nilgiri Hills, S. India. 1911 ArmstronG, Lionel, 25, Bourne Hall-road, Bushey, Herts. 1907 ARNOLD, G., M.Sc., A.R.C.S., Curator, Rhodesia Musewm, Bulawayo, S. Africa. 1899 + ARRow, Gilbert J., (Counctt, 1905-7), 87, Union-grove, Clapham, S.W.; and British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell-road,S.W. 1911 AsHBy, Edward Bernard, St. Bernards, Bulstrode-road, Hounslow, Middlesex. 1907 + AsuBy, Sydney R., 119, Greenvale-road, Eltham-park, Kent. 1886 Atmore, E. A., 48, High-street, King’s Lynn. 1850 + AvEBURY, The Right Honble. Lord, D.C.L., F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.S., etc., (PRES., 1866-7, 1879-80; V.-Prus., 1862, 1868, 1876, 1881, 1888 ; CounciL, 1855-7, 1859-61), High Elms, Farnborough, Kent. 1901 Bacot, Arthur W., York Cottage, York-hill, Loughton, Essex. 1904 t BAGNALL, Richard S., Oldstead, Park Town, Oxford. 1909 Bacwe.u-PureFoy, Capt. Edward, 34, Sloane-Court, 8.W. 1903 Baupock, G. R., Oakburn Villa, Enfield Highway, Middlesex. 1912 Bauuarp, Edward, Zomba, Nyassaland, Africa. 1886 Banxus, Eustace R., M.A. 1890 Barcuay, Francis H., F.G.S., The Warren, Cromer. 1886 Bareaatt, Marchese Piero, Piazza S. Maria, Palazzo Tempi No. 1, Florence, Italy. 1895 Barker, Cecil W., The Bungalow, Escombe, Natal, South Africa. 1902 Barravp, Philip J., Bushey Heath, Watford. 1911 Barrert, J. Platt, Westcroft, South-road, Forest Hill, S.E. 1907 Barruert, H. Frederick D., 1, Myrtle-road, Bowrnemouth. 1894 + Bateson, Prof. William, M.A., F.R.S., Fellow of St. John’s College, Cambridge, The Manor House, Merton, Surrey. 1908 Bayrorp, E. G., 2, Rockingham-street, Barnsley. 1904 Bayne, Arthur F., c/o Messrs. Freeman, Castle-street, Framlingham, Suffolk. 1912 Baynes, Edward Stuart Augustus, 120, Warwick-street, Eccleston- square, S.W. 1896 | BEaRE, Prof. T. Hudson, B.Sc., F.R.S.E., (V.-PREs., 1910; CounciL, 1909-11), 10, Regent Terrace, Edinburgh. 1908 BrcuErR, Major Edward F., Cranfield House, Polzeath, St. Minver, Cornwall. 1908 Beck, Richard, Red Lodge, Porchester-road, Bowrnemouth. 1905 Berprorp, The Duke of, K.G., Pres. Z.S., etc., Woburn Abbey, Beds. 1912 1899 1904 1906 1885 1895 1891 1904 1904 1885 1909 1904 1886 1912 1903 1911 1907 1891 1902 1888 Cia 4 BeprorpD, Gerald, Entomologist to the Union of South Africa, Veterinary Bacteriological Laboratory, Ondestepoort, Pretoria, Transvaal. BEDWELL, Ernest C., Bruggen, Brighton-road, Coulsdon, Surrey. Benertsson, Simon, Ph.D., Lecturer, University of Lund, Sweden ; Curator, Entomological Collection of the University. Benratt, E. E., The Towers, Heybridge, Essex. BETHUNE-BakER, George T., F.L.S., F.Z.S., (V.-PRes., 1910-11 ; CounciL, 1895, 1910- ), 19, Clarendon-road, Edgbaston, Birm- ingham. Bevan, Lieutenant H. G. R., R.N., 38, The Common, Woolwich. BuaBer, W. H., F.L.S., 34, Cromwell-road, Hove, Brighton. Buack, James E., Nethercroft, Peebles. Buair, Kenneth G., 23, West Hill, Highgate, N. Buatuwayt, Lt.-Col. Linley, F.L.S., Eagle House, Batheaston, Bath. BLENKARN, Stanley A., Norham, Cromwell-road, Beckenham. Buiss, Maurice Frederick, Coningsburgh, Montpelier-road, Ealing, W. BLooMFIELD, The Rev. Edwin Newson, M.A., Guestling Rectory, Hastings. BopxIn, G. C., Govt. Entomologist, Georgetown, British Guiana. Bogus, W. A., The Bank House, Watchet. Borteav, H., 99, Rue de la Cote St. Thibault, Bois de Colombes, Seine, France. Bonnet, Alexandre, 54, Boulevard Bineau, Newilly-sur-Seine, Seine, France. Boots, George A., Whalley Range, Longton, Lancashire. Bostock, E. D., Oulton Cross, Stone, Staffs. Bower, Benjamin A., Langley, Willow Grove, Chislehurst. 1894 + Bowtss, E. Augustus, M.A., Myddelton House, Waltham Cross. 1912 + Bowrtne, C. Talbot, Acting Commissioner of Customs, Wenchow, 1910 China. Boyp, A. Whitworth, The Alton, Altrincham, Cheshire. 1852 * Boyp, Thos., Woodvale Lodge, South Norwood Hill, S.E. 1893 * Brapant, Hdouard, Chdteau de Morenchies, par Cambrai (Nord), 1905 1904 1877 1912 1870 1894 France. BrackEN, Charles W., B.A., 5, Carfrae Terrace, Lipson, Plymouth. BRIDGEMAN, Commander The Hon. Richard O.B., R.N., 44, Lowndes- square, S.W., and H.M.S. “ Drwid,” 1st Destroyer Flotilla, Home Fleet. Bricas, Charles Adolphus, Rock House, Lynmouth S8.O., N. Devon. Brieas, Miss Margery H., B.Sc., 7, Winterstoke-gardens, Mill Hill, N.W. Briegs, Thomas Henry, M.A., Rock House, Lynmouth 8.0., N. Devon. Bricut, Percy M., Fairfield, Wimborne-road, Bournemouth. (. ii )) 1909 Brirren, Harry, Prospect House, Salkeld Dykes, Penrith. 1902 Broueuron, Major T. Delves, R.E., Rodney Hall, Filton, nr. Bristol. 1878 Broun, Major Thomas, Mount Albert, Auckland, New Zealand. 1904 Brown,Henry H., Sheriff Court House, George IV Bridge, Edinburgh. 1910 Browne, Horace B., M.A., Park Hurst, Morley, Yorks. 1911 Brurzer, Rev. Henry William, Great Bowden Vicarage, Market Harborough. 1909 Bryant, Gilbert E., Fir Grove, Esher, Surrey. 1898 | Bucnan-Heppurn, Sir Archibald, Bart., J.P., D.L., Smeaton- Hepburn, Prestonkirk. 1907 Buuuetp, Arthur, F.S.A., Wimboro, Midsomer Norton, Somerset- shire. 1896 | Burr, Malcolm, D.Sc., F.LS., F.Z.S., F.G.S., A.R.S.M., Vicz- PRESIDENT, (CoUNCIL, 1903, 4, 1910-12), Castle Hill House, Dover. 1909 Burrows, The Rev. C. R. N., The Vicarage, Mucking, Stanford-le- Hope, Essex. 1868 + Butter, Arthur G., Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S., (Src., 1875; Counc, 1876), The Lilies, Beckenham-road, Beckenham. 1883 Butter, Edward Albert, B.A., B.Sc., 56, Cecile-Park, Crouch End, N. 1902 Burier, William E., Hayling House, Oxford-road, Reading. 1905 BurrerFie.D, Jas. A., B.Sc., Comrie, Eglinton Hill, Plumstead. 1912 Buxton, Patrick Alfred, M.B.0.U., Fairhill, Tonbridge, and Trinity College, Cambridge. 1904 Byart, Horace A., B.A., Berbera (via Aden), Somaliland Protectorate. 1902 Cameron, Malcolm, M.B., R.N., H.M.S. “ Formidable,” 5th Battle Squadron. 1885 CAMPBELL, Francis Maule, F.L.S., F.Z.S., ete, Byrnllwydwyn, Machynlleth, Montgomeryshire. 1898 CanbeézE, Léon, Mont St. Martin 75, Liége. 1880 CanspaLE, W. D., Sunny Bank, South Norwood, 8.E. 1889 Cant, A., 33, Festing-road, Putney, 8.W.; and c/o Fredk. Du Cane Godman, Esq., F.R.S., 45, Pont-street, S.W. 1894 CaraccioLo, H., H.M. Customs, Port of Spain, Trinidad, British West Indies. 1910 Cartier, E. Wace, M.D., F.R.S.E., Morningside, Granville-road, Dorridge, and The University, Birmingham. 1892 CarpENntTER, The Honble. Mrs. Beatrice, 22, Grosvenor-road, S.W. 1910 CaRPENTER, Geoffrey D. H., B.A., Uganda Medical Service, Uganda Protectorate. 1895 Carpenter, Prof. G. H., B.Sc., B.M., B.Ch., Royal College of Science, Dublin. 1898 CarpEntTER, J. H., Redcot, Belmont-road, Leatherhead. 1868 CaRRINGTON, Charles, Meadowcroft, Horley, Surrey. 1911 Carson, George Moffatt, Entomologist to the Government of New Guinea, Port Moresby, New Guinea. 1895 1912 1906 1900 1900 1903 ( xiii) Carter, Sir Gilbert, K.C.M.G., Greycliffe, Lower Warberry-road, Torquay. CartER, Henry Francis, Assistant Lecturer and Demonstrator in Medical and Economic Entomology, Liverpool School of Tropical Medicine, University of Liverpool. Carter, H. J., B.A., Ascham, Darling Point, Sydney, N.S. Wales. CartER, J. W., 15, Westfield-road, Manningham, Bradford. Cassat, R. T., M.R.C.S. CattLE, John Rowland, The Priory, West Tarring, Worthing. 1889 + Cave, Charles J. P., Ditcham Park, Petersfield. 1900 1871 1891 1910 1897 1902 1908 1889 1909 1909 1908 1908 1908 1904 1899 1906 1911 1892 1867 1895 1909 1890 CHAMBERLAIN, Neville, Westbourne, Edgbaston, Birmingham. CuHampion, George C., F.Z.S., A.L.S., (CounciL, 1875-7; LIBRARIAN, 1891— ), Heatherside, Horsell, Woking ; and 45, Pont-street, S.W. CuapMAN, Thomas Algernon, M.D., F.Z.S., (V.-PREs., 1900, 1904-5, 1908 ; CounciIL, 1898-1900, 1903-5, 1907-9), Betula, Reigate. CHARNLEY, J. R. Cuawner, Miss Ethel F., Forest Bank, Lyndhurst, R.S.O., Hants. CHEESMAN, E. M., c/o Mr. John Garson, 150, Umbilo-road, Durban. Cuerty, B. Chourappa, The Government Museum, Bangalore, India. Curisty, William M., M.A., F.L.S., Watergate, Emsworth. Cuuss, Ernest C., Curator, Durban Museum, Natal, South Africa. Crark, C. Turner, F.Z.8S., Hillcrest, St. Augustine’s-avenue, S. Croydon. Cuark, Edgar L., Congella, Natal. CLUTTERBUCK, Charles G., Heathside, 23, Heathwville-road, Gloucester. CiLurrerBucK, P. H., Indian Forest Department, Naini Tal, United Provinces, India. Cockayne, Edward A., 16, Cambridge-square, London, W. Coutin, James E., (CounctL, 1904-6), Sussex Lodge, Newmarket. Coutincr, Walter E., M.Sc, F.LS., 8, Newhall-street, Bir- mingham. Corton, Sidney Howard, 14, Chesterfield-street, Mayfair, W. Cowan, Thomas William, F.L.S., F.G.8., F.R.M.S., Upcott House, Taunton. Cox, Herbert Ed., Claremont, Jamaica. CRABTREE, Benjamin Hill, The Oaklands, Levenshulme, Manchester. Craw ey, W. C., 16, Albany-mansions, Albert Bridge-road, S.W. CREWE, Sir Vauncey Harpur, Bart., Calke Abbey, Derbyshire. 1880 + Crisp, Sir Frank, LL.B., B.A., J.P. 1907 1908 1908 1901 1900 1907 1886 Crort, Edward Octavius, M.D., 28, Clarendon-road, Leeds. Cuupin, Millais, M.B., F.R.C.S., The Palace Hotel, Shanghai. Curtis, W. Parkinson, Aysgarth, Poole, Dorset. Danp, Edward Martin, Hohenzollernstrasse 18, Zehlendorf, bei Berlin. Daue@uisH, Andrew Adie, 7, Keir-street, Pollokshields, Glasgow. Dames, Felix L., 13, Humboldtstrasse, Steglitz, Berlin. Dannatt, Walter, 45, Manor Park, Lee, 8.E. 1911 1905 1912 1910 1903 1898 1912 1875 1887 1895 1909 1905 1912 1906 1903 1906 1891 1908 1910 1884 1867 1900 1894 1906 1883 1910 1912 1890 1865 (C xiv) Davey, H. W., Inspector of Department of Agriculture, Geelong, Victoria, Australia. Davinson, James D., 32, Drwmsheugh Gardens, Edinburgh. Davis, Frederick Lionel, J.P., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., Belize, British Honduras. Dawson, William George, Manor House, Abbots Morton, Worcester. Day, F. H., 26, Currock-terrace, Carlisle. Day, G. O., Sahlatston, Duncan’s Station, Vancowver Island, British Columbia. Dewirz, Dr. John, Director German Govt. Experimental Station, Devant-les-Ponts, Metz, Lorraine. Distant, William Lucas, (V.-PRzs., 1881, 1900; SEc., 1878-80; Councih, 1900-2), Shannon-lodge, Selhurst-road, South Norwood, S.E. Drxey, Frederick Augustus, M.A., M.D., F.R.S., Fellow and Bursar of Wadham College, (PRES., 1909-10; V.-Pres., 1904-5, 1911; CouNcIL, 1895, 1904-6), Wadham College, Oxford. Dosson, H.T., Jvy House, Acacia Grove, New Malden S.O., Surrey. Dosson, Thomas, 1, Grant-street, Farnworth, Bolton. Dopp, Frederick P., Kuranda, vid Cairns, Queensland. Dota, Capt. Kenneth Alan Crawford, R.A.M.C., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., c/o Messrs. Holt & Co., 3, Whitehall-place, London, S.W. Dotiman, Hereward, Hove House, Newton-grove, Bedford-park, W. DotimaN, J. C., Hove House, Newton-grove, Bedford-park, W. DoncastER, Leonard, M.A., The University Musewm of Zoology, Cambridge. DonistHoRPE, Horace St. John K., F.Z.S., (V.-Pres., 1911; CounciL, 1899-1901, 1910- ), 58, Kensington-mansions, South Kensington, 8.W. Doueias-CrompPtTon, Sydney. Downes-Suaw, Rev. Archibald, Gt. Horton Vicarage, Bradford. Drucez, Hamilton H. C. J., F.Z.S., (Councit, 1903-5), 43, Circus- road, St. John’s Wood, N.W. Drouce, Herbert, F.L.S., F.Z.S., (Counctn, 1885, 1892), 43, Circus- road, St. John’s Wood, N.W. Drory, W. D., Rocquaine, West Hill Park, Woking. Dupeeron, G. C., Director General, Dept. of Agriculture, Cairo. DUKINFIELD JonEs, E., Castro, Reigate. Durrant, John Hartley, Vick-PREsIDENT, (CouncrL, 1911- ), Merton, 17, Burstock-road, Putney, S.W., and British Museum (Natural History), Cromiell-road, South Kensington, 8.W. Eaes-WuitsE, J. Cushny, 47, Chester-terrace, Eaton-square, S.W. Eart, Herbert L., 35, Leicester-street, Southport, Lancs. Eastwoop, John Edmund, Enton Lodge, Witley, Godalming. Eaton, The Rev. Alfred Edwin, M.A., (Counctn, 1877-9), Rich- mond Villa, Northam S.0., N. Devon. € xm ) 1904 Ecxrorp, George, F.Z.S., c/o Sir Morgan Tuite, Bart., Ki/ruane, Nenagh, Co. Tipperary, Ireland. 1902 Epertsten, Hubert M., The Elms, Forty Hill, Enfield, Middlesex. 1911 Epwarps, F. W., Kingswear, Cornwall-road, Harrow. 1886 Epwarps, James, Colesborne, Cheltenham. 1884 Epwarps, Stanley, F.L.S., F.Z.S., (Counci, 1912— ),15, St. Germans- place, Blackheath, S.E. 1900 Euiort, E. A., 16, Belsize Grove, Hampstead, N.W. 1900 Exuis, H. Willoughby, Holly Hill, Berkswell, Warwickshire. 1886 Exuis, John W., M.B., L.R.C.P., 18, Rodney-street, Liverpool. 1903 Etrrinesay, Harry, M.A., F.Z.S8., Eastgarth, Westoe, South Shields, and Hope Department, University Museum, Oxford. 1878 Enwes, Henry John, J.P., F.R.S., F.LS., F.Z.S., (PREs., 1893-4 ; V.-PreEs., 1889-90, 1892, 1895 ; CounciL, 1888-90), Colesborne, Cheltenham. 1886 Ewnock, Frederick, F.L.S., 13, Tufnell Park Road, London, N. 1903 ErxHeEripes, Robert, Curator, Australian Museum, Sydney, N.S.W. 1908 Evustacr, Eustace Mallabone, M.A., Challacombe Rectory, Parra- combe 8.0., N. Devon, and Wellington College, Berks. 1909 Evans, Frank J., Superintendent of Agriculture, Calabar, Eastern Province, 8S. Nigeria. 1907 Feratuer, Walter, Voi, British East Africa. 1900 FerutuHay, H. L. L., P. 0. Box 46, Johannesburg, Transvaal. 1861 Fenn, Charles, Hversden House, Burnt Ash Hill, Lee, S.E, 1886 Fenwick, Nicolas Percival, The Gables, New-road, Esher. 1908 Fernwick, Norman Percival, Junior, Hillside, St. Anmn’s-road, Eastbourne. 1910 Fernyzs, A., M.D., 170, North Grange Grove-Avenue, Pasadena, California, U.S.A. 1889 FerrRNaLpD, Prof. C. H., Amherst, Mass., U.S.A. 1900 Firtn, J. Digby, F.L.S., Boys’ Modern School, Leeds. 1874 * Fircn, Edward A., F.L.S., (Src., 1881-5 ; CouncriL, 1879, 1886) Brick House, Maldon, Essex. 1905 Feet, Wilfred James, F.H.A.S., F.C.S., Toynton, Felixstowe, Suffolk. 1900 Fremyne, The Rev. W. Westropp, M.A., Coolfin, Portlaw, co. Waterford. 1898 FuetcHer, T. Bainbrigge, R.N., Agricultural College and Research Institute, Coimbatore, Madras, S. India. 1883 + FLETcHER, William Holland B., M.A., Aldwick Manor, Bognor. 1905 FLoERSHEIM, Cecil, 16, Kensington Court Mansions, 8.W. 1885 Foxxer, A. J. F., Zierikzee, Zeeland, Netherlands. 1912 Fosrer, C.A., Worcestershire Regiment, Beechwood, Iffley, Oxford. 1900 Founkss, P. Hedworth, B.Sc., Harper-Adams Agricultwral College, Newport, Salop. 1898 Fountatng, Miss Margaret, 1, The Studios, Sheriff-road, West Hampstead, N.W. Cire) 1880 FowimrR, The Rev. Canon, D.Sc, M.A., F.L.S., (Pres., 1901-2 ; V.-Pres., 1903 ; Sc., 1886-96), Harley Vicarage, near Reading. 1908 Fraser, Frederick C., Capt., M.D., I.M.S., Assist. Superint., Govt. Maternity Hospital, Madras, India. 1896 FRExkE, Perey Evans, Southpoint, Limes-road, Folkestone. 1888 FreEMuLin, H. Stuart, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., The Elms, Kingsbury, N.W. 1903 FreNcH, Charles, F.L.S., Government Entomologist, Melbourne, Victoria, Australia. 1910 Frispy, G. E., 40, Windmill-street, Gravesend. 1908 Frogeartt, Walter W., F.L.S., Government Entomologist, 138, George- street, Sydney, New South Wales. 1891 Frouawk, F. W., Stanley House, Park-road, Wallington, Surrey. 1906 + Fry, Harold Armstrong, P.O. Box 46, Johannesburg, Transvaal Colony. 1900 Fryer, H. Fortescue, The Priory, Chatteris, Cambs. 1907 Fryer, John Claud Fortescue, The Priory, Chatteris, Cambs. 1876 Funter, The Rev. Alfred, M.A., The Lodge, 7, Sydenham-hill, Sydenham, S.E. 1898 Futur, Claude, Government Entomologist, Pietermaritzburg, Natal. 1887 Gaunan, Charles Joseph, M.A., (SEc., 1899-1900 ; CounciL, 1893-5, 1901), 8, Lonsdale-road, Bedford Park, W.; and British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell-road, S.W. 1910 Garcks, Emile, M.I.E.E., Witton House, Maidenhead. 1892 Garbk&, Philip de la, R.N., 8, Queen’s-terrace, Exeter. 1890 GarpneErR, John, Lawrel Lodge, Hart, West Hartlepool. 1901 + GarpneR, Willoughby, F.L.S., Deganwy, N. Wales. 1910 Geary, T. H., Enderby, Leicestershire. 1899 GeLpaRT, William Martin, M.A., 10, Chadlington-road, Oxford. 1906 +t Grpps, Arthur Ernest, F.L.S., F.Z.S. (Councin, 1912— ), Kitchener's Meads, St. Albans. 1908 GrrFaRD, Walter M., P.O. Box 308, Honolulu, Hawaii. 1907 Gites, Henry Murray, Head Keeper of Zoological Gardens, South Perth, W. Australia. 1902 GinuanpERS, A. T., Park Cottage, Alnwick. 1904 Gurwt1At, Francis, B.A., c/o Rev. G. Gilliat, Haselbury Vicarage, Crewkerne, Somerset. 1865 + Gopman, Frederick Du Cane, D.C.L., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.8., (PREs., 1891-2; V.-Prus., 1882-3, 1886, 1889-90, 1902; Counctn, 1880- 1, 1900), South Lodge, Lower Beeding, Horsham; and 45, Pont- street, S.W. 1886 + Goopricu, Captain Arthur Mainwaring, Brislington House, near Bristol. 1904 Goopwin, Edward, Canon Court, Wateringbury, Kent. 1898 Gorpon, J.G. McH., Corsemalzie, Whauphill S.O., Wigtownshire. 1898 Gorpon, R. 8. G. McH., Corsemalzie, Whauphill 8.0., Wigtown- shire. ( xvii) 1855 GoruaM, The Rev. Henry Stephen, F.Z.S., (Councin, 1882-3), High- croft, Great Malvern. 1910 Gorrmann, A. M.S.,94, Niddastrasse, Frankfurt-am-Main, Germany. 1909 Gowpey, Carlton C., B.Sc., Govt. Entomologist, Entebbe, Uganda, Africa. 1911 Graves, P. P., Club de Constantinople, Constantinople, Turkey. 1891 + GreEn, E. Ernest, Government Entomologist, Mote Hall, Bearsted, Kent; and Royal Botanic Gardens, Peradeniya, Ceylon. 1910 Green, Herbert A., The Central Fire Station, Durban, Natal. 1894 Green, J. F., F.Z.S., 38, Pont-street, London, S.W. 1898 GREENSHIELDS, Alexander, 38, Blenheim-gardens, Cricklewood aN, Wi 1893 + GrEENWwoopD, Henry Powys, F.L.S., Whitsbury House, Salisbury. 1888 GrirrFitTHs, G. C., F.Z.S., Penhurst, 3, Leigh-road, Clifton, Bristol. 1894 GrimsHAw, Percy H., Royal Scottish Museum, Edinburgh. 1905 Grist, Charles J., Elgin House, Knockholt, Sevenoaks, 1909 * Grosvenor, G. H., M.A., Blakedown, nr. Kidderminster. 1906 Gurney, Gerard H., Keswick Hall, Norwich. 1910 Gurney, William B., Asst. Govt. Entomologist, Department of Agriculture, Sydney, Australia. 1912 Hacker, Henry, Bowen Bridge-road, Brisbane, Queensland: 1906 Hawt, Arthur, 7, Park-lane-mansions, Croydon. 1890 + Hatt, Albert Ernest, Cranfield House, Southwell, Notts. 1885 Hatz, Thomas William, Stanhope, The Crescent, Croydon. 1912 Hauiert, Howard Mountjoy, 13, Earl-road, Penarth, Glamorgan- shire. 1898 Hamuyn-Harnris, R., D.Sc., F.L.S., F.Z.S., F.R.M.S., Director of the Queensland Museum, Brisbane, Australia. 1891 Hampson, Sir George Francis, Bart., B.A., F.Z.S., (V.-PREs., 1898 ; CounciIL, 1896-8), 62, Stanhope-gardens, 8.W. 1891 Hansoury, Frederick J., F.L.S., Brockhurst, E. Grinstead. 1905 + Hancock, Joseph L., 5466, Lexington Avenue, Chicago, U.S.A. 1903 Harz, E. J.,. Dunham, Boscombe, Hants. 1904 Harris, Edward, St. Conan’s, Chingford, Essex. 1910 Harwoop, Philip, 23, Northgate End, Bishop’s Stortford. 1910 Hawksuaw, J. C., Hollycombe, Sussex. 1910 Hepess, Alfred van der, Stoke House, Stoke Mandeville, Bucks. 1910 HENDERSON, J., Clifton, Ashbourne, Derby. 1898 Heron, Francis A., B.A., 16, Kenilworth-road, Ealing, W. 1903 Herron, William, W.B.C. Apiary, Old Bedford-road, Luton, Beds. 1908 Hewirr, C. Gordon, D.Sc., Central Experimental Farm, Dept. of Agriculture, Ottawa, Canada. 1876 + Hittman, Thomas Stanton, Hastgate-street, Lewes. 1907 Hoar, Thomas Frank Partridge, Mercia, Albany-road, Leighton Buzzard. 1912 Hopes, Harold, Chapel Place Mansion, 322, Oxford-street, yy 1888 1902 1910 1887 1898 1910 1901 1897 1903 (> xviii +) Hopson, The Rev. J. H., B.A., B.D., Rhyddington, Clifton Drive, Lytham. Hots, R. 8., c/o Messrs. King and Co., Bombay. Ho.rorp, H. Oliver, Elstead Lodge, Godalming, Surrey. Houianp, The Rev. W. J., D.D., Ph.D., 5th Avenue, Pittsburg, Penn., U.S.A. Hotman-Hunt, C. B., Asst. Entomologist, Department of Agri- culture, Kuala Lumpur, Federated Malay States. Houtmes, Edward Morrell, Ruthven, Sevenoaks. Hopson, Montagu F., L.D.S., R.C.S.Eng., F.LS., 64, Harley- street, W. Horne, Arthur, 60, Gladstone-place, Aberdeen. Hoveuton, J. T., 1, Portland-place, Worksop. 1907 | Howarp, C. W., Entomological Division, College of Agriculture, 1900 1907 St. Anthony Park, Minn., U.S.A. Howrs, W. George, 432, George-street, Dunedin, New Zealand. How tert, Frank M., M.A., Wymondham, Norfolk. 1865 + Hupp, A. E., 108, Pembroke-road, Clifton, Bristol. 1888 1907 1912 1897 Hupson, George Vernon, Hill View, Karori, Wellington, New Zealand, Hueues, C. N., 3, Wyndham Place, Bryanston-square, W. Huis, Miss Lily, Hollywood, Colinton-road, Edinburgh. ImaceE, Prof. Selwyn, M.A., (Councit, 1909-11), 20, Fitzroy- street, Fitzroy-square, W. 1912 + IMs, A. D., D.Sc., B.A., F.L.S., Forest Zoologist to the Govt. of 1908 1891 1907 1907 1907 1911 1910 1869 1898 1912 1912 1886 1899 1909 India, Forest Research Institute, Dehra Dun, U.P., India. Irpy, Captain Leonard Paul, Brook House, Eastry S.0., Kent. IsaBELL, The Rev. John, Sunnycroft, St. Sennen S.0., Cornwall. Jack, Rupert Wellstood, Government Entomologist, Department of Agriculture, Salisbury, Rhodesia. Jackson, P. H., 112, Balham-park-road, S.W. Jacosi, Professor A., Ph.D., Director of the R. Zoological and Anthrop.-Ethnographical Museum, Dresden, Saxony. Jacoss, Capt. J. J., R.E., 99, Bensham Manor-road, Thornton Heath, Surrey. Jacops, Lionel L., P. O. Box 445, Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario, Canada. JANSON, Oliver E., Cestria, Claremont-road, Highgate, N.; and 44, Great Russell-street, Bloomsbury, W.C. JANSON, Oliver J., Cestria, Claremont-road, Highgate, N. JARDINE, Nigel K., 2, Casile-street, Ashford, Kent. Jemmett, C., Ashford, Kent; and Agricultural College, Wye, Kent. JENNER, James Herbert Augustus, Hast Gate House, Lewes. Jennines, F. B., 152, Silver-street, Upper Edmonton, N. JEPSON, Frank P., Department of Agriculture, Suva, Fiji Islands. ( Sais”) ) 1886 Joxnn, Evan, Llantrisant S.0., Glamorganshire. 1907 Jonson, Charles Fielding, Mayfield, Brinington Crescent, Stockport. 1889 JoHNnson, The Rev. W. F., M.A., Acton Rectory, Poyntz Pass, co. Armagh. 1908 Jortcry, James J., The Homestead, Abbot's Brook, Bourne End, Bucks. 1888 Jones, Albert H., Vicn-PrEestpENT, (CouNcIL, 1898-1900 ; TREASURER, 1904— ),Shrublands, Eltham, Kent. 1910 Jonss, Ernest P., 7, Sherwin-street, Nantwich-road, Crewe. 1894, Jorpan, Dr. K., (V.-PRes., 1909; Councin, 1909-11), The Museum, Tring. 1910 JosrpH, E. G., 23, Clanricarde-gardens, W. 1910 Joy, Ernest Cooper, Eversley, Dale-road, Purley. 1902 Joy, Norman H., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., Bradfield, Readina. 1884 KappEL, A. W., F.L.S., Linnean Society, Burlington House, W. 1876 + Kay, John Dunning, Leeds. 1896 f Kayz, William James, (Counctt, 1906-8), Caracas, Ditton Hill, Surbiton. 1907 Ketty, Albert Ernest McClure, Assistant Entomologist, Department of Agriculture, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, S.A. 1902 Kemp, Stanley W., The Indian Museum, Calcutta. 1890 Kenrick, Sir George H., Whetstone, Somerset-road, Edgbaston, Birmingham. 1904 KersHaw, G. Bertram, Ingleside, West Wickham, Kent. 1906 Keynes, John Neville, M.A., D.Sc., 6, Harvey-road, Cambridge. 1900 Krys, James H., Morwell, Freedom-villas, Lipson-road, Plymouth. 1911 Kuounan, Kunui, M.A., Asst. Entomologist to the Govt. of Mysore, Bangalore, South India. 1912 Kine, Harold H., Govt. Entomologist, Gordon College, Khartoum, Sudan. 1889 Kine, J. J. F. X., Lecturer on Economic Entomology at the West of Scotland Agricultural College, 1, Athole Gardens-terrace, Kelvin- side, Glasgow. 1861 * Krrsy, William F., F.L.S., (Snc., 1881-5 ; CounciL, 1886), Hilden, 46, Sutton Court-road, Chiswick, W. 1889 KzuapALEK, Professor Franz, Karlin 263, Prague, Bohemia. 1887} KueIn, Sydney T., F.LS., F.R.AS., AHatherlow, Raglan-road. Reigate. 1908 Kwyipsen, Jens Marius. 1911 Kune, Thien Cheng, Guardian Superintendent of Chinese Students in British India, c/o The Curator, Mysore Govt. Museum, Banga- lore, India. 1910 Larpiaw, William, The Cedars, Eustern-road, Romford, Essex. 1910 Lakin, C. Ernest, M.D., F.R.C.S., 2, Park-crescent, Portland-place, W. 1911 + Lamporn, W. A., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., Oni Camp, Lagos, W. Africa. 1868 Lane, Colonel A. M., O.B., R.E., Box Grove Lodge, Guildford. ( xx ) 1912 Latour, Cyril Engelhart, Port of Spain, Trinidad, British West Indies. 1895 Larrer, Oswald H., M.A., Charterhouse, Godalming. 1908 Lawn, G. W., Tudor House, Wealdstone, Harrow. 1899 Lea, Arthur M., Government Entomologist, Musewm, Adelaide, S. Australia. 1901 Lian, George F., 45, Cuthbert’s Buildings, West-street, Durban, Natal. 1910 Leas, H.S., The University, Manchester. 1909 LeteH-Crare, Reginald L., c/o Messrs. Allen & Gledhill, Solicitors, Singapore. 1900 LricH-PHILLIPs, Rev. W. J., Capstan House, Copse-road, Clevedon, Somerset. 1892 Lustig, J. Henry, 84, Huron-road, Tooting Common, 8.W. 1898 LrtTuHeripeE, Ambrose G. 1903 ¢ Levert, The Rev. Thomas Prinsep, Frenchgate, Richmond, Yorks. 1876 Lewis, George, F.L.S., (Councit, 1878, 1884), 87, Frant-road, Tunbridge Wells. 1908 + Lewis, John Spedan, Spedan Towers, Hampstead, N.W., and 277, Oxford-street, W. 1892 Licurroot, R. M., Bree-st., Cape Town, Cape of Good Hope. 1908 Lister, W. K., Street End House, Ash, near Dover. 1903 Lirrier, Frank M., Box 114, P.O., Launceston, Tasmania. 1865+ Lurwetyy, Sir John Talbot Dillwyn, Bart. M.A., F.LS., Penllergare, Swansea, 1881 + Luoyp, Alfred, F.C.S., Zhe Dome, Bognor. 1885 | Luoyp, Robert Wylie, (Counciz, 1900-1), I, 5 and 6, Albany, Piccadilly, W. 1903 LorrHousr, Thomas Ashton, The Croft, Linthorpe, Middles- brough. 1908 Lonaspon, D., The Flower House, Southend, Catford, 8.E. 1904 + Lonestarr, George Blundell, M.D., (V.-PREs., 1909; CouNcIL, 1907-9), Highlands, Putney Heath, S.W. 1899 Lounspury, Charles P., B.Sc., Government Entomologist, Box 513, Pretoria, S. Africa. 1894 Lows, The Rev. Frank E., M.A., St. Stephen’s Vicarage, Guernsey. 1893 Lower, Oswald B., Argent-street, Broken Hill, New South Wales. 1901 Lower, Rupert S., Davonport-terrace, Wayville, South Australia. 1909 Lucas, Dr. T. P., Wakefield-buildings, Adelaide-street, Brisbane, Australia. 1898 Lucas, William John, B.A., (Councin, 1904-6), 28, Knight’s Park, Kingston-on- Thames. 1880 Lupron, Henry, Courtlands, Chelston, Torquay. 19038 LyELL, G., Gisborne, Victoria, Australia. 1912 Lyzx, George Trevor, Bank House, Brockenhurst. 1901 Lyman, Henry H., M.A., F.R.GS., 74, McTavish-street, Montreal, Canada. ( ee 1909 Lyon, Francis Hamilton, 89, Clarence Gate-gardens, Upper Baker- street, N.W. 1906 McCarrison, D. L., Indian Police Forces, Madras Club, Madras. 1887 M‘Doueatt, James Thomas, Dunolly, Morden-road, Blackheath, 8.E. 1910 Macpoucatt, R. Stewart, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S.E., Edinburgh Uni- versity. 1888 Mackinnon, P. W., Lynndale, Mussoorie, N.W.P., India. 1900 Mackwoop, The Hon. F. M., M.L.C., Colombo, Ceylon. 1911 Macuiran, Dr. Ivan Clarkson, M.D., B.Sc., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., 28, Hill-street, Knightsbridge, 8.W. 1899 + Martn, Hugh, B.Sc., (Councin, 1908-10), Almondale, Buckingham- road, South Woodford, N.E. 1905 Matty, Charles Wm., M.Sc., Graham’s Town, Cape Colony. 1887 Manpers, Lieut.-Colonel Neville, R.A.M.C., F.Z.S., 4, South-road, Curragh Camp, Co. Kildare, Ireland. 1892 Manssrin@g, William, 4, Norwich-road, Wavertree, Liverpool. 1894 | MarsHALtL, Alick, 18, Hazeldene-road, Chiswick, W. 1895 MarsHaut, Guy Anstruther Knox, F.Z.S., (Councit, 1907-8), 6, Chester-place, Hyde Park-square, W. 1896 MarsHatt, P., M.A., B.Sc, F.G.S., University School of Mines, Dunedin, New Zealand. 1856 | MarsHALL, William, V.M.H., F.R.H.S., Auchinraith, Bexley S.O., Kent. 1897 Martineau, Alfred H., 54, Holly-lane, W. Smethwick. 1910 t Mason, C. W., St. Denis, Shaftesbury, Dorset. 1895 Massey, Herbert, Ivy-Lea, Burnage, Didsbury, Manchester. 1865 MatHew, Gervase F., F.L.S., Paymaster-in-chief, R.N., (CouncIL, 1887), Lee House, Dovercourt, Harwich. 1887 MarrHews, Coryndon, Stentaway, Plymstock, S. Devon. 1912 Mauv.ix, Samarenda, c/o Messrs. T. Cook & Son, Ludgate-circus, E.C., and Fitzwilliam Hall, Cambridge. 1900 Maxwe.t-Lerroy, H., Imperial College of Science and Technology, South Kensington, 8.W. 1899 May, Harry Haden, Blackfriars House, Plymouth. 1904 MrapE-Wa.po, Geoffrey, Hever Warren, Edenbridge, Kent, and British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell-road, S.W. 1872 ¢ MexLpoua, Professor Raphael, Hon. D.Sc. Oxon, Hon. LL.D. St. Andrews, F.R.S., F.C.S., F.1C., F.R.A.S., etc. (PREs., 1895-6 ; V.-PRES., 1881, 1884, 1897, 1903, 1908 ; Sxc., 1876-80 ; CouncIL, 1874-5, 1884-5, 1889-92, 1903, 1907-8), 6, Brunswick-square, W.C. 1885 MELVILL, James Cosmo, M.A., F.L.S., Meole Brace Hall, Shrewsbury. 1887 MERRIFIELD, Frederic, (PREs., 1905-6 ; V.-PREs., 1893, 1907 ; Suc., 1897-8 ; CounciL, 1894, 1899), 14, Clifton-terrace, Brighton. 1906 Merriman, Gordon, The Quick Laboratory, New Museums, Cambridge. ( xx) 1905 Merry, Rev. W. Mansell, M.A., St. Michael’s, Oxford. 1912 Mercars, Rev. J. W., The Vicarage, Ottery St. Mary, Devon. 1888 Meryer-Pacrnt, G., 5, Viale Poggio Imperiale, Florence. 1880 Meyrick, Edward, B.A. F.RS., F.ZS., Thornhanger, Marl- borough. 1894 Mraut, Louis Compton, F.R.S., (Councin, 1903, 1908), NortonWay N., Letchworth. 1908 Mupp.eETon, Ivan E., 11, High-street, Serampore, Bengal. 1883 Mixes, W. H., The New Club, Calcutta. 1910 Muintar, F. Grahame, The Tangga Batu Rubber Co., Malacca, Straits Settlement. 1906 MircHEtt-Hepass, Frederic Albert. 1905 Mrrrorp, Robert Sidney, C.B., 35, Redcliffe-square, 8.W. 1879 Mownverro, Dr. Antonio Augusto de Carvalho, 70, Rua do Alecrinar, Lisbon. 1902 Monrtcomery, Arthur Meadows, 34, Shalimar Gardens, Pembridge- road, North Acton, W. 1899 Moors, Harry, 12, Lower-road, Rotherhithe. 1907 Moors, Mrs. Catharine Maria, Holmefield, Oakholme-rd., Sheffield. 1886 Moreay, A. C. F., F.L.S., 135, Oakwood-court, Kensington, W. 1889 + Moricg, The Rev. F. D., M.A., Fellow of Queen’s College, Oxford, PRESIDENT, (V.-PREs., 1902, 1904 ; Councin, 1902-4), Brunswick, Mount Hermon, Woking. 1895 + Mortey, Claude, F.Z.8., Monk Soham House, Suffolk. 1910 Morner, Count Birger, Consul for H.M. the King of Sweden, Sydney, Australia. 1912 Morrett, R. D’A., Authors’ Club, 1, Whitehall-court, S.W. 1907 Morrimur, Charles H., Royton Chase, Byfleet, Surrey. 1893 Morron, Kenneth J., 13, Blackford-road, Edinburgh. 1910 MoseEty, Martin E., 21, Alexandra-court, Queen’s-gate, S.W. 1900 Moser, Julius, 59, Buloww-strasse, Berlin. 1882 Mostey, 8. L., The Musewm and Technical College, Huddersfield. 1911 Moss, Rev. A. Miles, Helm, Windermere. 1907 Movtrton, John C., The Hall, Bradford-on-Avon, Wilts, 1911 Movnsgy, J. Jackson, c/o Messis. Booth & Co., Mandos, N. Brazil. 1901 + Muir, Frederick, H.S.P.A. Experiment Station, Honolulu, Oahu, ET. 1912 + Muuian, Jal Phirozshah, M.A., Assistant Professor of Biology, St. Xavier's College, Chunam Kiln-road, Grant-road, Bombay, India. 1869 | Miuuer, Albert, F.R.G.S., (CouncrL, 1872-3), c/o Herr A. Miiller- Mechel, Grenzacherstrasse 60, Basle, Switzerland. 1906 Muscuamp, Percy A. H., Institut, Stiéfa, nr. Zurich, Switzerland. 1909 MusHam, John F., 53, Brook-street, Selby, Yorks. 1903 Neavs,S. A., B.A., Mill Green Park, Ingatestone. 1901 Nevinson, E. B., Morland, Cobham, Surrey. ¢ sam) 1907 Newman, Leonard Woods, Bexley, Kent. 1909 Newstxap, Alfred, The Grosvenor Museum, Chester. 1890 NewsrEaD, Robert, M.Sc., A.L.S., Hon. F.R.H.S., Dutton Memorial Professor of Entomology, The School of Tropical Medicine, Univer- sity of Liverpool. 1909 NicHonson, Gilbert W., M.A., M.D., Cancer Hospital Research Institute, Brompton, S.W. 1886 NicHoLson, William E., School Hill, Lewes. 1906 Nix, John Ashburner, Tilgate, Crawley, Sussex. 1912 Noaxss, Alfred, The Hill, Witley, Surrey. 1878 Norriper, Thomas, Ashford, Kent. 1895 Norsz, Lt.-Colonel C. G., Timworth Hall, Bury St. Edmunds. 1908 Norsz, H. A., Botanical Department, Trinidad, B.W_I. 1877 Opertatr, René, Rennes (Ille-et-Vilaine), France. 1893 + OaLE, Bertram 8., Steeple Aston, Oxfordshire. 1910 Onpaxker, Francis A., M.A., The Red House, Haslemere. 1873 O.iviER, Ernest, Ramillons, prés Moulins (A llier), France. 1895 Paax, Herbert E., Bertrose, Gellatly-road, St. Catherine’s Park, S.E. 1912 Parerson, Edward J., Fairholme, Crowborough. 1907 Prapb, Clement H., Bow 252, Bulawayo, South Africa. 1911 Prarson, Douglas, Chilwell House, Chilwell, Notts. 1883 PsRINGUEY, Louis, D.Sc., F.Z.S., Director, South African Museum, Cape Town, South Africa. 1903 + Perkins, R. C. L., M.A., D.Sc., F.Z.S., Park Hill House, Paignton, Devon, and Board of Agriculture, Division of Entomology, Honolulu, Hawait. 1879 PERKINS, Vincent Robert, Wotton-under-Edge. 1907 + Perrins, J. A. D., 3rd Seaforth Highlanders, Daxenham, Malvern. 1897 Puiuies, Hubert C., M.R.C.S., L.S.A., 262, Gloucester-terrace, Hyde- park, W. 1903 + PuiLuirs, Montagu A., F.R.G.S., F.Z.S., 22, Petherton-road, High- bury New Park, N. 1901 Pickert, C. P., 28, Colwith-road, Leytonstone, S.E. 1891 PrERcE, Frank Nelson, 1, The Elms, Dingle, Liverpool. 1903 PitcuER, Colonel Jesse George, I.M.S., F.R.C.S., 133, Gloucester- road, Kensington, 8.W. 1910 Prnuar, A. Raman, University Union, Edinburgh, and Trivan: dram, India. 1885 Pout, J. R. H. Neerwort van der, Driebergen, Netherlands. 1870 + Porritt, Geo. T., F.L.S., Elm Lea, Dalton, Huddersfield. 1884 + Pounton, Professor Edward B., D.Sc., M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., F.Z.S., Hope Professor of Zoology in the University of Oxford, (PREs., 1903-4 ; V.-Pres., 1894-5, 1902, 1905 ; Councrn, 1886-8, — 1892, 1896, 1905-7), Wykeham House, Banbury-road, Oxford. 1905 PowsE 1, Harold, 7, Rue Mireille, Hyéres (Var), France. ( xa =) 1906 Prart, H.C., Government Entomologist, Federated Malay States, Kuala Lumpur, Malay States. 1908 Pratt, William B., 10, Lion Gate Gardens, Richmond, Surrey. 1878 Price, David, 48, West-street, Horsham. 1908 PripEaux, Robert M., Woodlands, Brasted Chart, Sevenoaks. 1904 Prisks, Richard A. R., 9, Melbourne Avenue, West Ealing. 1893 Prout, Louis Beethoven, (CounciL, 1905-7), 62, Graham-road, Dalston, N.E. 1910 Punnett, Professor Reginald Crundall, M.A., Caius College, Cambridge. 1912 QueERctI, Orazio, Macerata, Marche, Italy. 1900 RatneBow, William J., The Australian Musewm, Sydney, N.S.W. 1912 Rart-Smitu, 86, Gladstone-street, Abertillery, Monmouthshire. 1907 Raywarp, Arthur Leslie, Rockford, Beechwood-road, Sanderstead. 1893 Rep, Captain Savile G., late R.E., The Elms, Yalding, Maidstone. 1898 Revron, R. H., c/o Perkins and Co., Ltd., Brisbane, Queensland. 1898 Revver, Professor Enzio, Helsingfors, Finland. 1910 bE Rauxk-Puruipz, G. W. V., c/o Grindlay & Co., Hastings-street, Calcutta. 1912 Ritey, Norman Denbigh, 94, Drakefield-road, Upper Tooting, 8. W., and British Museum (Natural History), S. Kensington, 8.W. 1908 Rippon, Claude, M.A., 28, Walton-street, Oxford. 1905 Roprnson, Herbert C., Curator of State Museum, Kuala Lumpw, Selangor. 1904 Rosinson, Lady, Worksop Manor, Notts. 1892 Ropinson, Sydney C., 10, Inchmory-road, Catford, S.E. 1869 + Roprnson-Doveas, William Douglas, M.A., F.L.S., F.R.GS., Orchardton, Castle Douglas. 1908 Rogers, The Rev. K. St. Aubyn, M.A., Rabai, Mombasa, British East Africa. 1886 Ross, Arthur J., 1, Harewood-road, S. Croydon. 1912 Rosen, Kurt, Baron, Zoologische Staatssammlung, Munich. 1907 RosEnBERG, W. F. H., 57, Haverstock-hill, N.W. 1868 RorHney, George Alexander James, Pembury, Tudor-road, Upper Norwood, S.E. 1894 + RoruscHiLp, The Honble. Nathaniel Charles, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S., (CouncIL, 1904), Arwndel-house, Kensington Palace Gardens, W. 1888 ¢ RoruscHitp, The Honble. Walter, D.Sc., F.R.S., F.LS., F.Z.S., (CounciL, 1900), Zoological Museum, Tring. 1890 RovurtLepaEx, G. B., Tarn Lodge, Heads Nook, Carlisle. 1887 RowLanD-Brown, Henry, M.A., (V.-PRes., 1908, 1910; Szc., 1900-10), Oxhey-grove, Harrow Weald. 1910 Rupex, Miss Carlotta, 1, Hamilton House, Grove-end-road, St. John’s Wood, N.W. 1910 Rupez, Charles Henry, 1, Hamilton House, Grove-end-road, St. John’s Wood, N.W. (mv) 1898 Russet, A., Wilverley, Dale-road, Purley. 1892 RussEtt, S. G. C., 19, Lombard-street, E.C. 1905 Sr. Quintin, W. H., Scampton Hall, Rillington, York. 1906 Sampson, Lt.-Colonel F. Winn, 74, Vineyard Hill-road, Wimbledon Park. 1910 Saunvers, H. A., Brookfield-house, Swanage. 1886 SaunpDERS, Prof. Wm., Central Experimental Farm, Ottawa, Canada. 1901 Scuauvs, W., F.Z.S., 97, Elm Park Gardens, 8.W. 1907 Scumassman, W., Beulah Lodge, London-road, Enfield, N. 1912 ScxHunck, Charles A., Hwelme, Wallingford. 1881 Sconuick, A. J., 8, Mayfield-road, Merton Park, Wimbledon. 1911 Scorer, Alfred George, Hill Crest, Chilworth, Guildford. 1909 Scort, Hugh, B.A., University Museum of Zoology, Cambridge. 1911 Scort, Percy William Affleck, Chinese Imperial Customs Service, Hangchow, China. 1912 Seirz, Dr. Adalbert, 59, Bismarckstrasse, Darmstadt, Germany. 1911 Sstovus, Cuthbert F., M.D., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., Agra, Barton-on- Sea, New Milton, Hants. 1911 + Sennett, Noel Stanton, 32, Bolton-gardens, S. Kensington, S.W. 1862 SwHarp, David, M.A., M.B., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S., (Pres., 1887-8 ; V.-Pres., 1889, 1891-2, 1896, 1902-3; Sxc., 1867; CouNcIL, 1893-5, 1902-4), Lawnside, Brockenhurst, Hants. 1902 SHarp, W. E., (Councin, 1912- ), 9, Queen’s-road, South Norwood, S.E. 1886 SHaw, George T. (Librarian of the Liverpool Free Public Library), William Brown-street, Liverpool. 1905 SHeELpon, W. George, Youlgreave, South Croydon. 1901* SHELFORD, Robert, M.A., F.Z.S., (CounciL, 1907-8), University Museum (Hope Department), Oxford. 1900 + SHEPHEARD-Watwyn, H. W., M.A., Dalwhinnie, Kenley, Surrey. 1887 + Sicu, Alfred, (Counc, 1910-12), Corney House, Chiswick, W. 1911 Srmes, James A., Mon Repos, Monkham’s-lane, Woodford-green, Essex. .1904 Srmmonps, Hubert W., c/o. Messrs. Jas. Bruce & Co., Adderley-street, Cape Town. 1902 Stapen, Frederick William Lambart, Dept. of Agriculture, Central Experimental Farm, Ottawa, Canada. 1902 St topsr, Gerard Orby, F.Z.S., J.P., Badminton Club, Piccadilly, W. 1907 Sty, Harold Baker, Mapledean, Ringley-avenue, Horley. 1906 Smatumay, Raleigh S., Eliot Lodge, Albemarle-road, Beckenham, Kent. 1901 Swmirx, Arthur, County Museum, Lincoln. 1911 Swmira, B. H., B.A., Edgehill, Warlingham, Surrey. 1912 Situ, Roland T., 54, Osbaldeston-roud, Stoke Newington, N. 1898 Sopp, Erasmus John Burgess, F.R.Met.S., 16, Ivving-road, Bourne- mouth. 1885 1908 1889 1910 1898 1898 1910 1910 1896 1900 1895 1882 1908 1884 1894 1876 1911 1910 1908 1911 1893 1911 1903 1909 1910 1901 1892 1907 1911 1897 1907 1907 () soxyi. *) SoutH, Richard, (CounciL, 1890-1), 96, Drakefield-road, Upper Tooting, S.W. SPEYER, Edward R., Ridgehurst, Shenley, Herts. STaNDEN, Richard S., F.L.S., (Councit, 1906), Townlands, Lindfield, Sussex. Sranbey, The Rev. Hubert George, Marshfield Vicarage, Cardiff. Srarss, C. L. B., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., The Limes, Swanley Junction, Kent. Srreppine, Henry, Chasewood, Round Oak Wood, Weybridge. Srenton, Rupert, St. Edward’s, St. Mary Church, Torquay. SronEHAM, Hugh Frederick, Lieut. E. Surrey Regt., Wellington Barracks, Dublin. SrrRIcKLAND, T. A. Gerald, Souwthecott, Poulton, Fairford. Strupp, E. A. C., Kerremens, British Columbia. Srupp, E. F., M.A., B.C.L., Oxton, Exeter. Swanzy, Francis, The Quarry, Sevenoaks. Swierstra, Corn. J., Ist Assistant, Transvaal Museum, Pretoria. SwINHOE, Colonel Charles, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S., (V.-Pres., 1894; CouncIL, 1891-3; 1902-4), 6, Gunterstone-road, Kensington, W. SwinHog, Ernest, 6, Gunterstone-road, Kensington, W. Swinton, A. H., Oak Villa, Braishfield, Romsey, Hants. Swynnerton, C. F. M., Gungunyana, Melsetter, S.-H. Rhodesia. Tait, Robt., junr., Roseneath, Harborough-road, Ashton-on-Mersey. Ta.pot, G., 17, Steeles-road, Haverstock-hill, N.W. Tautz, P. H., Cranleigh, Pinner, Middlesex. Taytor, Charles B., Gap, Lancaster County, Penn., U.S.A. Taytor, Frank H., Australian Institute of Tropical Medicine Townsville, Galore TAYLOR, ian Harold, M.A., nies College, Leeds, Terry, Alfred, M.A., 22, ee road, Scarborough. THEOBALD, F. V., MEAS. Wye Court, Wye. THompson, Matthew Lawson, 40, Gosford-street, Middlesbrough. THORNLEY, The Rev. A., M.A., F.L.S., ‘‘ Hughenden,” Coppice-road, Nottingham. TittyarD, R. J., B.A., Kwranda, Mount Errington, Hornsby, New South Wales. Topp, R. G., The Limes, Hadley Green, N. Tomutn, J. R. le B., M.A., (Councit 1911- ), Lakefoot, Hamilton- road, Reading. Tones, Alfred Ernest, Aincroft, Reigate, Surrey. TRAGARDH, Dr. Ivar, The University, Upsala, Sweden. 1859 | TRImEN, Roland, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., (PRes., 1897-8 ; V.-PREs., 1906 1896, 1899 ; CouNcIL, 1868, 1881, 1890), Fawley, Onslow-crescent, Woking. TRYHANE, George E., Pedro Miquel Canal Zone, Panama. ( xxvii) 1906 TuLLocH, Major James Bruce Gregorie, The King’s Own Yorkshire Light Infantry; Head Quarters, South China Command, Hong Kong. 1895 Tunatzy, Henry, 13, Begmead-avenue, Streatham, S.W. 1910 Turati, Conte Emilio, 4, Piazza S. Alessandro, Milan, Italy. 1898 TurneER, A. J., M.D., Wickham Terrace, Brisbane, Australia. 1893 TuRNER, Henry Jerome, (Counctn, 1910-12), 98, Drakefell-road, St. Catherine’s Park, Hatcham, S.E. 1906 TurRNER, Rowland E.,(Councrt, 1909-10). 1893 Uricu, Frederick William, C.M.Z.S., Port of Spain, Trinidad British West Indies. 1904 + Vauauan, W., The Old Rectory, Beckington, Bath. 1909 VuipLER, Leopold A., The Carmelite Stone House, Rye, Sussex. 1911 Vrrauis, R., Commis de le classe, Pnom-Penk, Cambodia, French Indo-China. 1895 WacuHeEr, Sidney, F.R.C.S., Dane John, Canterbury. 1899 Wank, Albert, 12, Cadogan-place, Preston, Lancashire. 1897 WainwricHt, Colbran J., (Counctt, 1901, 1912- ), 45, Handsworth Wood-road, Handsworth, Birmingham. 1878 Waker, James J., M.A., R.N., F.L.S., (Councrt, 1894; Secre- TARY, 1899, 1905- ), Aorangi, Lonsdale-road, Summertown, Oxford. 1863 | WatLace, Alfred Russel, O.M., D.C.L. Oxon., F.R.S., F.LS., F.Z.S., (PRES., 1870-1; V.-PReEs., 1864, 1869; CounciL, 1866, 1872), Broadstone, Wimborne, Dorset. 1912 Watuacsz, Henry S., 17, Kingsley-place, Heaton-on-Tyne. 1866 ¢ WatsincHAM, The Right Honble. Lord, (PREs., 1889-90 ; V.-PREs., 1882, 1888, 1891-2, 1894-5; CouncrL, 1896), British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell-road, S.W. 1910 Warp, John J., Rusinwrbe House, Somerset-road, Coventry. 1908 WarREN, Brisbane C. 8., Villa Romaine, sur Clarens, Switzerland. 1886 WarREN, Wm., M.A., Hast Croft, Langdon-street, Tring, Herts. 1912 WaATERFIELD, Mrs. Ellen N., c/o. W. M. Crowfoot, Esq., Blyburgate House, Beccles, and The Hospital, Port Sudan. 1869 WareErHouss, Charles O., I.8.0., (PREs., 1907-8 ; V.-PREs., 1900, 1909 ; CounciL, 1873, 1882-3; 1898-1900), Ingleside, Avenue- gardens, Acton, W. 1901 + WaTERHOUSE, Gustavus A., B.Sc., F.C.S., Allonrie, Stanhope-road, Killara, New South Wales, Australia. 1904 Warson, The Rev. N. Beresford, St. Martin’s Vicarage, St. Philip Barbados, W. Indies. 1893 Wess, John Cooper, 218, Upland-road, Dulwich, S.E. 1908 WE.LMAN, F. Creighton, M.D., U.S. Musewm, Washington, U.S.A. 1876 + WESTERN, E. Young, 24, Pembridge-square, Notting Hill Gute, W. 1906 1910 1907 1911 1911 1906 1903 1896 1910 1911 1894 1900 1881 1905 1912 1888 1892 ( xxviii ) WHEELER, The Rev. George, M.A., F.Z.S., (SEcRETARY, 1911- ), 37, Gloucester-place, W. Wuitr, Edward Barton, M.R.C.S., Cardiff City Mental Hospital, Cardiff. Wuitt, Harold J., 42, Nevern-square, Kensington, 8. W. WuitenHouss, H. Beckwith, M.S., F.R.C.S., 52, Newhall-street, Bir- mingham. WuirtineuaM, Rey. W. G., Knighton Rectory, Leicester. Wickwar, Oswin 8., Charlemont, Gregory-road, Colombo, Ceylon. Wiaains, Clare A., M.R.C.S., Entebbe, Uganda. Witemay, A. E., H.B.M. Consul, Manila, Philippine Islands. Wiuucocgs, Frank C., Entomologist to the Khedivial Agricultura] Society, Cairo, Egypt. Witutams, C. B., The John Innes Horticultwral Institute, Mostyn- road, Merton, Surrey. Wo tey-Dop, F. H., Millarville P. O0., Alberta, N.W.T., Canada. Woop, H., Kennington, near Ashford, Kent. Woop, The Rev. Theodore, The Vicarage, Lyford-road, Wandsworth Common, S.W. Woopsripe¢Ek, Francis Charles, The Briars, Gerrard’s Cross, 8.0., Bucks. WoopRvuFFE-PEacock, Rev. E. Adrian, F.LS., F.G.8., Cadney Vicarage, Brigg, Lincolnshire. YeERBURY, Colonel John W., late R.A., F.Z.S., (CounctL, 1896, 1903-5), 2, Ryder-street, St. James’s, S.W. Youpauk, William Henry, F R.M.S., 21, Belle-Isle-street, Work- ington. ( =xie ) ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY DuRING THE YEAR 1912. ApLERz (Gottfrid). Lefnadsférhallanden och Instinkter inom Familjerna Pompilidae och Sphegidae, 1V. [Kungl. Svenska Vetenskaps-Akad. Handl. Band 47, No. 10, 1912.] The Author. ALFKEN (J. D.). Andrena frey-gessnert, eine neue alpine Andrena-Art aus der Schweiz. [Soc. Ent., Jahrg. 19, 1904]. E. Frey-Gessner. Arrow (G. J.). [See Coleopterorum Catalogus. ] Avrivitiius (Chr.). [See Coleopterorum Catalogus and Lepidopterorum Catalogus. | AustEN (E. E.). British Flies which cause Myiasis in Man. Repts. Local Govt. Board, No. 5, 1912]. The Local Govt. Bd. Back (A. E,). [See Morritt (Ph.D.).] Batxou (H. A.) Insect Pests of the Lesser Antilles. Barbados, 1912. Imp. Dept. Agric. W.I. Banks (Nathan). The Structure of certain Dipterous Larvae, with particular reference to those in Human Foods. [U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Techn. Ser. No. 22, 1912.] U.S. Dept. Agric. Beare (T. Hudson). Retrospect of a Coleopterist for 1911. [Entom. Record, Vol. XXIV, 1912.] The Author. BEMMELEN (J. F. van). Uber die Phylogenie der Flugelzeichnung bei Tagschmetterlingen. (Zool. Jahrb., Suppl. Vol. XV. Bd. 3, 1912.] The Author. BErIcutT uber die wissenschaftlichen Leistungen im Gebiete der Entomologie wahrend des Jahres 1909, Heft 1, 2, 1910, Heft 1-6. Published in 1912. [By G. Seidlitz, R. Lucas, K. Griinberg, H. Schouteden, W. La Baume, E. Strand, and W. Stendell. ] Purchased. BERNHAUER (M.). [See Coleopterorum Catalogus. | Bituines (F. H.) and Gienn (P. A.). Results of the artificial use of the White Fungus disease in Kansas, with Notes on approved methods of fighting Chinch Bugs. {U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 107, 1911.] U.S. Dept. Agric. BisHopr (F. C.). [See Hooxer (W. A.).] Boarp of Agriculture and Fisheries. The Warble Fly. Leaflet No. 246, March 1911. Isle of Wight Bee Disease. Leaflet No. 253, May 1911. cot Board Agric. and Fisheries. BorNEMANN (G.). Verzeichnis der Grosschmetterlinge aus der Umgebung von Magdeburg und des Harzgebietes. [Abhandl. und Berichte Mus. Nat. Naturw. Ver., Magdeburg, Vol. II, Heft 3, 1912.] The Author. Boucomont (A.). [See Coleopterorum Catalogus. | (ee) Breppin (G.). (See Wasmann (E.). | Brunetti (H.). Fauna of British India. Diptera Nematocera (excluding Chironomidae and Culicidae), 1912. The India Office. Bureess (A. F.). Calosoma sycophanta: Its Life-history, Behaviour, and successful Colonisation in New England. [U.8. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 101, 1911.] U.S. Dept. Agric. Burr (Malcolm). Contribution to our knowledge of Indian Earwigs. (Journ. and Proc. Asiatic Soc. Bengal (N. ser.), Vol. VII, No. 11,1911.] ———— Dermaptera (Harwigs) in Amber, from Prussia. {Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool., 2nd Ser., Vol. XI, 1911.] ——-—— Die Dermapteren des k.k. naturhistorischen Hofmuseums in Wien. {Ann. k.k. naturhist. Hofmuseums, Wien, Vol. XXVI, 1912.] ———— Interesting Dermaptera in the Budapest Museum. [Ann. Musei Nat. Hungarici, Vol. X, 1912.] Nachtrage zu meiner Bearbeitung der Dermapteren des_ k.k. naturhistorischen Hofmuseums. [Ann. k.k. naturhist. Hofmuseums, Wien, Vol. XX VI, 1912.] —-— The Orthoptera of Madeira. [Entom. Record, Vol. XXIV, 1912.] ———— Uber einige neue und interessante Dermapteren aus dem konigl. zoolog. Museum, Berlin. [Sonder-Abdruck 8S. B. Ges. naturf. Freunde, Berlin, No. 5, 1912.] The Author. ———— [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. ]| Buscx (A.). Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Microlepidoptera from Panama, [Smithsonian Mise. Coll., Vol. LIX, No. 4, 1912.] The Smithsonian /nstitution. Cameron (P.). On Parasitic Hymenoptera from the Solomon Islands, collected by Mr. W. W. Froggatt, F.L.S. [Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. XXXVI, 1911.] —- On a collection of Parasitic Hymenoptera (chiefly bred), made by Mr. W. W. Froggatt, F.L.S., in New South Wales, with descriptions of new Genera and Species. Pts. I, II. [Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. XXXVI, 1911, 1912]. W.W. Froggatt. CARPENTER (George H.). Injurious Insects and other Animals observed in Ireland during the year 1911. [Economic Proc. Royal Dublin Soc., Vol. II, No. 5, 1912. ] Royal Dublin Society. Casey (Thos. L.). Memoirs on the Coleoptera. Vols. II, III, 1911, 1912. The Author. CasTEEL (D. B.). The Manipulation of the Wax Scales of the Honey Bee. [U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 161, 1912.] U.S. Dept. Agric. CaTaLocuE of the Library of the British Bee-keepers’ Association. January 1912. W. Herrod. Caupeti (A. N.). [See Wytsman’s Genera Insectorum. ] CuEwyreEvy (Ivan). L’Enigme des Scolytiens. 1910. ———— Les insectes parasites et hyperparasites. [Ed. du départ. forestier, St. Petersburg, 1911.] M. Burr. CHITTENDEN (F. H.). A Little-known Catworm, [U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 109, Pt. IV., 1912.] —-—— Some Insects injurious to Truck Crops. Contents and Index. [U. 8S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 82, 1912.] ( tsi - ) CHITTENDEN (F. H.). The Broad-bean Weevil. (U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 96, Pt. V, 1912.] ———— The Cowpea Weevil. (U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 96, Pt. VI, 1912.] — The Larger Canna Leaf-roller (Calpodes ethlius, Cram.). (U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 145, March 1912.] ———— The Potato-tuber Moth. [U. 8. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 162, 1912.] U.S. Dept. Agric. CockERELL (T. D. A.). The Bees of the Solomon Islands. [Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. XXXVI,1911.] The Author. Hymenoptera Apoidea (of the Seychelles). {Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. 2nd Ser., Vol. XV, 1912: Perey Sladen Trust Exped. Indian Ocean. ] By Exchange. Names applied to Bees of the Genus Osmia, found in North America. [Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLII, 1912.] ——- Names applied to the Eucerine Bees of North America. [Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLITII, 1912.] The Smithsonian Institution. CoLEOPTERORUM CarTatocus. Junk (W.) editus a Schenkling (8.). Berlin, Pars 39. Aurivillius (Chr.). Cerambycidae: Cerambycinae. », 40. Bernhauer (M.) et Schubert (K.). Staphylinidae, III. » 41. Pic (Maurice). Ptinidae. », 42. Schmidt (A). Scarabaeidae: Atgialiinae, Chironinae. » 43. Arrow (G.J.). Scarabaeidae: Pachypodinae, Pleocominae, Aclopinae, Glaphyrinae, Ochodaeinae, Orphninae, Idiosto- minae, Hybosorinae, Dynamopinae, Acanthocerinae, Troginae. ,, 44. Strohmeyer (H.). Platypodidae. ,, 45. Dalla Torre (K.W.von). Scarabaeidae: Melolonthinae, I. » 46. Boucomont (A.). Scarabaeidae: Taurocerastinae, Geotru- pinae. » 47. Dalla Torre(K.W.von). Scarabaeidae: Melolonthinae, IT. » 48. Pic (Maurice). Anobiidae. » 49. Dalla Torre (K.W.von). Scarabaeidae: Melolonthinae, ITT. Purchased. CoLttn (J. E.). Diptera, Borboridae and Phoridae, from the Seychelles. {Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. 2nd Ser., Vol. XV, 1912: Percy Sladen Trust Exped. Indian Ocean. | By Exchange. Comstock (John Henry). The Spider Book. New York, 1912. The Author. Coorer (W.F.). [See Nurraut (G. H. F.).] CORRESPONDENCE relating to the Development of Entomological Research in the British Colonies and Protectorates. Published by His Majesty's Stationery Office, Nov. 1912. Lord Avebury. Cotron-worm and Boll-worm Commission, Egypt, 1912. Circular No. 1. Dept. Agric., Egypt. Coventry (B.). Report on the Progress of Agriculture in India for 1909-10, Calcutta, 1911. India Office. Crawrorp (J. C.). Descriptions of New Hymenoptera, No. 4. [Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLII, 1912.] Descriptions of New Hymenoptera, No. 5. [Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLIII., 1912.] The Smithsonian Institution. Curtis (W. P.). Remarks on Psilopleura haemasoma, D. Jones. The Author. [Proc. Bournemouth Nat. Science Soc., Vol. IIT, 1912.] CusuMaN (R. A.). [See Prerce (W. Dwight). ] ( xxx )) Datia Torre (K. W. von). [See Coleopterorum Catalogus.] [See WyTsman’s Genera Insectorum. ] Davis (J.J.). [See Puixxres (W. J.)]. Dr Cuarmoy (D'EMMEREZ). Report on Phytalus smithi (Arrow) and Other Beetles Injurious to the Sugar Cane in Mauritius, 1912. The Author. Dewirz (J.). Kinstliche Verfarbung bei Insekten. Zool. Anzeiger, Bd. XXVIII, No. 10, 1904. ] ———— Richtigstellung beziiglich der Auffindung der Kontaktreizbarkeit im Tierreich. [Zool. Anzeiger, Bd. XXX, 1906.] —-— Uber die Entstehung der Farbe gewisser Schmetterlingskokons. [Archiv f Entwicklungsmechanik, Bd. XXXI.] M. Burr. Bericht iiber die Tatigkeit der Station fiir Schadlingsforschungen in Metz fiir die Jahre 1910 und 1911. [Bericht der Konig]. Lehr. Wein-, Obst- und Gartenbau Geisenheim a. Rh. fiir 1911 (1912).] ———— Laptérisme expérimental des Insectes. [Compt. rend. Acad. Sci., Paris, Vol. CLIV, Feb. 1912.] Physiologische att erences en auf dem Gebiet der Schadlings- forschung. [Naturw. Zeitschr. Forst-und Landwirtschaft, X, 1912, Heft 11.] The Author. Doenin (Paul). Hétérocéres Nouveaux de L’Amérique du Sud. Fase. V, VI, 1912 The Author. DonisTHORPE (H. St. J. K.). Myrmecophilous Notes for 1911. [Entom. Rec., Vol. XXIV, 1912.] The Author. Dupuis (Paul). [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. ] Durrant (J. H.). Notes on the Tineina bred from Cotton-bolls. [Bull. Entom. Research, Vol. III, 1912.] The Author. Dyar (H.G.). Descriptions of New Species and Genera of Lepidoptera, chiefly from Mexico. [Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLII, 1912.] The Smithsonian Institution. EpELsTEN (H. M.) and Topp (R. G.). Notes on the Life-histories of Tapztno- stola concolor and T. hellmannt. [Entom., 1912. ] The Authors. Emery (C.). [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. ] EntomoLocicaL Cope: A Code of Nomenclature for Use in Entomology, Washington, 1912. The Smithsonian Institution. ERGEBNISSE der phaenologischen Beobachtungen aus Mahren und Schlesien in Jahre 1906. Briinn, 1911. [Insects referred to on pp. 14, 15.] By Exchange. EscHericH (K.). [See Wasmann (E.)]. EXPEDITIONS organised or participated in by the Smithsonian Institution in 1910 and 1911. [Smithsonian Misc. Coll., Vol. LIX, No. 11, 1912.] The Smithsonian Institution. Fett (Ephraim Porter). Elm-leaf Beetle and White-marked Tussock Moth. [Educ. Dept. Bulletin, Albany, N.Y., No. 511, Jan. 15, 1912.] New York State Mus. Frernatp(C. H.). The Crambidae of North America. [Massachusetts Agric. College, Jan. 1896. ] ———(C.H.). The Pterophoridae of North America. [ Massachusetts Agric. College, July 1898. ] On the dates of Jacob Hiibner’s Sammlung europaischer Schmetter- linge and some of his other works, May 1905. [Ambherst, Mass., U.S.A.] a ( xxx ) FERNALD (C. H.). The Genera of the Tortricidae and their types, 1908. The Author. ———— (C.H. and H.T.). Biographies of. d [Entomology and Zoology at the Massachusetts Agric. College, 1911.] Mass. Agric. Coll. ——— (H.T.) Descriptions of Certain Species of Wasps of the Family Sphecidae. [Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLIT, 1912. ] The Smithsonian Institution. FLeTcuer (T. Bainbrigge). A preliminary list of the Lepidoptera of Malta. (Entomologist, 1904, 1905.] On the larva of Prodenia synstictis, Hampson. [Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. V, April 1908.] ———— A new genus and species of Orneodidae (Lep.). [Entomologist, Oct. 1909.] — —_—— The Plume-moths of Ceylon, Pts. I and II. [Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. VI, Pts. XXI and XXIV, 1909-10.] ———— Lepidoptera, exclusive of the Tortricidae and Tineidae, with some remarks on their Distribution and means of Dispersal amongst the Islands of the Indian Ocean. [Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. 2nd Ser., Vol. XIII, 1910: Percy Sladen Trust Exped. Indian Ocean. | The Orneodidae and Pterophoridae of the Seychelles Expedition. {Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. 2nd Ser., Vol. XIII, 1910: Perey Sladen Trust Exped. Indian Ocean. | —-— Economic Entomology: Pt. I, Agricultural Entomology; Pt. II, Forest Entomology. [Board Scient. Advice for India, 1910-11. ] ——— Four new Pterophoridae. [Entomologist, Sept. and Noy. 1911.] ———— The Moth-borer (Chilo simplex). [Dept. en Records and Agriculture, United Provinces, Lucknow 1911. ———— The Wax-moth. [Agric. Journ. India, Vol. VI, Pt. IV, 1911.] Two insect pests of the United Provinces. [Agric. Journ. India, Vol. VI, Pt. II, 1911.] Weevil and dry Wheat. [Agric. Journ. India, Vol. VI, Pt. IV, 1911.] ———— Termites or White Ants. [Agric. Journ. India, Vol. VII, Pt. III, 1912.] The Cabbage White Butterfly (Pieris brassicae). [Agric. Journ. India, Vol. VII, Pt. I, 1912.] The Author. Foret (A.). Hinige neue und interessante Ameisenformen aus Sumatra, etc. [Zoolog. Jahrb., Suppl. XV, Band X, 1912.] ———— Ameisen aus Java beobachtet und gesammelt von Edward Jacobson, Ill. Theil. [Notes Leyd. Mus., Vol. XXXIV, 1912.] Descriptions provisoires de genres, sous-genres et espéces de Formi- cides des Indes orientales. [Revue Suisse de Zool., Vol. XX, No. 15, Déc. 1912.] Die Weibchen der “ Treiberameisen ” Anomma nigricans, Illiger, und Anomma wilvertht, Emery. [Mitteil. Naturhist, Mus., Hamburg, Vol. XXIX, 1912.] ————. Hinige interessante Ameisen. [Ent. Mitteilungen, Vol. I, No. 3, 1912.] ——_—— Formicides Néotropiques, Pt. I. [Ann, Soc. Ent, Belg., Vol. LVI, 1912.] ( exexiva 5) Foret (A.). Formicides Néotropiques, Pts. II, III, IV, V, VI. [Mém. Soc. Ent. Belg., Vols. XIX, XX, 1912.] ———- Fourmis des Seychelles et des Aldabras, recues de Hugh Scott. [Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool., 2nd Ser., Vol. XV, Pt. II, 1912.] H. Sauter’s Formosa-Ausbeute. Formicidae. [Ent. Mitteilungen, Vol. I, No. 2, 1912.] ———- Quelques Fourmis de Tokio. [Aun. Soc. Ent. Belg., Vol. LVI, 1912. ] —— —— Quelques Fourmis de Colombie. [Mém. Soc. Neuchateloise Sci. Nat., Vol. V, 1912.] The Author. [See Wasmann (E.).] Fow ter (W. W.). Coleoptera. General Introduction and Cicindelidae and Paussidae (Fauna of British India), 1912. The India Office. Frry-GEssNER (E.). Hyménoptéres du Valais. [8 parts, from the Bull. de la Murithienne, Soc. Valaisanne des Sci. Nat., Fasc. XXXI, etc. ] ——— — Tables Analytiques pour la détermination des Hyménoptéres du Valais. [3 parts from the Bull. Travaux de la Murithienne, Soc. Valais. Sci. Nat., Fasc. XXII, etc.] Bemerkungen iiber die Imhoff’schen Apiden-Arten in der “ Isis” von Oken, 1832, 1834. {Mitth. schweiz. entom. Ges., X, Heft 8, 9, 1901, 1902. ] Leistus montanus, Steph. ( fulvibarbis, Hffsg., Heer). [Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Ges., III, Heft 4, 1870.] eee Syrische Hemipteren. [Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Ges., VI, Heft 3, 1881.] ———-— Bombus agrorum, Fab., and variahilis, Schmdk. [Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Ges., VIII, Heft 5, 1890.] ——— — Plaudereien iiber einige zwei Binden tragende Lionotus-Arten. [Mittheil. schweiz, entom. Ges., IX, Heft 1, 1893.] ——— Orthoptera gesammelt in der Provinz Oran in Nordafrika von den Herren Prof. Dr. A. Forel und Dr. L. Zehntner in Frihjahr, 1893. [Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Ges., IX, Heft 3, 1894.] ——- — Nester von Chalicodoma muraria, Linn. [Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Ges., IX, Heft 3, 1894.] - ——— Bemerkungen iiber einige schweizerische Andrena-Arten. [Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Ges., IX, Heft 5, 1895. ] ' ____— Uber die Erkennungszeichen der hochalpinen dreifarbigen Hum- melarbeiter alticola, derhamellus var. 3, mendar und lapponicus. [Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Ges., X, Heft 3, 1898.] —— a Beschreibung von zwei neuen Prosopis-Arten. [Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Ges., X, Heft 6, 1900.] ——— Bombus grandaevus, Heer. [Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Ges., X, Heft 9, 1902.] ———— Die Mannchen der Anthrena aenetventris, Mor., incisa, Evers., parviceps, Krchb., und rogenhoferi, Mor. [Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Ges., XI, Heft 1, 1903.] Andrena nanula, Nylander. [Soc. Ent., Jahrg. 18, No. 13, 1903.] -———— Das Mannchen von Andrena parviceps, Kriechb. [Soc. Ent., Jahrg. 19, 1904. ] ——-— Die F. Chevrier’schen Heriades. [Mitthiel. schweiz. entom. Ges., XI, Heft 2, 1905. ] ———— Chelifer cancroides, Linn. [Soc. Ent., Jahrg. 21, 1906. ] « xxuver ) FrryY-GESSNER (E.). Acanthaclisis occitanica, Vill. [Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Ges., XI, Heft 4, 1906.] — — Osmia mucida, Dours. [Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Ges., XI, Heft 7, 1908.] ——-— Saga serrata, Fabr. (Orthopt. ). [Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Ges., XI, Heft 7, 1908.] ————— Hymenoptera. Apidae, Vol. II, 1908-1912. —-— Die Womada-Arten in L. Imhoff’s Arbeit tiber die Apiden in der ‘Tsis ’ von Oken, 1834. [Mitth. schweiz. entom. Ges., Vol. XI, Heft 9, 1909.] —-— Die Sammelstelle bei Etrembiéres. [Mitth. schweiz. entom. Ges., Vol. XI, Heft 2, 1905.] —-——— Osmia loti, Mor. und morawitz?, Gerst. [Mitth. schweiz. entom. Ges., Vol. XI, Heft 10, 1909.] ——— Bombus confusus, Schenck. [Mitth. schweiz. entom. Ges., Vol. XII, Heft 1, 1910.] ———— Das Mannchen der Anthrena parviceps, Krchb. [Mitth. schweiz. entom. Ges., Vol. XII, Heft 1, 1910.] ——-— Observations entomologiques sur la vallée d’Hérens. Berichtigungen zu den analytischen Tabellen der Apiden. The Author. Froceatr (W. W.). ‘Aphis Foot” of Horses in the Tamworth district (Chorioptes equz, Gerlach). [Agric. Gazette, N.S.W., Sept. 2, 1911.] Description of a new Laccoccid (genus Tachardia) from New South Wales. [Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. XXXVI, 1911.] ———— March Flies. [Dept. Agric. N.S.W., Science Bull, No. 3, 1911.] ——— Insects infesting Woollen Tops. [Agric. Gazette, N.S.W., June 3, 1912.] ———— Parasitic Enemies of the Mediterranean Flour Moth (Ephestia kiiehniella, Zeller). [Agric. Gazette, N.S.W., April 2, 1912.] ——— The Fowl Tick (Argas persicus, Oken). [Agric. Gazette, N.S.W., March 2, 1912.] ———— The Starling (and the Sheep-maggot Fly), a Study in Agricultural oology. [Agric. Gazette, N.S.W., July 2, 1912.] ———— Woolly Aphis, or American Blight (Schizoneura lanigera, Hausman). [Agric. Gazette, N.S.W., June 3, 1912. The Author. Fryer (J. C. F.), The Lepidoptera of Seychelles and Aldabra, exclusive of the Orneodidae and Pterophoridae and of the Tortricina and Tineina. (Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. 2nd Ser., Vol. XV, 1912: Percy Sladen Trust Exped. Indian Ocean,]} By Exchange. Gatrs (Burton N.). Bee diseases in Massachusetts. [U. 8. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 75, Pt. III, 1908.] U.S. Dept. Agric. Gipson (Arthur), The Entomological Record for 1910. [41st Ann. Report Ent. Soc. Ontario, 1910 (1911)]. —-— The Entomological Record for 1911. [42nd Ann. Report Ent. Soc. Ontario, 1911 (1912)]. ——_—— Blister Beetles. [42nd Ann. Report Ent. Soc. Ontario, 1911 (1912%] Dept. Agric., Ontario, ({ sox J Gipson (Arthur). Cutworms and Army-worms. [Canad. Dept. Agric. Div. Entom., Bull., No. 3, 1912]. Canad. Dept. Agric. GuenN (P. A.). [See Brttines (F. H.).] Gopman (F. D.), Biologia Centrali-Americana, Pt. CCXIs, 1912; Insecta, by Lord Walsingham. The Editor. Goucu (Lewis H.). Results obtained [in Trinidad] in the study of the Frog- hopper during the Wet Season of 1910. [Dept. Agric. Circular, No. 8, 1911.] Dept. Agric. Grassi (Battista). Contributo alla Conoscenza della Fillosserine ed in particolare della Fillosera della vite. Roma, 1912. The Author. GREEN (E. Ernest). Note on the occasional luminosity of the beetle, Harma- telia bilinea. [Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. VII, Pt, XXVIII, 1911.] Note on a Web-spinning Psocid. [Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. VIII, Pt. XXIX, 1912.] ———— Notes on Ceylon Butterflies, etc. [Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. VIII, Pt. XXX, 1912.] —_——_— Notes on the Collection of Coccidae in the Indian Museum. I. [Records Indian Mus., Vol. VII, Pt. I, No. 5, 1912.] —- On a Remarkable Mimetic Spider. [Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. VIII, Pt. XXX, 1912.] ———— On the Cultivated and Wild Forms of the Cochineal Insects. [Journ. Econ. Biology, Vol. VII, Pt. IIT, 1912.] The Author. Hammar (A.G.). Life-history Studies on the Codling Moth in Michigan. U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 115, Pt. I, 1912.] U.S. Dept. Agric. Hampson (Sir G. F.). Catalogue of the Lepidoptera Phalaenae, Vol. XI (text and plates), 1912. By Exchange. Hancock (J. L.). Notes on Ceylonese Tetriginae (Orthoptera), with De- scriptions of New Species. [Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. VI, Pt. XXIV, 1910.] The Author. HarmzeEvt (F. Z.). A Preliminary Report on Grape Insects. [N. Y. Agric. Exper. Station, Bull. No. 331, 1910.] ——— The Grape Leaf-hopper and its Control. [N. Y. Agric. Exper. Station, Bull. No. 344, 1912. ] ' N. York Exper. Station. Henpet (F. von). [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. | Herms (William B.). The House Fly in its Relation to Public Health. (Univ. Calif. Agric. Exper. Station, Bull. No. 215 (Berkeley, Cal., May 1911).] Calif. Agric. Exper. Station. Hewitt (C. Gordon). Legislation in Canada to Prevent the Introduction and Spread of Insects, Pests and Diseases destructive to Vegetation. [Canad. Dept. Agric., Div. Entom., Bull. No. 12, Second Series, Ottawa, 1912. ] Canad. Dept. Agric. ———. An Account of the Bionomics and the Larvae of the Flies, Fannia (Homalomyia) canicularis, L., and F. scalaris, Fab., and their Relation to Myiasis of the Intestinal and Urinary Tracts, [Repts. Local Govt. Board, No. 5, 1912.] The Local Govt. Board. ——~—-— Report of, for Year ending March 31, 1911. [Ann. Rept. on Exper. Farms for Year 1910-11.] Canad. Dept. Agric. ———— On Coelopisthia nematicida, Pack., A Chalcid Parasite of the Large Larch Sawfly, Lygaeonematus ertchsonii, Hartig. (Canad. Entom., Vol. XLIII, Sept. 1911.] The Author. ( ‘xxxva ) Hewitt (C. Gordon). Insect Scourges of Mankind. Thrips affecting Oats. [42nd Ann. Report Ent. Soc. Ontario, 1911 (1912), ] Dept. Agric., Ontario. —— — Fannia (Homalomyia) canicularis, Linn., and F. scalaris, Fab. [Parasitology, Vol. V, No. 3, 1912.] The Author. Investigations on Forest Insects and Forest Protection. Leaflet, 1912. ———— The Control of Insect Pests in Canada. [Canad. Dept. Agric., Div. Entom., Bull. No. 4, 1912.] ——w— The Honey Bee. [Canad. Dept. Agric., Div. Entom., Bull. No. 2, 1912.] Canad, Dept. Agric. ———— The Large Larch Sawfly (Mematus erichsoniz). (Canad. Dept. Agric., Div. Entom., Bull. No. 10, Second Series, 1912.] Dept. Agric., Canada. ———— Observations on the Range of Flight of Flies. [Repts. Local Govt. Board, No. 5, 1912.] The Local Govt. Board. ———— The Destructive Insect and Pest Act and Regulations Issued Thereunder. [Canad. Dept. Agric., Div. Entom., Bull. No. 1, 1911.] Canad. Dept. Agric. Hinps (W. E.). Zoology and Entomology at the Massachusetts Agricultural College. 1911. The College, Mass. Hirst (S.). The Araneae, Opiliones and Pseudoscorpiones [of the Seychelles]. [Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. 2nd Ser., Vol. XIV, 1911: Percy Sladen Trust Exped. Indian Ocean. By Exchange. HoimGRren (Nils). Termitenstudien. [Kungl. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl., Band 48, No. 4, 1912.] The Author. Hoop (C. E.). [See Prerce (W. Dwight). ] Hooxer (W.A.), BisHopp (F.C.), and Woop (H.P.). The Life-history and Bionomics of some North American Ticks. [U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 106, 1912.] U. S. Dept. Agric. Horr Report. Vol. VIII. Edited by Prof. E. B. Poulton. E. B. Poulton. Hopkins (A. D.). Damage to the Wood of Fire-killed Douglas Fir, and Methods of Preventing Losses, in Western Washington and Oregon. [U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No, 159, 1912.] Insect Damage to Standing Timber in the National Parks. [U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 143, 1912.] ——-— The Dying Hickory Trees: Cause and Remedy. (U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 144, 1912.] —- The Dying of Pine in the Southern States: Cause, Extent, and Remedy. (U.S. Dept. Agric., Farmers’ Bull. No. 476, 1911.] U. S. Dept. Agric. Hunter (W. D.). The Boll Weevil Problem, with Special Reference to Means of Reducing Damage. [U. S. Dept. Agric., Farmers’ Bull. No. 512, 1912.] -———— The Control of the Boll Weevil. [U. S. Dept. Agric., Farmers’ Bull. No. 500, 1912. ] The Cotton Worm or Cotton Caterpillar (4 labama argillacea, Hubn.). [U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 153, 1912.] The Cotton Stainer [Dysdercus suturellus, H.-Schf.]. : [U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 149, April 1912. ] ( xxxvili )) Hunter (W.D.). The Movement of the Mexican Cotton Boll Weevil in 1911. [U.8. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 146, Feb. 1912.] —-— Two Destructive Texas Ants. [U. 8. Dept. Agric., Bureau Kntom., Circular No, 148, 1912.] S. Dept. Agric. ——-— [See Pierce (W. Dwight). ] Hystop (James A.). The Alfalfa Looper. [U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 95, Pt. VII, 1912.] ———— The False Wireworms of the Pauiic North-west [ Eleodes spp. ]. [U. 8S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 95, Pt. V, 1912.] —-— The Legume Pod Moth. The vse Pod Maggot. [U. 8. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. OB, Pt. VI, 1912.] U.S. Dept. ‘Agric. Imms (A. D.). On the Life-history of Croce filipennis, Westw. [Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. 2nd Ser., Vol, XI, 1911.] By Exchange. INDEX TO BuLLETIN No. 91, Bureau of Entomology. [U. S. Dept. Agric., 1912.] U.S, Dept. Agric. InpEx Zootocicus: No. II, by C. O. Waterhouse. 1912. [Published by the Zoological Society of London. ] Purchased. JANET (Charles). Organes sensitifs de la mandibule de |’Abeille (Apis mellifera, L. 9). [Compt. rend, hebdom. Séances de l’Acad. Sciences, Vol. CLI, 1910.] —-— Constitution morphologique de la bouche de l’insecte, Limoges, 1911. ——-— Sur l’existence d’un organe chordotonal et d’une vésicule pulsatile antennaires chez l’Abeille et sur la morphologie de la téte de cette espéce. [Compt. rend. hebdom. Séances de 1’Acad. Sciences, Vol. CLIT, 1911. ] Le Sporophyte et le Gamétophyte du Végétal ; le soma et le germen de l’insecte. Limoges, 1912. The Author. Jarvis (E.). Life-history of Heteronympha philerope, Boisd. [Victorian Naturalist, Vol. XXIV, No. 12, 1908.] ——-—— Notes on the Scorpion-fly, Bittacus australis. [Victorian Naturalist, Vol. XXV, No. 4, 1908. ] NV. C. Rothschild. JEANNEL (R. y et Racovitza (E. G.). Enumération des Grottes Visitées, 1909-1911 [Arch. de Zool. Expér., Paris, Vol. XLIX,1912.] The Author. Joannis (J. de). Guide pratique de ]’Amateur de Papillons. Paris, 1912. [French edition of Berge and Rebel’s work. ] The Author. JOHANNSEN (O. A.). The Mycetophilidae of North America. III. [Maine Agric. Exper. Station, Orono, Bull. No. 196, 1911.] ———— The Fungus Gnats (Mycetophilidae) of North America. IV. [Maine Agric. Exper. Station, Orono, Bull. No. 200, 1912. ] ———— and Patcu (Edith M.). Insect Notes for 1911. [Maine Agric. Exper. Station, Orono, Bull. No. 195, Dec. 1911. ] Maine Agric. Exper. Station. JounstTon (Fred.). Arsenite of Zinc and Lead Chromate as remedies against the Colorado Potato Beetle. [U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 109, Pt. V, 1912.] ———— Spraying experiments against the Grape Leaf-hopper in the Lake Erie Valley in 1911. [U. 8. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 116, Pt. I, 1912.] U.S. Dept. Agric. (\{ xaxix ):) JonxEs (Paul R.). Some New California and Georgia Thysanoptera. [U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Techn. Ser., No. 23, Pt. I, 1912. ] U. S. Dept. Agric. Jorpan (K.). Contribution to our Knowledge of the Morphology and Systematics of the Polyctenidae, a family of Rhynchota Parasitic on Bats. [Novitates Zoologicae, Vol. XVIII, 1912.] The Author. KErREMANS (Ch.). Monographie des Buprestides, Vol. V, Livr. 19-21, 1911, 1912. Purchased. Kerrisz (K.). Diptera, Stratiomyidae [of the Seychelles]. [Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. 2nd Ser., Vol. XV, 1912: Percy Sladen Trust Exped. Indian Ocean. | By Exchange. Kierrer (J. J.). Hymenoptera, Cynipidae; Diptera, Cecidomyiidae and Chironomidae [of the Seychelles]. [Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. 2nd Ser., Vol. XIV, 1911: Percy Sladen Trust Exped. Indian Ocean. ] Hymenoptera Proctotrupidea [of the Seychelles]. [Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. 2nd Ser., Vol. XV, 1912: Percy Sladen Trust Exped. Indian Ocean. ] By Exchange. [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. | Kirxman (Hon. T.). Animalcules known as Wheelbearers. (Trans. and Proc. Natal Scientific Soc. Vol. XI, No. 3, 1912.] The Socrety. Kuunt (P.). Der Kafersammler. Leipzig, 1912. Purchased. LEPIDOPTERORUM CaTALocus. Junk (W.) editus a Aurivillius (Chr.) et Wagner (H.). Berlin, 1911, 1912. . Aurivillius (Chr.). Chrysopolomidae. . Pagenstecher (A.). Callidulidae. . Pagenstecher (A.). Libytheidae. . Wagner (H.). et Pfitzner (R.). Hepialidae. Strand (E.). Noctuidae: Agaristinae. . Meyrick (E.). Adelidae, Micropterygidae, Gracilariadae. Zerny (H.). Syntomidae. Prout (L. B,), Geometridae: Brephinae, Enochrominae. . Mabille (P.). Hesperidae: Subf. Pyrrhopyginae. MecDonnough. Megathymidae. », 10. Meyrick (E.). Tortricidae. LonestarF (George B.). Butterfly-hunting in Many Lands. London, 1912. The Author. Pars DAD IE bo McGregor (EH. A.), The Red Spider on Cotton. [U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 150, 1912.] U. S. Dept. Agric. MALtLocH (J. ap New American Dipterous Insects of the Family Pipun- culidae. [Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLIII, 1912.] —- — New Diptera from Panama. [Smithson. Misc. Coll., Vol. LIX, No. 17, 1912.] —— Three new Species of Pipunculidae (Diptera) from Panama. [Smithson. Mise. Coll., Vol. LX, No. 1, 1912.] The Smithsonian Institution. Marcuat (Paul). Rapport sur les Travaux accomplis par la Mission a’ Etude de la Cochylis et de |’ Eudémis pendant |’ Année 1911. The Author. Marsu (H. O.), The Sugar-beet Webworm. [U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 109, Pt, VI, 1912. ] Martin (René). [See Wyrtsman’s Genera Insectorum. ] Mexican Cotton-boll Weevil: a Summary of the Investigation of this Insect up to December 31,1911, Washington, 1912. The Smithsonian Institution. ( xl ) Meyrick (E.). Exotic Microlepidoptera, Vol. I, Pt. 1 (dated March 1912); Part 2 (dated October 1912). The Author. ——-—— Tortricina and Tineina [of the Seychelles]. [Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. 2nd Ser., Vol. XIV, 1911: Percy Sladen Trust Exped. Indian Ocean. | By Exchange. ———— [See Lepidopterorum Catalogus. | ———— [See Wyrtsman’s Genera Insectorum. ] Misra (C.8.). The Cultivation of Lac in the Plains of India (Tachardia lacca, Kerr.). [Agric. Research Institute, Pusa, Bull. No. 28, 1912.] Imp. Dept. Agric. India. MryaxX¥ (Tsunekata), The Life-history of Panorpa klugi, M’Lachlan. [Journ. College Agric, Tokyo, Vol. 1V, No. 2, 1912.] The Author. Morean (A.C.). Insect Enemies of Tobacco in the United States. [Yearbook U, 8. Dept. Agric. for 1910 (1911). ] U. S. Dept. Agric. Morey (Claude), A Revision of the Ichneumonidae. Part I. Tribes Opilionides and Metopiides. London, 1912. By Exchange. Mornritu (Ph. D.) and Back (E. A.). Natural Control of White Flies in Florida. [U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 102, 1912.] U.S. Dept. Agric. Morris (Earl L.). New Control Methods for the Pear Thrips and Peach Tree Borer. [Univ. Calif. Agric. Exper. Station, Bull. No. 228 (Berkeley, Cal.), 1912. Calif. Agric. Exper. Station. NerumMANN (L. G.). Le Pou d’Orycteropus afer et une nouvelle sous-espéce d Amblyomma. [Jahrb. Nassau. Ver. Naturk. Wiesbaden, Vol. LXII, 1909, ] ——— Notes sur les Pédiculidés. [Archives de Parasitologie, Vol. XIII. Paris, 1909.] , The Author. NewstTEapD (R.). Notes on Phlebotomus, with Descriptions of new Species. art I. [Bull. Entom. Research, Vol. III, 1912.] —-— On the Characteristics of the newly-discovered Tsetse-fly, Glossina austeni, Newstead ; with Descriptions of the Genital Armature of Glossina fuscipleuris, Austen, and Glossina longipennis, Corti. [Bull. Entom. Research, Vol. III, 1912.] -On a Collection of African Coccidae collected by Prof. D. L. Schultze in South and South-west Africa. [Zool. und anthrop. Ergebnisse Forschungsreise im westlichen und zentralen Siidafrika ausgefiihrt in den Jahren 1903-1905 (1912). ] The Author. ———— [See SteruHens (J. W. W.).] New York Srate Museum. Twenty-seventh Report of the State Entom- ologist on injurious and other Insects of the State of New York, 1911. Albany, 1912. New York State Museum. Nurtatt (G, H. F.), Cooper (W. F.), and Ropryson (L, E.). On the Structure of the Spiracles of a Tick, Haemaphysalis punctata, Canestrini and Fanzago. [Parasitology, Vol. I, No. 4, 1908.] The Authors. OseRTHUR (Charles), Etudes de Lépidoptérologie Comparée. Fasc. V, 1 et 2, VI, 1911, 1912. The Author. ( xli ) OsBoRN eas Leaf-hoppers affecting Cereals, Grasses, and Forage Tops. [U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom,, Bull. No. 108, 1912.] U.S. ’ Dept. Agric. PAGENSTECHER (A.). [See Lepidopterorum Catalogus. | Parrot (P. J.). The Pear Thrips. [N. Y. Agric. Exper. Station, Bull. No. 343, 1912.] WGI Agric. Exper. Station. Parcu (Edith M.). Aphid Pests of Maine. Food Plants of the Aphids. Psyllid Notes. [Maine Agric. Exper. Station, Orono, Bull. No. 202, 1912. ] ———— Elm Leaf Curl and Woolly Apple Aphid. [Maine Agric. Exper. Station, Orono, Bull. No. 203, 1912.] Maine Agric. Exper. Station. ———— [See Jonannsen (0. A.).] Parton (W.S.) and Srrickianp (C.). A Critical Review of the Relation of Blood-sucking Invertebrates to the Life Cycles of the Trypano- somes of Vertebrates, etc. [Parasitology, Vol. I, No. 4, 1908.] The Authors. PENNSYLVANIA HEATH BULLETIN. Insects. [Pennsylv. Health Bull., Harrisburg, Pa., No. 32, Feb. 1912.] Pennsylv. "State Dept. of Health. PERGANDE (Theo.). The Life-history of the Alder Blight Aphis. [U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Techn. Ser., No. 24, 1912.] U.S. Dept. "Agric. PrFiITzNER (R.). [See Lepidopterorum Catalogus. ] Purtuirs (E. F.) and Wuits (G. F.). Historical Notes on the Causes of Bee Diseases. [U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 98, 1912.] U. 8. Dept. Agric. ———— (W.J.). [See Wester (F. M.).] ——— (W. J.) and Davis (J. J.). Studies on a New Species of Toxoptera, with an Analytical Key to the Genus and Notes on Rearing Methods. [U. SS Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Techn. Ser., No. 25, Pt. I, 912. U. 8S. Dept. Agric. Pic iid ce [See Coleopterorum Catalogus. ] Pierce (W. Dwight). Systematic Notes and Descriptions of some Weevils of Economic or Biological importance. [Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLII, 1912.] "The Smithsonian Institution. ———— [See Wyrrsman’s Genera Insectorum. ] ———— and Cusuman (R. A.), Hoop (C. E.), and Hunter (W. D.). The Insect Enemies of the Cotton Boll Weevil. [U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 100, 1912.] . 8S. Dept. Agric. PorEnoE (C. H.). Insects injurious to Mushrooms. [U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular ae 155, 1912.] U.S. Dept. Agrte. Poprius (B.). [See Reurer, O. M.).] Porter (Carlos E.). Estudios Elementales de Zoolojia. Introduccion al estudio de los Miridpodos. Santiago de Chile, 1911. The Author. Prout (Louis B.). [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum.] ———— [See SuHErxorn (C. D.).] QuainTancE (A. L.). Notes on the Peach Bud Mite, an Enemy of Peach Nursery Stock. [U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 97, Pt. VI, 1912.) ( xiii) QuaInTANCE (A. L.). The Leaf-blister Mite (Eriophyes pyri, Pagenstecher). [U. 8. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No, 154, 1912.] ———\— The Mediterranean Fruit-fly. [U.8. Dept. Agric., Bureau qrertiorare Circular No. 160, 1912. ] ———— and Scorr (E. W.). The One-spray Method in the control of the Codling Moth and Plum Curculio (Second Report). [U. 8. Dept. Agric,, Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 115, Pt. II, 1912.] —-—— and Scotrr (W. M.). The more Important Insect and Fungous Enemies of the Fruit and Foliage of the Apple. [U. S. Dept. Agric., Farmers’ Bull. 492, 1912.] U.S. Dept. Agric. Quayie (H. J.) Citrus Fruit Insects. [Univ. Calif. Agric. Exper. Station, Bull. No. 214 (Berkeley, Cal., May 1911).] ———— The Black Scale. [Univ. Calif. Agric. Exper. Station, Bull. No. 223 (Berkeley, Cal., July 1911).] ——-—— The Purple Scale (Lepidosaphes beckii, Newm.). [Univ. Calif. Agric. Exper. Station, Bull. No. 226 (Berkeley, Cal., 1912).] ———— The Red or Orange Scale. [Univ. Calif. Agric. Exper. Station, Bull. No. 222 (Berkeley, Cal., July 1911). ] Calif. Agric. Exper. Station. Racovitza (HE. G.). [See JEANNEL (R.).] Rainzpow (W.J.). Two New Species of Collembola. [Records Austral. Mus., Vol. VI, Pt. IV, 1907. ] ———— Notes on the Architecture, Nesting Habits, and Life-histories of Australian Araneidae. [Records Austral. Mus., Vol. VI, Pt. V, 1907.] ————— Studies in Australian Araneidae (No. 5). [Records Austral, Mus., Vol. VII, No. I, 1908. ] ———— Notes on the Architecture, Nesting Habits, and Life-histories of Australian Araneidae, based on Specimens in the Australian Museum. [Records Austral. Mus., Vol, VII, 1909. ] The Author. Raspait (X.). Perception a distance par la mouche bleue (Musca vomitoria, Linn.) du passage de la vie a la mort chez les Animaux. [Bull. Soe. Zool. France, Vol. XX XVII, 1912.] The Author. Recorp of the Royal Society of London, 8rd. edit. London, 1912. The Society. Rerun (James A.). Notes on the African Orthoptera of the Families Mantidae and Phasmidae in the United States National Museum, with descriptions of New Species. [Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLII, 1912.] The Smithsonian Institution. ———— [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. | ReitrTer (E,). Fauna Germanica. Die Kafer des Deutschen Reiches. Band III. Stuttgart, 1911. Purchased. Report of the Dominion Entomologist for year ending March 31, 1911. [Annual Rept. on Exper. Farms for 1910-11. | Canad. Dept. Agric. Report of the Mycologist for year ending March 31, 1911 (Part 1). Con- taining Reports of the Entomologist, the Assistant Entomologist, and the Secretary. [Board of Agric., Trinidad, Circular No. 2, 1911.] Trinidad Dept. Agric. Report, Thirteenth, of the Michigan Academy of Science, May 1911. The Academy, Michigan. ( xiii) Reports to the Local Government Board on Public Health and Medical Subjects (New Series, No. 66). Further Reports (No. 5) on Flies as Carriers of Infection, 1912. Local Govt. Board. Reuter (O. M.). Protoctmex siluricus, Mob., und meine Auffassung desselben. [Zool. Anzeiger, Bd. XX XVIII, Nos. 14-15, 1911.] —-— Studien iiber die palaarktischen Formen der Hemipterengattung Notostira, Fieb. (Hemiptéra, Miridae). [Revue Russe d’Entom., Vol. XI, 1911, No. 3.] ——-— Bemerkungen iiber mein Neues Heteropterensystem. [Ofv. Finska Vet.-Soc., Forh., Bd. LIV, 1911-12.] —- Hemipterologische Miscellen. [Ofyv. Finska Vet.-Soc., Forh., Bd. LIV, 1911-12.] —-— Zur generischen Teilung der palaarktischen und nearktischen _. Acanthiaden. [Ofv. Finska Vet.-Soc., Forh., Bd. LIV, 1911-12.] The Author. and Porrius (B.). Zur Kenntnis der Termatophyliden. [Ofv Finska Vet.-Soc., Forh., Bd. LIV, 1911-12.] The Authors. Ricarpo (Gertrude). A Revision of the Oriental Species of the genera of Family Tabanidae other than Tabanus. Contributions to the Fauna of Yunnan, Part VII, Tabanidae. [Records Indian Mus., Vol. IV, Nos. VIII, IX, 1911.] The Author. Ricuter (M.C.). Honey Plants of California. [Univ. Calif. Agric. Exper, Station, Bull. No. 217 (Berkeley, Cal., 1911). ] Calif. Agric. Exper. Station. Rosinson (L. E.). [See Nurratt (G. H. F.).] Rouwer (8S. A.) Descriptions of New Species of Wasps in the Collections of the United States National Museum. [Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLI, 1912.] The Smithsonian Institution. ———— Studies in the Woodwasp Superfamily Oryssoidea, with Descrip- tions of New Species. [Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLIII, 1912.] —— Sawflies from Panama, with Descriptions of New Genera and Species. [Smithsonian Mise. Coll., Vol. LIX, No. 12, 1912.] The Smithsonian Institution. RoruscHiLp (Hon. Walter). Descriptions of New South American Arctianae. [Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), Vol. IV, 1909.] The Author. RowLaNnD-Brown (H.). A Butterfly Hunt in some parts of Unexplored France. [Entomologist, Oct. 1911-Feb. 1912.] The Author. Russevt (H. M.). An Internal Parasite of Thysanoptera. U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Techn. Ser., No. 23, Pt. II, 1912.] —- The Bean Thrips. [U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 118, 1912.] —-— The Greenhouse Thrips. [U.8. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 151, 1912.] U.S. Dept. Agric. Sasscer (E. R.). Catalogue of recently described Coccidae, Vol. IV. [U. S. Dept. Agric., Techn. Series, No. 16, Pt. VI, 1912.] —-—— The Genus Frorinza in the United States. [U. 8S. Dept. Agric., Techn. Ser., No. 16, Pt. V, 1912.] U. S. Dept. Agric. Scumipt (A.). [See Coleopterorum Catalogus.] SCHMIEDEKNECHT (Otto). Opuscula Entomologica. Fasc. XXIII-XXXII 1909-1912. A, E. Gibbs. ScHuBERT (K.). [See Coleopterorum Catalogus. | Scort (HE. W.). [See Quatnrance (A. L.).] ( iv °} Scott (W. M.). [See Quarnrance (A. L.).] Srtys-Lonecuames (Baron Edm.). Collections Zoologiques, Fasc. III, Embiidinen; IV, Plecoptéres, I, Fam. Perlodidae; XIV, Libellulinen, 1912. Purchased. SemENOFF (A.). Dermaptera brought home by N. A. Zarndny from a Travel in 1900-1901 in Eastern Persia. [Horae Soc. Ent. Ross, Vol. XXXVI, 1902. Malcolm Burr. SHELDON (W.G.). Lepidoptera of the Swedish Provinces of Jemptland and Lapland. [Entomologist, 1911 and 1912.] The Author. SHERBORN (C. D.) and Prout (L. B.). Note on the Date of Publication of the Works of Jacob Huebner on the Lepidoptera. [Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 8, Vol. IX, 1912.] The Authors. Surprey (A. E.). The Ectoparasites of the Red Grouse [Lagopus scoticus]. [Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1909.] The Author. SHUGUROFF C M.). Notes on the Species of the Genus Callimenus, Fisch. aldh. [Revue Russe d’Entom., 1906. ] Malcolm Burr. SIGNATURES in the First egenal! Book and the Charter-Book of the Royal Society. 1912. [1660-1912.] The Society. SizvestRi (Filippo). Contribuzioni alla conoscenza biologica degli Imenotteri Parassiti. I. Biologia del Litomastix truncatellus (Dalm.). [Annali R. Scuola d’Agric. Portici, Vol. VI, 1906. ] The Author. SxinnER (Henry), Mimicry in Boreal American Rhopalocera. [Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., Vol. XV, 2nd Ser., 1912.] The Author. Srapen (F. W. F.). The Humble-Bee: its Life-history, and How to Domesticate It. 1912. Purchased. SLEEPING Sickness Bureau. Bulletin No. 3, 1909. [Contains an account of Glossina palpalis,etc.| Royal Society. SmitH (Harry S.). Technical Results from the Gipsy Moth Parasite Laboratory. The Chalcidoid Genus Perilampus, and its Rela- lations to the Problem of Parasite Introduction. [U. BS Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Techn. Ser., No. 19, Pt. IV, 912.] U.S. ’ Dept. Agric. SNYDER (T. ar Insect Damage to Mine Props, and Methods of Preventing the Injury. [U. 8S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 156, 1912.] ass Dept. Agric. Spriser (P.). Stechmiicken. [Insekten-Borse, Vol. XVII, 1901.] The Author. SrepHens (J. W. W.) and Newsteap (R.). The Anatomy of the Proboscis of Biting Flies. [Ann. Trop. Medicine and Parasitology, Vol. I, 1907.] JW. W. Stephens. Sticuet (H.). [See Wytsman’s Genera Insectorum. | Stires (Ch. Wardell). The International Code of Zoological Nomenclature as applied to Medicine. [U. S. Hygienic Laboratory, ere Bull. No. 24, 1905.] U.S. Hygienic Laboratory. Srranv (E.). [See Lepidopterorum Catalogus. ; Srrickianp (C.). [See Patron (W. 8.).] SrrickianD (E. H.). Some New Culcidae from Western Australia, South Queensland, and Tasmania. (Entomologist, April—-Aug., 1911.] The Author. StrRoHMEYER (H.). [See Coleopterorum Catalogus. ] (sly. ) SWAMMERDAM (Jo.). Ephemera vita: or the Natural History and Anatomy of the Ephemeron, a Fly that Lives but Five Hours. London, 1681. R. W. Lloyd. SwynnertTon (C.F. M.). Remarks on the Stomach-contents of Birds. [Ibis, Oct. 1912.] The Author. SzepticETi (Gy. V. von). [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum.] TurKonoLp (F. V.). The Culicidae of Fiji, including two New Species. (Entomologist, June 1910. ] Springtails (Collembola). Their Economic Importance, with Notes on some Unrecorded Instances of Damage. [1st International Congress of Entomology, Bruxelles, 1910. ] —-— The Distribution of the Yellow Fever Mosquito (Stegomyia fasctata, Fabricius), and General Notes on its Bionomics. [1st International Congress of Entomology, Bruxelles, 1910.] ——— Culicidae of the R. Zool. Soc. “ Natura Artis Majistra,” Amsterdam, and Description of three New Species. [Tijdschr. voor Entom., LIV, 1911.] —— —— Preliminary List of Aphididae found in Kent. (Entomologist, Jan. 1911.] -—_——— A Second List of the Aphididae found in Kent. [Entomologist, Nov., Dec. 1911, and Jan. 1912. ] The Author. Diptera, Culicidae [of the Seychelles]. [Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. 2nd Ser., Vol. XV, 1912: Percy Sladen Trust. Exped. Indian Ocean. ] By Exchange. TIMBERLAKE (P. H.). Technical Results from the Gipsy Moth Parasite Laboratory. V. Experimental Parasitism: a Study of the Biology of Limnertwm validum (Cresson). [U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Techn. Ser. No. 19, Pt. V, 1912.] U.S. Dept. Agric. Topp (R. G.). [See Eprtsten (H. M.).] Toruitt (J. D.). Systematic Notes on North American Tachinidae. [Canad. Entomologist, Vol. LXIV, Jan. 1912. ] The Author. TownsEND (Charles H. T.). Descriptions of New Genera and Species of Muscoid Flies from the Andean and Pacific Regions of South America. [Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLITI, 1912.] The Smithsonian Institution. TuckER (E. 8.). The Rice Water-Weevil and Methods for its Control. [U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 152, 1912.] U.S. Dept. Agrve. TURNER Gowan E.). A Revision of the Australian Species of the Genus ercerts. [Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W., Vol. XXXVI, 1911.] The Author. Fossorial Hymenoptera from the Seychelles and other Islands in the Indian Ocean. [Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. 2nd Ser., Vol. XIV, 1911: Perey Sladen Trust. Exped. Indian Ocean. ] By Exchange. ViereEck (H. L.). Contributions to our Knowledge of Bees and Ichneumon- flies, including the Descriptions of twenty-one New Genera and fifty-seven New Species of Ichneumon-flies. [Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLII, 1912.] — Descriptions of five New Genera and twenty-six New Species of Ichneumon-flies. [Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLII, 1912.] New Genus and Species of Hymenoptera of the family Braconidae from Panama. [Smithsonian Misc. Coll., Vol. LIX, No. 5, 1912.] The Smithsonian Institution. Wacner (H.). [See Lepidopterorum Catalogus. ] (xiv) WaGNneEr (Hans). [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. ] Watker (James J.). A Sketch of the Entomology of the Oxford District. [Issued by the 2nd Intern. Congress Entom., 1912.] —— Third Supplement to the Preliminary List of the Coleoptera of the Oxford district, 1911. The Author. Watsincuam (Lord). [See Gopman (F. D.), Biologia Centrali-Americana. ] WasMann (E). Neue Termitophilen und Termiten aus Indien. [Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, XXXVI, 1896. ] Neue Myrmecophilen aus Madagascar. [Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., 1897. ] ———— Die Ameisen- und Termitengaste von Brasilien. [ Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, 1895. ] ———— Uber einige Myrmecophile Acarinen. (Zool. Anzeig., No. 541, 1897.] ———— Ein neuer Fustigerodes aus der Capkolonie. [Wien. ent. Zeit., XVI, 1897.] ——__—— Einige neue Termitophile Myrmedonien aus Birma. [Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, XX XVIII, 1897.] ——-—— Hinige neue Myrmecophile Anthiciden aus Indien. [Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, 1898. ] ——-—— Hin neuer Termitodiscus aus Natal. [Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., 1899. ] ——— Zwei neue Lobopelta-Gaste aus Siidafrika. [Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., 1899. ] ——-— Zwei neue Myrmekophile Philusina-Arten aus Sitidafrika. [Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., 1899.] ———— Uber Atemeles pubicollis und die Pseudogynen von Formica rufa, L. {Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., 1899. } ——-— Hin neuer Gast von Eciton carolinense. {Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., 1899.] —— Ein neuer Melipona-Gast (Scotocryptus goeldiz) aus Para. [Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., 1899. ] ———— Neue Paussiden mit einem biologischen Nachtrag. [Notes Leyd. Mus. X XT, 1899.] ——_——— Zur Kenntniss der bosnischen Myrmekophilen und Ameisen. [ Wiss. Mittheil. Bosnien und der Hercegovina, V1, 1899.] ——— Zur Kenntnis der Termitophilen Myrmekophilen Cetoniden Stid- afrikas. [Illustrierte Zeitschr. fiir Entom., Bd. V, Heft 5, 1900.] ———— Termitoxenia, ein neues fligelloses, physogastres Dipterengenus aus Termitennestern, II. Theil. [Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., LXX, 2, 1901. ] —-—— On some genera of Staphylinidae described by Thomas L. Casey. [Canad. Entom., 1901.] Zwei neue Liometopum-Gaste aus Colorado. [Wien. ent. Zeit., Bd. XX, Heft 7, 1901.] ———— Zur Lebensweise der Ameisengrillen (Myrmecophila). [Natur und Offenbarung, XLVII, 1901. ] ———— Biologische und phylogenetische Bemerkungen iiber die Dorylinen- gaste der alten und der neuen Welt. [Deutsche zool. Ges., 1902.] —— Neue Bestiatigungen der Lomechusa-pseudogynen-Theorie. [Deutsche zool. Ges., 1902.] ———— Riesige Kurzfliigler als Hymenopteren-gaste. [Insekten-Boérse, XTX, 1902. ] ———— Zur Lebensweise der Ameisengrillen (Myrmecophila). [Insekten-Boérse, XIX, 1902.] if xivir } Wasmann (E.). Zur Brutpflege den blutroten Raubameise (Formica sanguinea, Ltr.). [Insekten-Borse, XX, 1903.] —_——— Zur Mimicryptus der Dorylinengaste. [Zool. Anzeig., XXVI, 1903.] ___.__ Zur Kenntniss der Giste der Treiberameisen und ihrer Wirthe am obern Congo. [Zool. Jahrb., Suppl. VII, 1904.] —__—— Ein neuer Atemeles aus Luxemburg. [Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., 1904. ] —__— Die phylogenetische Umbildung ostindischer Ameisengaste in Termitengaste. [Compt. rend. 6me Congrés intern. Zool., Berne, 1904 (1905). ] —_—-——— Neve Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Paussiden, mit biologischen und phylogenetischen Bemerkungen. [Notes Leyd. Mus., XXV, 1904. ] —__-_ Results of the Swedish Zoological Expedition to Egypt and White Nile, 1901: Termitophilen aus dem Sudan, by E. Wasmann, Aug. Forel, K. Escherich, and G. Breddin. [Jagerskidld Exped., 13, 1905.] ————— Versuche mit einem brasilianischen Ameisennest in Holland. Zur Myrmecophagie des Griinspechts. (Tijdschr. voor Entom., XLVIII, 1905.] ———— Die phylogenetische Umbildung ostindischer Ameisengaste in Termitengaste. [Mittheil. schweiz. ent. Ges., Bd. XI, heft 2, 1905. ] ———— Esempii di recenti neoformazioni di specie tra gli ospiti delle Formiche e delle Termiti. [Rivista di Fisica, Matem. e Sci. Nat., Pavia, VII, 1906.] -——— Beispiele rezenter Artenbildung bei Ameisengasten und Termiten- gasten. (Biol. Centralblatt, Leipzig, XX VI, 1906.] — Zur Lebensweise von Atemeles pratensoides, Wasm. [Zeitschr. fiir wiss. Insektenbiologie, 1906. ] ———— Zur Kenntniss der Ameisen und Ameisengaste von Luxemburg. Luxemburg, 1906. ———— Uber einige Paussiden des Deutschen Entomologischen National- Museums. [Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., 1907. ] ~———— Sur les nids des fourmis migrantes (Eciton et Anomma). [Atti della Pontificia Accad. Romana dei Nuovi Lincei, anno LX, - 1907.] -—_—— Myrmechusa; eine neue Gattung zwischen Myrmedonia und Lomechusa. [Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, XLIV, 1908.] ——-— Weitere Beitrage zum sozialen Parasitismus und der Sklaverei bei den Ameisen. [Biol. Centralblatt, XX VIII, 1908. ] ———— (Nachtrag zu) Weitere Beitrige zum sozialen Parasitismus und der Sklaverei bei den Ameisen. [Biol. Centralblatt, XX VIII, 1908. ] ———— Zur Kastenbildung und Systematik der Termiten. [Biol. Centralblatt, XXVIII, No. 3. 1908.] -———— Myrmecosaurus, ein neues Myrmekophiles Staphylinidengenus. [Zool. Anzeig. XXXIV, 1909. ] Uber den Ursprung des sozialen Parasitimus, der Sklaverei und der Myrmecophilie bei den Ameisen. | Biol. Centralblatt, X XIX, 1909.] ( xlviii_ ) WasMann (E.). Uber gemischte Kolonien von Lasius-Arten. (Zool. Anzeig., XX XV, 1909.] ——— Zur Kenntniss der Ameisen und Ameisengaste von Luxemburg, III. Teil. 1909. ———-— Die psychischen Fahigkeiten der Ameisen. Stuttgart, 1909. — Zur Kenntniss der Gattung Plewropterus und anderer Paussiden, [Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., LIV, 1910.] —— Nachtrage zum sozialen Parasitismus und der Sklaverei bei den Ameisen. [Biol. Centralblatt, XXX, 1910.] ———— Nils Holmgren’s neue Termitenstudien und seine Exsudattheorie. [Biol. Centralblatt, XXX, 1910.] ———— Die Doppelwirtigkeit der Atemeles. [Deutsche ent. Nat.-Bibliothek, I, 1910.] ——— Staphylinus-Arten als Ameisenrauber. (Zeitschr. fiir wiss. Insektenbiologie, 1910. ] ———— Uber das Wesen und den Ursprung der Symphilie. [Biol. Centralblatt, XXX, 1910.] ———— Die Ameisen und ihre Gaste. [let Congrés Intern. d’Entom., Bruxelles, 1910.] —— — Die Anpassungsmerkmale der Atemeles, mit einer Ubersicht tiber die mitteleuropiischen Verwandten von Atemeles paradoxus, Grav. [ler Congrés Intern. d’Entom., Bruxelles, 1910 (1911). ] ——_— Termiten von Madagaskar, den Comoren und Inseln Ostafrikas. [Voeltzkow, Reise in Ostafrika in den Jahren 1903-1905, III, 1910. ] ———— Modern Biology and the Theory of Evolution. London, 1910. [Translated from the third German edition by A. M. Buchanan, M.A. ] ——_—— Gibt es erbliche Instinktmodifikationen im Verhalten der Ameisen gegeniiber ihren Gasten ? [Zool. Anzeig. XX XVII, 1911.] Ein neuer Paussus aus Ceylon, mit einer Uebersicht iiber die Paussidenwirte. [Tijdschr. voor Entom., LIV, 1911.] ———— Tabelle der Revabieonkiji und Xenogaster-Arten. [Zool. Anzeig. XX XVIII, 1911. ] ——-—— Termitophile Coleopteren aus Ceylon. K. Escherich, Termitenleben auf Ceylon. [Biol. Centralblatt, XX XI, 1911.] ——— Atemeles siculus, Rottbg., und seine Verwandten. [Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., 1911.] ——w— Zur Kenntniss der Termiten und Termitengaste vom belgischen Congo. [Revue Zool. Afr., I. fasc. 1-2, 1911.] The Author. ———— The Rev. Simon FitzSimons’ Ideas on Evolution. [Catholic Fortnightly Review, 1912. ] The Publisher. WATERHOUSE (C. O.). Index Zoologicus. II. Compiled for the Zoological Society of London by C. O. Waterhouse, and edited by Dr. D. Sharp. 8vo. London, 1912. Purchased. —— — [See Index Zoologicus. ] Wess (J. L.). A Preliminary Synopsis of Cerambycoid Larvae. [U. As Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Techn. ser. No. 20, Part V, 12.] U.S. Dept. Agric, WEBSTER es M.). Preliminary Report on the Alfalfa Weevil. (U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No, 112, 1912.] (xl ) Wesster (F.M.). The Alfalfa Gall Midge (Asphondylia miki, Wachtl). [U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 147, 1912.] ———— The Clover Mite. [U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 158, 1912. ] —— The so-called ‘‘ Curlew Bug ” (Sphenophorus callosus, Oliv.). [U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 95, Part IV, 1912. ] ——— and Parties (W. J.). The Spring Grain Aphis or “ Green Bug.”’ [U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 110, 1912. ] U.S. Dept. Agric. Weise (J.). [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. | WHEELER (George). On the Dates of the Publications of the Entomogical Society of London. [Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1911 (1912). ] The Author. WHEELER (W. M.). Insect Parasitism and its Peculiarities. [Popular Science Monthly, Nov. 1911.] The Author. WuirtsE (G. F.). The Cause of European Foul Brood. [U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 157, 1912.] — [See Puitries (E. F.).] U.S. Dept. Agric. Wicknam (H. F.). On some Fossil Rhynchophorous Coleoptera from Florissant, Colorado. [Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. XX XI, Art. IV, 1912.] The Author. Wutson (Charles Branch). Dragon Flies of the Cumberland Valley in Kentucky and Tennessee. [Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLIII, 1912.] The Smithsonian Institution. Witson (James). The Department of Agriculture in Relation to a National Lee to Prevent the Importation of Insect-infested or Diseased Plants. [U. S. Dept. Agric., Circular No. 37,1911.] - ———— The Present Outbreak of the Grass Worm or Fall Army Worm, and Recommendations for its Control. [U. S. Dept. Agric., Circular No. 40, revised, 1912.] U. S. Dept. Agric. Woop (H. P.). [See Hooxsr (W. A.)]. Wricut (Albert E.). The Macrolepidoptera of North-East Lancashire. [Ann. Report and Trans. Manchester Entom. Soc., 1911.] The Author. Wyrsman (P.). Genera Insectorum. Fase. Vols, CXII-CXXX, 1910-1912. A. E. Elliott. Zerny (H.). [See Lepidopterorum Catalogus. | ZIMMER (James F'.). The Grape Scale. [U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 97, Pt. VII, 1912. ] U. S. Dept. Agric. Zootoaicat RecorD, Vols. XLV-XLVIII, 1908-1911. Purchased. Periodicals and Publications of Societies. AMERICA (NORTH). CANADA. Lonpon, OnrarIo. The Canadian Entomologist. Vol. XLIV, 1912. By Exchange. Ontario. Entomological Society of Ontario. 42nd Annual Report. 1911. By Exchange. UNITED STATES. Micuican. Academy of Science. 18th Report. 1911. The Academy. New Yorx. New York Entomological Society. Journal. Vol. XIX, Part 4, 1911; Vol. XX, 1912. Purchased. PHILADELPHIA. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Proceedings. Vol. LXIII, Part 3, 1911; Vol. LXIV, Parts 1 and 2, 1912. By Exchange. American Entomological Society. Transactions. Vol. XXXVIII, Parts 1 and 2, 1912. By Exchange. Entomological News, Vol. X XIII, 1912. By Exchange. Wasuinctron. Smithsonian Institution. Annual Report, 1911. United States National Museum. Proceedings. Vols. XXXIX, XL and XLI, 1912. Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington. Vol. XIII, Part 1, 1912. Purchased. AMERICA (SOUTH). CHILE. SANTIAGO DE CHILE. Revista Chilena de Historia Natural, Ano XIV. 1910. The Society. WEST INDIES. Barpapos. West Indian Bulletin. The Journal of the Imperial Agricul- tural Department for the West Indies. Vol. XII. Parts 1-4, 1912. Agricultural News. Vol. XI, 1912. The Agricultural Department. Third Report on the Introduction of Improvements into Indian Agriculture, 1912. Imperial Dept. of Agric., India. ASIA. INDIA. Bomsay. Natural History Society. Journal. Vol. XXI, Nos. 2, 3 and 4, 1912. By Exchange. Caxcurra. Agricultural Research Institute, Pusa. Bulletin. Nos. 28-30, 1912. Gris) Records of the Indian Museum. Vol. IV, Parts 8 and 9, 1911. The Museum. Report on the Progress of Agriculture in India for 1910, 1911 (1912). India Office. Agricultural Journal of India. Vol. VII, Parts IIT, IV, 1912. Memoirs of the Department of Agriculture in India. Entomological Series. Vol. II, Nos. 8, 9 (1910-12) ; Vol. IV, Nos. 1, 2 (1912). Agric. Research Institute, Pusa. Cotompo. Spolia Zeylanica. Vol. VIII, Parts 1 and 2, 1912. The Colombo Museum. BORNEO. Sarawak. Tenth Report on the Sarawak Museum. 1911. The Museum, Journal of the Sarawak Museum. Vol. I, Nos. 1 and 2, 1912. The Museum. AUSTRALASIA. BrisBANE. Annals of Queensland Museum. No. 10, 1911. The Director. New Zeavanp. New Zealand Institute. Transactions and Proceedings. Vol. XLIV, 1911 (1912). The Institute. PertH. Journal Agricultural Department of West Australia. Vol. XX, 190. Agric. Dept. W. Australia. Sypney. Linnean Society of New South Wales. Proceedings, Vol. XXXVI, 1911-12; Vol. XX XVII, Parts 1, 2, 1912. By Exchange. EHUROPH. AUSTRIA-HUNGARY. Bupargst. Annales Historico-Naturales Musei Nationalis Hungarici. Vol. X. 912. By Exchange. Brtnn. Verhand. der naturf. Vereines in Briinn. Bd. XLIX. By Exchange. Vienna. K.-k. zoologische-botanische Verein (Gesellschaft) in Wien. Verhandlungen. Band LXI, Hefte 7-10. Band LXII, Hefte 1-7. By Exchange. Wiener entomologische Zeitung. Bd. XXXI, 1912. Purchased. BELGIUM. BrussEts. Société Entomologique de Belgique. Annales. Vol. LVI, 1912. Mémoires. Vol. XX, 1912. By Exchange. Annuaire de |’'Academie Royalide Belgique. 1912. The Academie. 1** Congrés International d’Entomologie. Vol. I, 1911, Mémoires. Subscribed for. FRANCE. Carn. Bulletin de la Société Linnéenne de Normandie. 6e Ser., 2e Vol. 1908-9 (1910). The Society. Paris. Soc. Entom. de France. Annales, Vols. LXXX, Parts 3, 4; LXXXI, 1, 2. By Exchange. Bulletin. 1910-12. TovuLousE. Bulletin de la Soc. d’Hist. Nat.de Toulouse. Tome XLIII, Part 3 and 4,1910. XLIV,1911. XLV,1912,1. By Exchange. ( lit) GERMANY. BERLIN. Deutsche entomologische Gesellschaft. Deutsche entomologische Zeitschrift. Bd. LVI, 1912. By Exchange. Deutsche entomologische National-Bibliothek. Band 3, 1912. By Exchange. Entomologische Mitteilungen. Band I. Nos. 1-12 and Supplement. By Exchange. BERLIN. Entomologischer Verein in Berlin. Berliner entomologische Zeitschrift. Band 56, Hefte 3 and4,1911. Band 57, Hefte 1 and 2, 1912. By Exchange. Dresven. ‘Iris.” Deutsche entomologische Zeitschrift. Band XXVI. Heft 1, 2 and 3, 1912. By Exchange. Mounicu. Mitteilungen der Miinchner entomologischen Gesellschaft, 1912. Heft 3. The Publisher. Srerrin. Entomologischer Verein. Entomologische Zeitung. Jahr. LX XIII, 1912. By Exchange. WIrsBADEN. Nassauischer Verein fir Naturkunde. Jahrbiicher. Jahr. LXV, 1912. By Exchange. GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND. Lonpon. Annals and Magazine of Natural History. 1912. Purchased. Atheneum. 1912. The Publishers. Bulletin of Entomological Research. Vol. III, Parts 1-4, 1912. Purchased. Entomologist (The). 1912. R. South. Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine. 1912. The Editors. Entomologist’s Record and Journal of Variation. Vol. XXIV, 1912, Purchased. Entomological Society of London. Transactions, 1912, Parts I-III. Ent. Soc. London. Linnean Society of London. Zoology, Transactions, Journal and Proceedings. 1912. By Exchange. Naturalist (The). 1912. By Exchange. Nature. 1912. The Publishers. Quekett Microscopical Club. Journal. 1912. The Club. Royal Agricultural Society. Journal. Vol. LXXII, 1911, The Society. Royal Microscopical Society. Journal. 1912. By Exchange. Royal Society. Proceedings. 1912. By Exchange. Royal Society. Philosophical Transactions. 1912. South London Entomological and N. H. Society. Proceedings. 1911-12. The Society. Zoological Society. Transactions and Proceedings. 1912. By Exchange. Zoologist (The). 1912. The Publisher. MancHEsTER. Manchester Entomological Society, Reports for 1911. The Society. HOLLAND. Tar Hague. Tijdschrift voor Entomologie. Jahr. 1912. By Exchange. Entomologische Berichten, Vol. III, Parts 61-66. 1911-12. By Exchange. ( lit ) ITALY. Portici and Frorence. Redia, Giornale de Entomologia. Vol. VIII. Fasc. 1, 1912. Purchased. RUSSIA. Moscow. Société Impériale des Naturalistes de Moscou. Bulletin. Parts 1-3, 1911. By Exchange. Sr. Pererspurc. Annuaire du Musée Zoologique. Tome XVI, Part 3, 1911. F. D. Godman. Horae Societatis Entomologicae Rossicae. Tome XL, Part 3, 1912. By Exchange. Revue Russe d’Entomologie. Tome XI, 1911, Part 4. Tome XII, Parts 1-3, 1912. The Society. SWEDEN. Srockuotm. Arkiv for Zoologi. Vol. VII, Hefte 1-3, 1911-12. By Exchange. Entomologisk Tidskrift. Arg. 33, 1912. By Exchange. SWITZERLAND. ScHAFFHAUSEN and Berne. Schweizerische entomologische Gesellschaft. Mittheilungen. Bd. XII, Hft. 3, 1912. By Exchange. Saar. - \ sifei hemline bre) ERRATA, TRANSACTIONS. Page 12, top line, and page 14, line 10 from bottom, for oncea read oncaea. Page 144, transfer lines 1 to 5 (under f. bel/a) to precede line 5 from bottom, under A. acrita bellona. Page 394, line 19 from top, for C. orbitulus read L. orbitulus. Page 440, line 10 from bottom, for SAo Pavto read SAo Pavto. Page 497, line 17 from bottom, for jointed read pointed. Page 501, line 10 from bottom, for isde read side. Page 507, line 12 from bottom, for thorica read thoracica. Page 550, line 4 from top, for RHYSOPAUSIDAE read RHYSOPAUS- SIDAE. Page 561, line 13 from bottom, for Jongimanus read longimana. Page 573, line 7 from bottom, for parryi read parryanus. Page 579, line 21 from top, for mnizecht read mntszechi. PROCEEDINGS. Page xlvi, line 16 from top, for wranius read wuranus. Page xlviii, line 15 from top, for caenia read coenia. Ailladey fre ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS Page 57, line 20. Add Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 86 (1898). Page 94. Under f. wrungensis read GERMAN E. Arrica (Kitu- ngulu, Urungu). Page 129. For Manaxarta R. read (Mahakata R.), Page 129. Under A. nohara punetellata read NYASSALAND (Angoniland, Zomba). Page 154, line 3. Read Tancanyika; N. RHopEsIA; CoNnco (Katanga) ; NYASSALAND (Zomba) ; GERMAN E. AFRICA. Page 169, line 13. Lowombwa is usually spelt Lawumbu. Page 169, line 28. Witu should be wnder British E. AFRICA. Page 327, line 34. For Kisuma read Kisumu. Plate 10, f. 9. For ambiga read ambigua. Plate 12, f. 5. For oncea read oncaea. ’ rh iat A “hy , eel aya “ete tf sai ait yaa ed tee bevit Oy é ach # ee iiewin?) Avaine tar) : | ett? mie “a a ‘VY antl de SS tial Ta ae vi oa 4 aia 4 1 =) OS TRANSACTIONS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY LONDON FoR. TEE. -Y¥ Rar EOS: I. A Monograph of the African species of the Genus Acraea, Fab., with a supplement on those of the Oriental Region. By Harry ELTrRinGcHAM, M.A., F.ZS. [Read November Ist, 1911.] PLares I—XVI. INTRODUCTION. In the study of biological problems, it is of the utmost importance that adequate information should be available in regard to the affinities, variability, and geographical distribution of the forms of life which may be useful as material for such investigations. A mere list of described “species,” without any more intimate knowledge of the inter-relationships of the forms so designated, can be but of small service as a storehouse of reference, just as a collection of specimens, however extensive, unless accu- rately labelled with essential data, can furnish little more than an exhibition of the beautiful or curious in nature. The older naturalists, secure in the comfortable belief in the fixity of species, occupied themselves with the com- pilation of voluminous catalogues of all the forms then known to them, the result being a mere list of names, which in too many cases leave considerable doubt as to the identity of the forms to which they are as- signed. The necessity for specialisation having once been realised, no facts concerning the creatures studied are TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.— PARTI. (JULY) B tw Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the now deemed too small or unimportant to be worthy of record. We aim at minute and careful classification, and though such classification is an artificial process of segregation having convenience as its aim, it is based on natural features, the study of which reveals those very facts which can enlarge our knowledge of nature’s methods. Such considerations indicate the desirability of carefully compiled monographs of natural groups, and of such works there are, fortunately, many splendid examples. To students of the Lepidoptera the publications of Messrs. Rothschild and Jordan have furnished an example of perfection, which others may well find difficult of imita- tion; but those who, like the present writer, are conscious of a lesser capacity for achievement, may at least en- deavour to follow, to the best of their ability, the path which has been thus so fully indicated. To the comfort of those who would undertake such labours, naturalists are ever ready to place at each other’s disposal, the resources which they individually possess, and it is thus that the pleasant duty devolves upon me of thanking most sincerely the many friends who have fur- nished me with material and assistance. It has been my privilege to carry out the present work under ideal con- ditions provided by the kindness of Professor Poulton in the Hope Department at Oxford, where I have had the free use of the whole of the vast store of material there accumulated. To him also I am indebted for kindly reading portions of the proofs, and for many valuable sug- gestions. Mr. Walter Rothschild has generously placed the whole of his collection of Acraeas at my disposal, not only for examination, but also for dissection and anatomical study. The authorities of the Natural History Museum at South Kensington have allowed me to make microscopic ‘ preparations from many valuable duplicates, and I am also deeply indebted to many other collectors and workers amongst whom I would especially mention Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker, Dr. F. A. Dixey, Mr. G. C. Dudgeon, Mr. Herbert Druce, Mr. H. H. Druce, Mr. C. J. Grist, Mr. J. J. Joicey, Dr. Karl Jordan, Mr. G. A. K. Marshall, Mr. 8. A. Neave, Miss E. M. Bowdler Sharpe, Mr. Roland Trimen, and Commander J. J. Walker. Continental authorities have been no less generous in their assistance, and permission was granted me to work through the whole of the large collection in the Berlin African Species of the Genus Acraea. ) Natural History Museum, where Dr. Brauer, Professor Karscb, Dr. Strand, and Dr. Griinberg gave me much useful help. Herr Wichgraf permitted me to examine his extensive collection ; Herr Ertl of Munich has sent me many interesting examples, including some types, whilst Professor Aurivillius at Stockholm, and M. Charles Ober- thiir at Rennes, have rendered constant and ungrudging assistance. To all I would tender my heartfelt thanks for having thus rendered my work a pleasure rather than a labour. The genus Acraca was founded by Fabricius in Ilhger’s Magazine (1807). His definition is, “Taser zwei, lang, wefranct, dreigliedrig ; drittes Glied klein, nackt. Fiihler geknopft. (Putzfiisse, )* He gives as types Pap. horta, terpsichore, and brassolis, and states that there are 34 species. The P. brassolis here referred to appears in Kirby’s catalogue as a synonym of the Pierine butterfly Archonias bellona, Cram. Latreille in the “ Encyclopédie Méthodique ” defines the genus as follows :—“ Borde interne des ailes inférieures wembrassant presque le dessous de l’abdomen; palpes inférieurs greles et presque cylindriques; antennes peu allongées et terminées brusquement en bouton.” Doubleday, Hewitson, and Westwood in the “ Genera of Diurnal Lepidoptera” having given a preliminary descrip- tion, divide the species into six groups or subgenera, viz. Hyalites, Planema, Gnesia, Telchinia, Actinote, and Pareba. The definitions of these subgenera are quite useless, as may be gathered from the fact that A. lycia is included under Hyalites, whilst A. sganzini is included in Telchinia, although both forms belong to the same species, 4. ‘encedon. The definition of Zelchinia differs only from that of Hyalites in the statement that the latter has the second joint of the labial palpi “considerably swollen and but little scaly,” whilst in the former the same structure is “considerably swollen and clothed in front with scales,” much being thus left to the imagination of the observer. Moreover the distinctive features of the genus Planema are not recognised, since it is divided into two sub- sections, one of which contains A. lycoa, and A. jodutta. Mabille, in his article on the genus in the “ Histoire Naturelle de Madagascar,” states that the Acraeas are well divided into groups, perhaps genera, by the male and female genital organs, but ea conclusions seem to be B2 4 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the based on an inadequate study of these structures. His groups are, (1) Solenites, in which the ventral part of the termination of the male abdomen is occupied by a chitinous plate curved round in the form of a tube, the orifice of which is closed by the uncus. He gives A. wgati as a type of this formation. (2) Phanopeltis, which includes A. ranavalona. (3) Aphanopeltis, 1 which the plate is reduced to a structure of variable form. This group includes hora, zetes, egina, and pseudegina. (4) Acraea, The impossibility of these groups is evident from the instability of the characters suggested. Schatz and Rober recognise five groups but admit that they are but shghtly separated. The characters given are for the most part inconstant. Careful examination of all the features which have been utilised in the past for the purpose of subdividing the genus convinces me that they do not in fact provide grounds for such subdivision. Acraea is distinct from Planema, as Professor Aurivillius has pointed out in his “ Rhopalocera Aethiopica.” The latter genus may be known by the palpi, which are black with a lateral grey line ; by the position of the first branch of the fore-wing subcostal, which is given off at or beyond the end of the cell; and by the relatively much smaller dis- coidal cell in the hind-wing. The pupae of Planema are also distinguished by the presence of long hooked spines which appear never to be present in Acraca. As to the genus Pardopsis, the only reason for associating it with the Acraeinae seems to be the closed condition of the hind- wing cell. The one known species of the genus was originally included in Acraea because it looked like a member of that genus—the worst of all possible reasons. Trimen separated it and founded the genus Pardopsis, pointing out the very curious neuration of the fore-wing, That author, however, states that the legs are as in Acraca, an error very easily made, even by an acute observer, if opportunities were unavailable for the microscopic study of these appendages. The fore-feet are of the usual Nymph- alid kind, but the middle- and hind-feet have the tarsal extremities of a structure quite different from that in Acraea. ‘The claws are-slender and without the character- istic lobes, whilst there is a well-developed pulvillus, and peculiar curved and flattened spines on each side some- what resembling true paronychia. Unless the closed hind-wing cell can be shown to be of special taxonomic ~ African Species of the Genus Acraea. 5 significance, it would almost appear that Pardopsis puncta- tissima should have a sub-family to itself. The South American genus Actinote is less distinct from Acraea than is Planema. The distinguishing features are black palpi, the presence of a rudimentary nervule in the hind-wing between the submedian and the first branch of the median,* and the heavily marked black nervules and internervular rays on the underside of the hind-wing. The neuration in Actinofe is similar to that in Acraca but is more unstable, the sixth and seventh nervules being sometimes stalked in both fore- and hind-wings. In other respects the genus resembles Acraea. The female has the peculiar wax-like seal after pairing, and the male tarsal claws are unequal. The pupae also are white, with black lines and yellow-centred black rings. The characters of the genus Acraca may be stated as follows :—Fore-wings either rounded or elongate, the inner-margin straight or very slightly concave. The palpi ochreous, very rarely blackish, the short terminal joint usually set with black hairs. No lateral greyish white line. The fore-legs rudimentary, their tarsi in the female with much reduced jomts, and spined beneath; in the male hairy and brush-like with rudimentary joints. The second and third pairs of legs are of normal size and their tarsi terminate in the female in two equal and similar claws, lobed at the base. In the male these claws are also equal and similar in a few species, but in the majority they are unequal, one being long and regularly curved, the other short and bent down almost at right angles to the upper or anterior edge of the basal lobe (in one species, servona, with normally equal claws, unequal claws are occasionally found). In the fore-wing the discoidal cell is of medium Jength. The upper discocellular is very short, and the subcostal nervure is five-branched, the first branch being given off before the end of the cell. In the hind-wing the discoidal cell is usually longer than in Planema and reaches to about the middle of the wing. The sixth and seventh nervules usually arise from independent points, but in some species from a common stalk. In one species, A. burnt, they vary in this respect in different individuals, and even in the two wings of the same individual. In others such as A. itwrina the stalked condition appears to be constant. In some species nervules 3 and 4 arise * This feature is also present in Acraea mirijfica. 6 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the from a point at the end of the cell. The scales are nor- mally of uniform size and nearly round. In those species which exhibit transparency of the wing, this result is attained by a variety of different methods. The scales may be reduced in width, may be mere hairs, may be normal in size but reduced in number, normal in size but raised up so as to allow the light to pass between them, or they may be absent altogether. In a few species large special scales are found on the median nervure on the underside of the fore-wing. The antennae are short and rather abruptly clubbed. The male genital armature varies from a state of extreme complexity, to one of primi- tive simplicity, but in the majority of species exhibits little individual variation. In most if not all species special scales are found attached to the underside of the last abdominal tergite. These scales are sometimes present in enormous numbers. They are easily detached and may be scent-producing organs. The female usually possesses a chitinous plate on the seventh sternite surrounding the external orifice of the bursa copulatrix. The form of this plate is specifically constant in most species. Those females which possess such a plate have upon it after pairing a hard wax-like structure (see p. 7), often containing scales and hairs from the body of the male. The larvae * have two dorsal, two lateral, and two sub-lateral rows of branched spines, and the pupae are white or whitish with black spots, often in the form of rings enclosing yellow or pink centres. The neuration of the wings and the position of the other appendages are more or less outlined in black on the pupal skin. In many cases the pupa bears short blunt spines or processes, but so far as is known never has long hooked spines as in Planema. The genus Acraea is almost confined to the Ethiopian region. In the Oriental region there occur four or perhaps five species, according as to whether we regard A. meyert and A. moluccana as one species or two. Of these A. vesta is interesting as appearing to be closely allied to the African A. anacreon. A. andromache, which extends into the Pacific Islands as far as Samoa, shows in the structure of the male armature a close alliance with A. igati from Madagascar. I have dealt. with the probable synonymy of the Oriental species in the Supplement to the present monograph. * See F. Miiller, Stettin Ent. Zeit., 38, p. 492, ete. (1877 African Species of the Genus Acraea. ‘| Observations in the field show that the larvae of Acraca are gregarious. The perfect insects are slow of flight and indifferent to pursuit. Many emit an acrid juice when injured, and all appear to be remarkably tenacious of life, being not only protected by the extreme toughness of their integuments from any mechanical injury, but also exhibiting a great power of resistance to the effects of toxic substances. Some small and apparently delicate species have been observed to remain in full possession of their faculties after more than half-an-hour’s confinement in a cyanide bottle. Such species as have been utilised for experiments in palatibility provide evidence of a high degree of distaste- fulness. Some of Marshall’s experiments with a butterfly- eating Mantis, suggest that when driven by the absence of other food to an “exclusively Acraeine diet, a diseased condition, followed by death, ensued. In habits, some Acraeas are fond of the open, whilst others are woodland and forest species, and one or two are partial to marshy districts. Trimen in his work on the South African Butter- flies describes them as of a peculiarly quarrelsome disposi- tion, fighting desperately for the possession of a particular leaf on which to roost or to deposit their ova. From Marshall’s observations in his well-known paper on the “Bionomics of South African Insects” the courtship of Acraeas would appear to be carried out on the principle, as he expresses it, of “marriage by capture,” the male seizing the female in the air. A very remarkable feature of the genus is the presence on the female, in the majority of species, after pairing, of a mass of hard wax-like material on the underside of the abdomen. This secretion or seal * as it may be called, occurs also in Planema, Actinote, Amauris, Parnassius, Thais, Hurycus,and Huryades. It seems to be composed of similar material in all the genera mentioned, though im Acraca and Actinote it frequently also contains a mass of hairs and scales derived from the abdomen of the male, these being often arranged in a beautifully symmetrical manner. What- ever may be the purpose of this secretion in Parnassius and in the other genera mentioned, its object in Acraea would appear to be, 2 as originally suggested by Professor Poulton,+ * T submit the word sphragis as a technical term for this structure (Gr. oppayls = a seal). The term has been kindly suggested to me by Professor Poulton after consultation with Mr. Arthur Sidgwick. t See Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 539, 1902. 8 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the the prevention of the amorous attentions of subsequent males after once the female has been paired. In this view Marshall concurs (/. ¢.), pointing out that if courtship always takes place in the forcible manner he has observed, some such provision would appear to be a necessity. In another note on the subject * Marshall records that such protection is not, however, absolute, since he has taken three female Acraeas in which the sac has been dupli- cated, though in these cases both sacs were more or less distorted in shape indicating that the second pairing must have taken place immediately after the first and whilst the first secretion was still in a viscous condition. This being so, as the author points out, the exceptions need not ivaladate the theory that the secretion, when hardened, would offer a sufficient obstruction to the use of the com- plicated male claspers. I am further inclined to believe that the sphragis may act in another way. As a result of a recent observation Mr. W. A. Lamborn has recorded + that a female Planema alcinoe was observed to have four males, all clinging to it at the same time, some even holding on to its wings and endeavouring to attach their claspers to its body. Now such behaviour appears to argue the emission by the female of some powerful sexually exciting scent, and if such be the case, the sphragis may well serve to inhibit the emission of this odour and thus free the female from further attentions. From the investigations of Elwes on Parnassius we may, I think, conclude that this “seal” is formed by a secretion from the male, and this view is confirmed by an interesting note by Dr. Fritz Miiller? who has studied the matter in the genus Actinote. Speaking of the appendage the quo- tation is as follows: “The female of Acraca (Actinote) thaiia has this appendage. It is shaped something like a hollow tile, and is fastened by one end, close behind the female orifice, then directed forward, usually at a very acute angle with the body, rarely standing out at right angles. Ever since I first bred this species from the larvae many years ago, I have known that the female does not emerge from the pupa bearing this appendage but. that as in Parnassius it is a sign of. completed copulation. It * See Entomologist, p. 73, 1901. { Proc, Ent. Soc; p. xcv, 1911. t Carus, Zool. Anzeiger, p. 415, 1893. (I am indebted to Professor Poulton for kindly calling my attention to this reference.) African Species of the Genus Acraea. 9 is only during this last season that I have been able to inquire into its origin. By pressing the abdomen of the Acraea males, one can force out from under the posterior margin of the last dorsal plate a very large gland, which is entirely similar to that which the females of the ‘Mara- cuja butterflies’ (eliconius, Hucides, Colaenis, and Dione) exert at the same spot when seized. This gland is some- times bare, sometimes covered with brown or blackish scales and hairs, which fall off at the shghtest touch. The appendage of the female, when treated with hot soda-lye and crushed between glass plates, proves to be composed of hairs and scales of the same form. Among hundreds of males which J examined for this purpose, almost all showed the gland either entirely covered or entirely bare : twice only I found the hairs stuck together in small isolated patches, and twice joined together in a structure similar to the female appendage but thinner and more fra gile. Probably in the act of pairing one of the sexes emits a rapidly drying fluid which gives it the subsequent thickness and solidity.” At one time I hoped to find in Acraea some correlation between the inequality of the male tarsal claws, and the occurrence of the sphragis in the female. I find however that in some species in which the male claws are unequal, the sphragis is not formed in the female, at least so far as I am able to judge from the extensive material which has been at my disposal. I have examined the claws in the other genera mentioned, and find that whilst the male Parnassius has unequal claws, those of Hurycus, Huryades, and Amauris are equal. Thais has only a slight develop- ment of the sphragis, and has unequal claws in the male, whilst. the genus Doritis has unequal claws in the male, but I can find no secretion in the female. The peculiarity of the male tarsal claws is one to which I am still unable to assign a satisfactory explanation. The few species of the genus which have the claws equal, do not present any other feature which would serve to sepa- rate them, however slightly, from the remaining members of the genus. Moreover if, as seems inevitable, we are to regard all the examples of the servona form as of one species, we have in this one case an instance of unequal claws appearing occasionally as a reversion, in a species in which the claws are normally equal. Whilst the meaning of this structure must for the present remain unexplained, a knowledge of it is of 10 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the material assistance in determining the sex of a specimen, in the event of the abdomen and front-feet being missing, as in a damaged example. In the great majority of species the male claws are unequal, and thus if a single leg remains, the sex can in those species be determined. Probably in no genus is the question of sex more easily decided. ‘The female cloacal valves are very different in appearance from the arched and hirsute tergite of the male. Should this test fail the difference of structure between the fore-feet of male and female is easily observed, in many cases even with the unaided sight. Finally the tarsal claws are, as stated, a certain guide in the majority of species. In spite of these facts, which are by no means new, many published works abound in errors as to the sex of the species therein described, such errors adding greatly to the difficulties of the systematist, more especially in cases of unique types difficult of access. A phenomenon common to many Lepidoptera and kuown as “seasonal dimorphism” is exhibited to a greater or less extent by many species of Acraea, especiaily those which may be said to belong to the acrita and caldarena groups. I do not propose on the present occasion to enter upon a discussion of this interesting and complicated sub- ject, which constitutes a special study in itself. It is, however, necessary briefly to allude to the phenomenon as manifested in this genus. A. atolivis presents a dry-season male in which the spots are exceedingly small, and a female, the ground-colour of which is yellowish brown. The corresponding wet forms are a male, in which the black marks are all more highly developed, and a female which is actually black, often with a whitish subapical bar. Seventeen examples of the species taken at the Victoria Falls in September are all distinctly of the dry-season form. The only record I have for that locality is 1906-7 when Sept. 1906 showed barely 6 in., whilst in the previous May, June, July, and August the fall was nil. The maximum occurred in February 1907 when 14°7 in. of rain fell. Of five males taken on the Lualaba R. in October, one is of the dry form, one intermediate and two wet, whilst of five specimens taken in May, four are wet and oneintermediate. In this region May, June, July, and August are the dry months and March and November have the maximum rainfall, viz. 7:9 in. and 8'6 in. respectively, so that the specimens, having African Species of the Genus Acraea. TT occurred at the beginning and end of the dry season, show a variable and intermediate condition. In Angola wet and dry examples have been taken together in September which is the begimning of the rains, so that the correspondence of the forms is here not well marked. Black females bear date January to April, and September to November. February, March, and April are the wettest months, but the rainfall is extremely variable in different years, and also differs greatly in different localities. Thus inner Angola is within the 40-inch line, but towards the coast there are three distinct belts of decreasing rainfall, the mean at Loanda being only one-sixth of that at Comber Station (6° 16° 8., 15° 17’ E., alt. 3,100 ft.). A. petraea and A. aglaonice correspond fairly well with the seasons, the latter tending to lose the subapical translucent fore-wing spots in the dry season. A. equator- ialis varies very little in the male sex, but the females may be either yellow like the male, or grey, with an incipient fore-wing subapical pale bar. ACH) (f) F.-w. with ground-colour of basal half white pseudolycia pseudolycia (102) F.-w. without white on basal half. ; ; : 2 4@) (g) F.-w. hind margin at least in areas 1b and 2 without marginal spots of ground-colour or of yellow enclosed by black . (m) F.-w. hind margin with spots of ae. or of yellow enclosed by black . : : ; . (hk) (h) Subapical area of f.-w. not ete’: nor to a paicreat shade, from the ground-colour which is rose pink or yellow . (i) ‘Subapical area of f.-w. separated and containing a patch of colour which is either rather paler than the smedi or is bright orange. Pe ll) (i) F.-w. hind margin riety an antlised Spb i orange in area 6 zetes barberi (84) F.-w. area 6 with such spot. y a = 9) (j) Base of f.-w. cell upperside suffused with hee R. -w. spots large and partly confluent =. : 3 oscar? (91) Base of f.-w. cell upperside not suffused wah black. F.-w. spots smaller and well separated. For 2 see Section IIT. chilo (89) (k) F.-w. with a small subapical patch of red or reddish white zetes jalema (84) F.-w. with a large orange subapical pateh , : : ~ -@ (1) H..w. without a white patch ; : . zetes acara (84) 26 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the H.-w. with a white patch . 5 . xzetes acara f. caffra (84) (m) Discal portion of h.-w. red. . pseudolycia f. astrigera (101) Discal portion of h.-w. dusky ochreous pseudolycia f. brunnea (102) (m) Discal portion of h.-w. reddish . pseudolycia f. astrigera (101) Discal portion of h.-w. ochreous. — pseudolycia f. brunnea (102) VT. Ground-colour white or cream. H.-w. hind-marginal border black, or sepia, with asubmarginal row of white dots followed inwardly by yellow spots. I.-w. hind-margin markedly concave. : : : ; . ; : - (a) Not so : E 5 : 5 5 , : 1 (0) (a) Ground-colour w ae : ' ; : ‘ turna (105) Ground-colour cream : : . turna f. marmorata (105) (b) F.-w. apex on underside with well-marked black internervular rays which reach margin . ‘ : st © F.-w. apex beneath without such Heck TAYS: ic F ae) (c) H.-w. with three spots in area 7 : : . cephews (111) H.-w. with two spots in area7 . ‘ i : - id) (d) H.-w. marginal border beneath with green Menie egina egina (part) (106) H.-w. marginal border beneath with orange spots perenne (part) (e) F.-w. with submarginal spots at least in lb and2.. oe S60) F.-w. without submarginal spots . é : : -. & (f) F.-w. nervules at apex well marked with black : en) F.-w. nervules at apex not specially black : : 1B (q) Ends of h.-w. nervules well marked with black —_petraea (114) Ends of h.-w. nervules not specially black . biittneri (118) (4) H.-w. marginal black border on upperside with little or no trace of pale spots : Peed H.-w. marginal border on AMS eat disiinets cinnen some- times small, pale spots . : a GH (i) H.-w. marginal border about 2°5 mm. wade End of abdomen whitish . : . : - omrora omrora (124) H.-w. marginal border 3-5 mm. wide. End of abdomen yellowish 5 : omrora wumbrata (124) (j) Black spots of both ae [eres sal well developed violarwm (120) Black spots of both wings comparatively small. — asema (122) (k) H.-w. with a broad black marginal border nearly reaching middle of wing and having on underside, small, submarginal, greyish white triangular spots : : : lofua (127) H.-w. without such border 5 , : ; er) (1) Discal spot in h.-w. area 4 lies nearer 0 cell than that in 3 or 5 : ; 5 , : : ; : 5 Pec) African Species of the Genus Acraea. 27 Discal spot in h.-w. area 4 lies not nearer to cell than that in J ori5), : ; (a) (m) F.-w. without discal spothir in area ifilb , arena hee (128) F.-w. with discal spot in area 1b A i ae (a) (n) Ends of nervules at apex of f.-w. not markedly lark on the ground-colour 1 : E ey) Ends of nervules in f.-w. ‘istkediy luok : ‘ np) (0) A fairly broad black apex inf.-w. Extremity of abdomen white leucopyga (157) A fairly broad jblack apex in f.w. Extremity of abdomen not white : : i . intermedia (part) (159) F.-w. apex narrowly niece Tames, of abdomen not white mansya (134) (0) F.-w. apex broadly black, with a white subapical patch intermedia (part) (159) F.-w. apex broadly black, no subapical white — . leacopyga (157) F-w. apex narrowly black, no subapical white . mansya (134) (p) H.-w. margin above, with well-marked black arches on wings enclosing spots of ground-colour . i : ; al) H.-w. margin above, black, with at most a trace of pale inter- nervular marks. : ~ (7) (q) Black spots of both wings large Suid sve ao ala guillemei (117) Black spots very small ; : : . onerata (135) (r) H.-w. nervule ends markedly eek for some distance from margin . ‘ : : ; . atolmis (part) (137) H.-w. nervule ends ae so ‘ ; : ts) (s) F.-w. discal spots rounded and not rontenreut nohara punctellata (129) F.-w. discal spots more or less quadrate and confluent . (t) (¢) Spot in h.-w. area 4 touches that in 5. Expanse about 48 mm. nohara pseudatolmis (129) Spot in h.-w. area 4 nearer base than, and not touching that in 5. Expanse about 56 mm. ‘ . nohara nohara (128) (w) F.-w. black, rather thinly scaled in middle, and having a scarlet inner marginal patch in la, 1b, and part of 2. No subapical red patch : ; 5 : : : . : 21 @) F.-w. not so marked : ‘ : F - (w) (v) F.-w. at apex without red streaks . egina egina (part) (106) F.-w. at apex with red streaks . . egina f. harrisoni (107) (w) H.-1w. beneath with quadrate greenish spots on the black border (1) H.-w. beneath with spots on the black border which, inwardly, are either pointed or rounded . : E ; ; - | (1) Black spots large, quadrate and confluent. egina medea (107) Black spots rounded and separate ; : : ; eae (2) 28 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the (2) F.-w. ground-colour blackish or dusky . egina egina (106) F.-w. ground-colour reddish ; : . _ egina areca (107) (w) H.-w. margin on underside encloses square spots the inner edge of which is neither rounded nor pointed ; : Ge) Spots of h.-w. underside margin rounded or hae on inner edge : F . : i, Ky) (w) H.-w. spots large, aaa oe sets egina medea (107) H.-w. spots small, rounded, and separated . — egina areca (107) (y) F.-w. underside ground-colour orange ochreous with a white subapical patch. H.-w. underside ground-colour white hypoleuca (92) Underside not so coloured : . : : , i) (z) On h.-w. underside the discal spots form a regular row which proceeds from costa to area 4 ina line parellel to apical margin, then bends sharply inwards at an angle of less than 45°, and runs straight across to inner margin. Between this row and the more basally placed spots are red splashes which form a more or less broken though characteristic red band =. (a’) Spots of h.-w. underside not forming such a pattern ae (36) (a’) F.-w. with a white subapical patch . : . wigginsi (206) F.-w. without a white subapical patch —. ; : ce (28) (’) F.-w. apex broadly black without spots anacreon f. induna (198) F.-w. apex narrowly black with spots or streaks of ground-colour or paler . 3 é : : hit) (c’) F.-w. apical spots or afenalka so sian as alent to displace the black, leaving such colour only on nervule ends and on margin . , ; - anacreon speciosa (198) Apical spots or ne sell surrounded with black . - @) (d’) Pale apical spots but slightly developed. Black spots of rest of wings very small . : ; ; anacreon bomba (198) Pale apical spots (streaks) well developed. Black spots of both wings large. : ‘ . anacreon anacreon (198) (e’) F.-w. with either faintly abe or very small spots . (f’) F.-w. with well-developed spots. ; : «= @) (f’) H.-w. margin rather broad and formed a large black rings enclosing more or less distinct spots of ground-colour (orange red). Discal spots of f.-w. absent or exceedingly faint acrita pudorina (144) y¥ may be orange red to greyish black. H.-w. margin narrower and black, with, at most, microscopic indications of paler spots. F.-w. discal spots small but quite black and distinct - 5 . chambexi (132) (q’) F.-w, nervules in apical region very disciactly blackened — (h’) F.-w, neryules in apic al region not blackened , , i @ African Species of the Genus Acraca. 29 (h’) F.-w. without discal subapical spots periphanes f. acritoides (140) F.-w. with discal subapical spots : : : : enti) (v’) F.-w. with black apical patch i : : : LT Ga) F.-w. without black apical patch f é ‘ a1) (j’) H.-w. margin narrowly black, with spots of ground-colour periphanes periphanes (139) H.-w. margin broadly black without spots of ground-colour periphanes f. melaina (139) (k’) H.-w. margin narrowly black with spots of ground-colour periphanes f. beni (139) H.-w. margin broadly black without spots of ground-colour pertphanes f. wmida (140) (’) F.-w. with discal subapical spots. , : : : (m’) F.-w. without discal subapical spots ‘ c ; Bees fs) (m’) F.-w without black apical patch . acrita manca (part) (144) F.-w. with black apical patch é : . lualabae (155) (n’) Apical black 9-10 mm. deep. F.-w. spots, especially the outer spot in area 1b, very small or absent. chaeribula * (153) Apical black patch very variable but at most not so deep as in the above. Outer spot in f.-w. 1b well developed 2 Hi(o') (o’) Spots in f.-w. cell, on discocellular, and in area 2 are so large as to be almost or quite confluent . . acrita bellona (144) These spots not so large : : : (p’) (p’) F.-w.with a white or whitish subapical band acrita ambigua (143) F.-w. without such band : : : . ; ia) (q’) Central process of last dorsal abdominal plate short acrita littoralis (144) Central process of last dorsal abdominal plate long acrita acrita + (143) acrita manca (part) (144) acrita bella (144) (p’) Genital plate in the form of a short chitinous cylinder acrita manca (144) Genital plate broad, carinate, and bifid . acrita ambigua (143) acrita littoralis (144) acrita acrita (143) Vis. F.-w. with hind marginal spots at least in 1b and 2 . 5) «@) * Owing to the variability of acrita it is not possible to give absolutely constant characters of difference between it and this species. Occasionally some examples of acrita have no spots in f,-w. 1b, but in these the apical black is only about 5 mm. deep. { It is not possible to completely separate the forms of A. acrita on merely outward characteristics, or indeed in any other manner, with absolute certainty. See under A. acrita in descriptive portion. 30 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the [Occasional examples of stenobea have f.-w. hind marginal spots ; see (f).] F.-w. without hind marginal spots. ‘ ; : i) @ (a) F.-w. with distinct black internervular rays on the apical region . : 5 : : t : ee (2) F.-w. without such internervular rays : 5 é es (0) () (d) ©) Spots of h.-w. margin underside (if present at all) are whitish, narrow, and streak-like, being enclosed by fine black trans- verse internervular lines which are straight and not arched atergatis (part) (188) Spots of h.-w. margin underside large, their inner edges rounded, being enclosed by black well-arched lines. oncaea (174) [ A. equatorialis anaemia sometimes has f.-w. submarginal spots, but can be distinguished by its pale, very delicately scaled f.-w. | H.-w. marginal border above, not sharply defined, merely dusky with an indication of blackish rings : : a) H.-w. with well-defined dark hind-marginal bor nee Ae) F.-w. sepia-black (sometimes with yellowish subapical marks) natalica pseudegina (192) dull red (greyish towards apex, with yellow markings) natalica abadima (192) F.-w. discal spots widely separated from end of cell . rea a | F.-w. discal spots close to, or confluent with end of cell . (h) F.-w. discal spots widely separated from end of cell. Aan (2) F.-w. discal spots close to, or confluent with end of cell natalica natalica (192) F.-w. apical black narrow and well defined caecilia pudora (182) [Occasional examples of stenobea would be entered here, but they would be distinguished from caecilia by the much broader basal black and the absence of a spot in h.-w. area 3.] -] F.-w. F.-w. apical black broad and inwardly suffused ; -. te Ground-colour white to pink or dull red caecilia caecilia (182) Ground-colour uniformly clay-yellow. . marnois (184) A grey transverse band in apical area beyond discal spots natalica umbrata (192) Without such grey band ; ; . natalica natalica (192) F.-w. with black internervular streaks in saad area -) F.-w. without such streaks : : : j « iit) Inner edge of h.-w. marginal border is very markedly sinuous, and fii margin between nervules is somewhat indented, especially towards anal angle, so that the border has an undulating appearance , : : : , . Border not having such appearance . ; : : . (m) African Species of the Genus Acraea. 31 (k) Without a whitish or partially transparent subapical patch doubledayt sykesi (171) With such whitish or partly transparent patch . - on (l) Ground-colour dark brick-red_. . doubledayi arabica (172) Ground-colour orange red - doubledayi doubledayi (171) (l\) Ground-colour chocolate brown. doubledayi arabica (172) Ground-colourdullreddishtogrey doubledayi doubledayi (171) (m) H.-w. marginal border above, black, well defined, and without spots, or at most with a faint indication of such spots . (1) H.-w. marginal border above, formed of delicate black arches not always complete at inner edge 3 : 7p) (n) Ground-colour of f.-w. red . braesia é esis (part) (169) Ground-colour of f.-w. not red. : 4 : ; : (e) (0) F.-w. very thinly scaled. Ground-colour faintly ochreous. Spots small ; d . equatorialis anaemia (177) F.-w. generally fully relede Ground-coiour pinkish-ochreous. Spots large : : . axina (part) (180) (0) F.-w. very thinly eat Gaie sca faintly ochreous. Spots small : , : . equatorialis anaemia (177 F.-w. generally fully phen: Ground-colour pinkish ochreous to grey. Spots small or large . equatorialis equatorialis (177) axina (180) [I can find no perfectly constant character to distinguish these two 9 9, bul in axina the inner edge of h.-w. marginal border is almost always more sharply defined than in equatorialis equatorialis. | (n) A well-marked grey submarginal band in f.-w. 5, 4, and 3. Ground-colour red. Expanse about 60 mm. braesia f. regalis (part) (169) Without such grey band. Ground-colour not red. Expanse about 50 mm. or less ‘ : . axina (part) (180) (p) Line of discal subapical spots in ff -w. 4, 5, and 6 makes, out- wardly, an acute angle with costa. Wings thickly scaled ella (179) Line of discal subapical spots in f.-w. 4, 5, and 6 makes, out- wardly, aright or obtuse angle with costa. Wings very thinly scaled : A ‘ . equatorialis equatorialis (177) (q) F.-w. discal spots close ms or confluent with end of cell. PisG@h) F.-w. discal spots smaller and well removed from end of cell (3) (1) F.-w. spots beyond end of ceil not contiguows intermedia (part) (159) F.-w. spots beyond cell contiguous ‘ : é . tE5(2) (2) F.-aw. subapical patch white . , * - 4 mima (167) F.-w. subapical patch pale but not sah . rhodesiana (166) (3) F.-w. apical black narrow . ; ‘ : < : ae (2) F.-w. apical black broad. : 2 ; . . . (5) 32 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the (4) F.-w. ground-colowr, where not suffused with black, very uniform right wp to margin : : stenobea (190) F-w. with more ov less distinct ‘site y to orange spots towards hind margin. A : aglaonice (186) (5) H.-w. discal spot um 2 some anes a om base of that area caldarena (161) H.-w. discal spot in 2 in angle at base of that area pudorella detecta (164) (y) Distal half of abdomen white : : : ; : sea) Distal half of abdomen not white . 3 ; . (r) F.-w. witha well-defined subapical white natch mint (part) (167) [Some forms of caldarena have distal part of abdomen white, but there is no white patch in f.-w.] F.-w. without white patch . 5 : . rhodesiana (166) (s) A broad smoky black basal suffusion reaching at least to middle of cell in both wings ‘ . . ‘ . stenobew (190) Without such suffusion : ; f p . a) (¢) A broad white subapical patch in of: Ww. - mima (part) (167) Without such patch . : ‘ - () (wu) Only two h.-w. discal spots Grad in 6 ana one in 7). A V-shaped black spot in middle of cell on underside, apex outwards aureola (142) More than two h.-w. discal spots. Central spot of h.-w. cell not V-shaped . : : - (v) (v) H.-w. spots almost always snail ind aheoleseaae and in any case far removed from outer margin ‘ . aglaonice (186) H.-w. spots always well developed, at least on underside, and the most distally placed are nearer to margin than to cell (a) (w) Discal spots in f.-w. areas 4 and 5 are close to cell and the spot in 3 much more distally placed . intermedia (part) (159) Discal spots in f.-w. 4 and 5 are much further removed from cell, and lie almost, or quite, in a straight line with that in 3. (a) (a) Wings fully scaled and quite opaque. Spot in h.-w. area 2 is somewhat removed from the base of that area caldurena (161) Wings thinly scaled and somewhat translucent. Spot in h.-w. area 2 is in the angle at base of that area. 5 ; - Cy (y) F.-w. with a broad blackish apical patch pudorella detecta (164) F,-w. without such patch (only slightly blackened at apex) pudorella pudorella (163) VIER H.-w. margin on underside black, with a sharply defined inner edge and pale triangular marginal spots (no submarginal spots), no striation . : : . kay H.-w. margin on underside not nae ees ath only marginal African Species of the Genus Acraca. 3: spots. Striated, or the dark colour produced inwardly as red or black internervular marks, at least in areas2and3 . (c) (a) Little or no basal black in f.-w.area lb. . lumiri (219) With basal black in f.-w. area 1b, at least buys lower half of that area . : 5 = (6) (b) Basal black of f.-w. ee a monks i ils outer bats of which is more or less continuous with that of the h.-w. basal black, and is not deeply indented, on the median, by the reddish ground- coloyr ~~: : ; .uvui uit (217) Basal black of f.-w. is hee aulented on the median by the ground-colour . ‘ 5 : . bonasia alicia (221) [Also bonasia banka, and ene ee ey bonasia, but the latter is distinguished by character q’.] (b) A. uvui Q has the h.-w. border beneath bearing broad brown internervular marks and very faint indications of marginal pale spots. A. bonasia alicia 2 has the border deeply striated, but may usually be recognised by the paucity of basal black in f.-w. (c) F.-w. with a broad black apical patch bearing three small semi- transparent subapical spots in areas 4,5, and 6 — fornaa (309) F.-w. not so marked . F ‘ ; , ‘e (a) (7) H.-w. underside bears at costa a crimson ieanale enclosed by a black line. Base of triangle on costal nervure. Ground- colour of h.-w. lemon-yellow . ; : . excelsior (215) H.-w. underside not so marked . i , . (e) (e) H.-w. margin beneath bears broad red seen hele marks. That in area 4 is not, or very little, shorter than that in 3, and is not heavily bordered with black . : : eer) H.-w. margin beneath without broad red internervular marks, or if with such marks that in area 4 is very much shorter than that in area 3, or at least is heavily bordered with black z ; eG) (f) F,-w. without a aparaied fatianiteal ath & tie deatiia colour, and h.-w. with a well-developed row of discal spots zitja (part) (204) F.-w. with a separated subapical patch of ground-colour, and h.-w. without discal spots. P : . — goetzi (213) (g) H.-w. border beneath bears long internervular rays which are bifurcated at margin and enclose pale spots, such spots being for the most part wider before than at the margin althoffi (251 (This species is polymorphic. For the various forms see de- seriptive portion.) If h.-w. border beneath bears long bifurcated rays, the pale spots they enclose are triangular and widest at the margin . (h) TRANS, ENT. SOC, LOND, 1912.— PARTI (JULY) D 3d Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the (h) The edges of the pale h.-w. discal band are practically parallel, the outer edge showing no arnt to be angulated at nervule 3. : : ‘ . . oberthiiri (249) The edges of pale h.-w. rand are not parallel, the outer edge being slightly or greatly angulated at nervule 3 . » 2) (4) di-w, has little or no basal black). fa “i. |) ay F.-w. with basal black : , : 2 (p) (j) F.-w. with a completely separated shtaical patch of oroanel colour (or paler) . 3 : . « 1) F,-w. with ground-colour (or paler) act 3 separate off to form a patch : : : : ‘ - (m) (k) Apical patch in the form a one narrow streaks pales, than ground-colour . : 2 . _ terpsichore rangatana (240) Apical patch same tint as ground-colour and not in long narrow streaks . : F slaty (l\) H.-w. underside ar a peal band co sel more or less defi- nitely enclosed by narrow transverse black streaks terpsichore f. ventura (240) H.-w. underside with rounded and separated black spots terpsichore terpsichore (239) ® 9 of this species excessively variable. See description. (m) Ground-colour of both wings pale creamy ochreous terpsichore ochrascens (240) Ground-colour not pale creamy ochreous. : . (n) (n) No discal spots in h.-w 5 . terpsichore f. sibeorene (239) With discal spots in h.-w. . ’ : 5 « @) (o) H.-w. underside suffused in centre saith ‘ido seitish scales terpsichore f£. intermediana (240) H.-w. underside not so suffused . terpsichore f. rougeti (239) (p) F.-w. basal black with outer edge regular and not deeply indented at median : : é «ey F.-w. basal black deeply ndented at t median, or at least the median nervure not blackened ; «1 M3) q) Paler patches of both wings red . ‘ . wut aden (217) Paler patches of both wings yellow . : . . ay (r) Pale patches very large. Outline of f.-w. basal lade not forming an angle with that of h.-w. ditto. ; . viviana (233) Pale patches small. Outline of f.-w. basal black makes an angle with that of h.-w. ditto . ; . .cabira karschi (230) (s) H.-w. upperside with little or no black at base, or if with an appreciable amount of black, then also having a deep orange triangular marginal spot in neh internervular space . () H.-w. upperside with a triangular basal black patch . » (wv) (t) Ground-colour pale creamy ochreous or nearly white acerata tenella (235) African Species of the Genus Acraca, 35 Ground-colour yellow to red brown . ; wit ACB uw) F.-w. without apical patch separated off for ground- colour . ‘ : . acerata acerata (235) F.-w. with erred Rees match ; ; d ‘ ‘ (v) (v) Ground-colour yellow to orange. . acerata winidia (235) Ground-colour red brown : : . acerata brahmsi (235) (w) F.-w. basal black after extending for some distance along nervure 1, does not bend upwards towards the cell . (a) F.-w. basal black after extending for some distance along nervure 1, bends upwards towards cell : ; i CS) (x) The subbasal black spots on underside of h.-w. do not form a double row enclosing spots of scarlet . ‘ “4 fy) Subbasal black spots of h.-w. underside form a douule row con- taining scarlet spots. : 5 : ft (2) (y) Ground-colour very pale. H.-w. margin on underside narrow bonasia alicia f. tenelloides (221) Ground-colour not so pale, underside with a deep striated margin . : : : bonasia alicia f. cabiroides (221) (z) Pale patches of both wings yellow . . cabira cabira (229) F.-w. inner marginal patch and h.-w. central band red or reddish . ‘ ; : . cabira apecida (229) (a’) F.-w. with a yellow sebenresl phi : ; ; ; ve 1) F.-w. with a red subapical patch : P : : 7 Ee) (b') H.-w. central band red. ‘ . sotikensis sotikensis (227 H.-w. central band, or at least its inner marginal half, pale yellow . : : . sotikensis rowena (227) (c’) On h.-w. idetentes ee large black spots at bases of areas 6, 5, and 4 beneath the outer spot in 7 sotikensis supponina (227) H.-w. with spots not so arranged. : . a4 (dr) (d’) F.-w. basal black after extending along nerv fle 1 ends in an upwardly directed point (which rarely reaches cell) bonasia bonasia (220) F.-w. basal black after extending along nervule 1 has a blunt or bifurcated termination . : : sotikensis katana (227) IX. F.-w. with transparent or partially transparent areas or spots, at least in 6, 5, and4. ; : : : - (a) F.-w. without transparent or ernie Gneenenent areas | buschbecki (291) (a) F.-w. with three very small, well-defined, semitransparent spots in 6, 5, and 4, A rather larger similar spot at base of 2, Remainder of f.-w black brown . : . newtoni (285) F.-w. not so marked , . : ; : : £0 Gt D2 36 (0) (¢) (d) (e) (f) (9) Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the F.-w. with a large well-defined spot in cell, distinctly separated from subapical spots. : ‘ ; ‘ : 3 EY F.-w. without such spot in cell . ; : : : 4 The f.-w. cell spot and that at base of area 2 fully scaled with lemon-yellow. The h.-w. underside internervular rays reach the margin ina fine point . : . melanoxantha (288) F,-w. cell spot and that at base of area 2 are transparent or very sparsely scaled with whitish. The h.-w. underside rays end well before margin ; ; 5 : : : «* (@) H.-w. central band yellow. ; . mairessei mairessei (286) H.-w. central band red ‘ : . mairesset dewitzi (286) F.-w. with cell and most of areas 2 and 1b fully sealed with red . : : : a. : : , ; eee F.-w. basal red, if any, much broken up and obsolescent . (A) F.-w. area 3 transparent, not scaled with red — igola (part. (302) F.w. area 3 scaled with red or black . : . ; : ite) Nervule ends on h.-w. underside broadly black with short thick black rays between : ‘ . conradti (289) Nervule ends on h.-w. anhieneitie ahve oly black with narrow rays between . A : : : : . aubyni (304) (hk) Black margin of h.-w. very narrow (not more than 2 mm.) (h) (1) (2) (3) (i) (i) peneleos (part) (268) [A. peneleos rarely comes into this section, the rays nearly always fully reaching the margin. | Black margin of h.-w. more than 2 mm. wide (usually about 4mm.) . : : : : : | F.-w. cell transparent ‘ : penelope ironelueita (281) F.-w. cell not transparent . : ‘ » ily H.-w. central band yellowish white pele ip pepe (281) H.-w. central band red. : : - 4 Base of h.-w. wnderside reddish Wala penslepet: penella (281) Base of h.-w. beneath, but little, if at all, darker than central band. ‘ ; == (3 Grownd-colow of h.-a. | Binadith veltoucan : sae penelope Ground-colour of h.-w. beneath silvery grey penelope f. argentea (281) F,-w. with a large red spot in areas 1b and 2, and a very small transparent spot in 3 (sometimes absent). Three small trans- parent subapical spots. Rest of f.-w. black brown penelope penelope (281) F.-w. spots in 1b and 2 nage and a very large trans- parent spotin3. : > 1) F,-w, cell also transparent, a. an eaien ef a pide spot in middle. H.-w, central band of medium width penelope translucida (281) (k) (¢) African Species of the Genus Acraca. 37 F.-w. cell fully scaled with black, except ceria at extreme end : : ’ oe Qe) H.-w. conibral band very narrow GibéuL 4 mm.) penelope derubescens (281) H.-w. central band so broad as to leave a black margin of only about 3mm. . ; . ‘ : . penelope vitrea (281) F.-w. with a peculiar pattern formed as follows. Cell and a short distance beyond it sepia. A central band of tawny brown outwardly deeply identate on the nervules. Outer half of wing sepia. An irregular spot near base of area 2 and a V-shaped spot beneath it in 1b 3 : . . alciope alciope (322) F.-w. with a similar pattern, but with a white suffusion of the central band . : é i . alciope f. cretacea (323) F.-w. bears subapical spots in 6, 5, and 4, and discal spots in 1b and 2, just as in species of Sections VI or VII : 14 (a) F.-w. not bearing such spots. : . (m) F.-w. bears use submarginal spots in 1b a 2, aad the h.-w. ditto at least in le, 2,and3 . : : : F oe 0G) No submarginal spots : ‘ : : : ‘ «= 1@ Central band of h.-w. red . ‘ : . rogersi rogersi (61) Central band of h.-w. not red. : . ; ye) H.-w. with a whitish central band. rogerst lamborni (62) H.-w. central band not differentiated, the whole ground-colour of both wings being sepia-brown . — rogersi f. salambo (61) H.-w. discal spot in 4 stands nearer to cell than that in 3 or 5 (e) H.-w. discal spot in 4 stands not nearer to cell than that in 3 or 5 ; 2 : : ee) H.-w. underside atl a black arden peaute orange spots (ff) H.-w. margin without orange spots. : ; : GD) (f) Red of f.-w. not extending beyond subapical spots (9) (h) perenna perenna (261) Red of f.-w. extending beyond subapical spots perenia thesprio (262) H.-w. with a white inner marginal patch = pharsalus vuilloti (257) H.-w. without white patch ; ; F , . (h) F.-w. with a white or whitish band beyond the subapical spots, the red ground-colour not extending into apical area pharsalus pharsalus (256) F.-w. without white subapical band, the corresponding area being occupied by an extension of the red ground-colour pharsalus f. pharsaloides (256) 38 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the (i) F.-w. with a white subapical band. é ; : 2) F.-w. without a white subapical band ; : : =. a) (j) Ground-colour of f.-w. white. , encedon f. lycia (210) Ground-colour of f.-w. tawny . ; ; Pe (3) (k) H.-w. with a white patch . ; vended f alcippina (210) H.-w. without a white patch. : encedon encedon (209) (1) Nervules ending in broad black triangles at margin. H.-w. with a white patch . : : . encedon f. radiata (211) Nervules not so. No h.-w. white patch encedon f. daira (210) (m) F.-w. may be brown or black with a subapical pale patch or spots and an inner marginal pale patch, or the inner mar- ginal and subapical pale patches may be confluent forming a broad angulated pale central band : : ; - (”) F.-w. not so marked . : : : . ay (n) F.-w. with a broad angulated corinee pane ; elec (322) F.-w. with subapical me inner marginal pale marks separated (0) (n) F.-w. with a broad confluent pale band ‘ ; 3 a HD F.-w. with subapical and inner marginal pale marks separated (2) (1) F.-w. band orange, h.-w. band white alciope 2 f. aurivillii (3238) Both bands orange : : ; . alciope f. tella (323) alciope Q f. macarina (322) [In macarina the pattern, especially of f.-w. is much less definite than in tella. | (2) F.-w. subapical pale marks include a spot near margin in area 4, well separated from a series of three spots close to costa . (3) F-w. subapical pale spots only separated by the nervules, and so forming a patch. ; ; , : ; “ - (x) (3) H.-w. with a broad dark border. 3 ; conjuncta (319) H.-w. without a broad dark border ‘ : . ansorgei (318) (0) F.-w. subapical pale marks include a spot near margin in area 4 well separated from a series of three spots close to costa conjuncta (319) F.-w. subapical spots only aie by the nervules, and so forming a patch. ; . (p) (p) Expanse not exceeding 48-50 mm. The dae cee baad from costa to hind margin in f.-w. which cuts off the sub- apical patch is reduced towards margin to so fine a point that the subapical patch is only just separated from the inner marginal : : : , disjuncta (821) The f.-w. subapical patch is peered from the inner marginal by a dark transverse band of considerable width, and though the end of the band may be somewhat broken by a whitish streak it is not reduced to a point as above. Expanse almost always much morethan 50mm. . ; re (2) (q) H.-w. dark border fairly sharply defined jnvyaiedlee or in the African Species of the Genus Acraca. 39 forms in which it is not so, then the f.-w. subapical patch is very narrow, rarely exceeding about 3°5 mm. in width. Border in h.-w. never so broad as almost to reach end . dell. : ; . esebria * (331) H.-w. dark border if aien is dt fee defined inwardly amet in forms in which it is so broad as almost to touch cell, and in such cases the f.-w. subapical patch is much more than 3°5 mm. in width . : : . jodutta * (327 (r) F.-w. perfectly transparent and scaleless except for a narrow, intensely black apical and hind marginal border and a very little black at base . ; , , 2 semivitrea (300) F.-w. not as above : ; : a) (s) H.-w. cell beneath with natn more than one at , : « oA) [Some examples of Jycoa have a second spot in cell, but this is usually accompanied by a blackish streak. Or the streak may be broken up giving the appearance of several spots.] H.-w. cell beneath with more than one spot : : (w (t) F.-w. with a subapical a of three elongated openers spots : : : . servona (part) (292) [A. servona nearly aay ie more than one spot in cell. See under (1). } F.-w. without such subapical transparent patch . . ~ (uv) (w) H.-w. beneath with a narrow elongated central yellow patch and an inner marginal red brown patch oreas (298) H.-w. beneath not so marked 2 : z (8) (v) Distal outline of h.-w. pale patch has a teabanteys to be angulated at area 4, giving the patch a somewhat quadrate appearance. This angulation is most easily seen beneath johnstoni (339) (A. johnstoni is polymorphic. For forms see descriptive section. ] Distal outline of h.-w. pale patch is regularly rounded lycoa (part) (336) [ A. lycoa is also polymorphic. See descriptions, ] (w) Both wings fully scaled without any partially or wholly trans- parent patches or spots . : > ‘ , : eS) Transparent or partially transparent areas in one or both wings (z) (x) F.-w. without any red or orange marks . —__lycoa (part) (336) F.-w. with red or orange marks . F ‘ d : = Cy) (y) F.-w. with elongated red patches between the nervules . rig 8) (1) H.-w. discal spots large and forming a band which extends well beyond cell : é orina orina (263) H.-aw. discal spots not extending swell beyond cell. : erie) * For the various named forms of esebria and jodutta see descrip- tive portion. It is scarcely possible to give concise characters which constantly differentiate between them, and some little experience is required before the two species can be separated at sight, 40 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Jonograph of the (2) H.-w. spots confluent in a large black basal patch orina orineta (264) H.-w. spots though obscured bu basal suffusion are obviously not confluent. : : . parrhasia f. oppidia (278) (y) F.-w. with elongated red pate te between the nervules orina(263) F.-w. with orange spots between the nervules . insularis (345) (z) B-w. fully and thickly scaled with the exception of three small quadrate well-defined transparent or semitransparent sub- apical spots in 6, 5, and 4 : : . Safie antinori (316) F.-w. not so . : : ‘ : - : “Gh (1) On the wnderside the ae and margin of ie -w. are dark brown enclosing between them a narrow ochreous central band peneleos pelasgius (269) H.-w. beneath not so marked : : : ; Sa) (z) The transparent areas are confined to fies or four very small, very sharply defined subapical spots in f.-w. . ‘ . (a) Transparent areas not so confined or at least considerably elongated : : : ‘ ; ‘ : é 2 a (a’) F.-w. ground-colour reddish brown. : amicitiae (317) F.-w. ground-colour brown black ‘ : : ‘ . (@) (b’) H.-w. with a red band : s < ae pelasyius (269) H.-w. without a red band. : i ; Aca) (c’) H.-w. with a fairly broad yellow central pad aft safie (315) H.-w. with a very narrow, or no band. . sufie antinorti (316) (d’) Large forms with an expanse of wing of about 60-90 mm. F,-w. for the most part transparent but having two irregu- larly outlined transverse oblique dark bands, one from costa at a point just beyond middle of cell, to the hind angle. The second just beyond cell. (These bands may be rather faint.) Apex and hind margin usually somewhat darkened (e’) Expanse of wing al en less. In any case pattern not as above . : ‘ F P : : (Gg) (e’) H.-w. fully Rael all over . : ; 5 . vesperalis (48) H.-w. partly transparent. : , : ? 2 . Ge (f’) F.-w. dark bars and h.-w. basal scaling heavily developed pentapolis epidica (46) F.-w. dark bars and usually h.-w. basal sealing lightly developed pentapolis peutupolis (46) (q’) H.-w. with a quite well-defined transparent or semitransparent marginal border more or less dusted with black scales . (h’) H.-w. with margin at least as fully scaled as rest of wing . (7) (h’) H.-w. border broad and the blackish dusting quite evenly dis- tributed. (Tarsal claws equal) : ; quirinalis (808) H.-w. border narrow, the blackish dusting concentrated towards anal angle. (Tarsal claws unequal) ; » — orestia (305) African Species of the Genus Acraea. 41 (i) Base of h.-w. above not broadly blackened and discal spots well developed ; ‘ ‘ ah Ge) Base of h.-w. above broadly ee or if not Pied without: well- developed discal spots. : : : . (Vv) i’) Base of h.-w. above not suffused with Bb or bese 2 % 2¢L) Base of h.-w. above suffused with black or brown . : ae (8) (1) H.-w. with a central pale yellowish band peneleos helvimaculata (269) H.-w. without such band —. : ¢ 3 - 5 (4) 2) At h.-w. margin on wpperside the dark ei ee rays project inwardly for some distance. : ; . . (3) H.-w. margin without such well- Lgebeliped rays on upperside (A) (3) H.-w. discal spots well developed . . peneleos peneleos (268) H.-1. discal spots not developed . . parrhasia f. leona (278) (4) H.-w. border not continuously black but bearing black triangles at nervule ends. : : ; ; sambavae (314) A-w. marginal border re black. : 3 ah oT), (5) Outer spot of h.-w. cell lies at or beyond origin of nervile 2 strattipocles (311) Outer spot of h.-w. cell lies distinctly before origin of nervule 2 masamba (312) (6) H.-w. without a red, yellow, or white central area peneleos f. sepia (269) H.-w. with such area. : : : ; Ge) (7) Central area almost white. Vestetehs f lactimaculata (269) Central area yellow. : : , é - . aes) Central area red ; : ; : 5 (0), (8) Yellow area narrow with nearly ens ges « eireeis (297) Yellow area broad with outer edge curved . : : > (9) F.-w. with patches of lemon yellow in areas 1b, and 2 servona f. limonata (293) F.-w. areas 1b and 2 sparsely scaled with white servona servona (292) (10) H.-w. with V-shaped black spots on underside midway between cell and border. Uswally with w pink central band baxteri (part) (267) A.-w. without such V-shaped spots and never with a pink band. ; d 5 (ut) (11) F.-w. with lonielad rediibah sireues in 1b, 2 2, and 3 Hie ee. parrhasia (277) F.-w. with aw rounded reddish spot in 2 but no streaks servona rubra (293) (/) H.-w. marginal border not continuously black but bearing black triangles at neryule ends, P . sambavae (314) 42 Mr. H., Eltringham’s Monograph of the H.-w. marginal border continuously black : : (k’) (k’) Outer spot of h.-w. cell lies at or beyond origin of eS 2 strattipocles (311) Outer spot of h.-w. cell les distinctly before origin of nervule 2 masamba (312) (l’) H.-w. without a yellow or red central patch or band lycoa lycoa (336) H.-w. with a yellow or red central patch or band. . (m’) (m’) H.-w. with a yellow central patch or band 3 ; . @’) H.-w. with a red central patch or band. ‘ j i (n’) H.-w. central patch narrow, its edges nearly straight circeis (297) H.-w. central patch broad, at least its outer edge curved servona (292) (o’) Transparent portion of f.-w. confined to three large elongated subapical spots : : : : . baxtert (part) (267) Transparent portion of f.-w. not so confined. ‘ (po) (p’) Tarsal claws equal. ; ‘ ; : : ; £5(Gs) Tarsal claws unequal . : , ‘ : (7’) (q’/) F.-w. with an even and regular aah a flush axtendine to end of cell. : : . igola (part) (302) F.-w. with basal red Gf mera at all) much broken up especially by a black mark in middle of cell parrhasia (277) (r’) Central portion of h.-w. on underside is not paler than base or margin. : 5 grosvenori (276) Central portion of i -w. ndede is paler than base or margin . : : ‘ (s’) (s’) Nervule ends on h.-w. nadeeaile: not broadly duced with plask so as to haveaswollen appearance peneleos peneleos(part)(268) Nervule ends on h.-w. underside broadly dusted with black so as to have a swollen appearance peneleos pencleos (part) (268) pelopeia (274) GROUP 1, ACRAHA ZONATA? “Pl. VILL £11. Acraea zonata, Hewitson, Ent. Mo. Mag., Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 83 (1898). = makupa, Gr.-Smith, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6), 3, p. 126 (1889); Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot., 9 (Acraea), p. 3, pl. 1, £6 (1889). GeRMAN E. Arrica (Dar-es-Salaam, Mikindani); Bririsa E. Arrica (Rabai, Witu, Wasin, Zanzibar, Pemba I.). ¢. Expanse about 55mm. Wings thinly scaled, orange brown. Nervures well marked, dark brown, F.-w, costa and base, black, xiv, p. 154 (1877); African Species of the Genus Acraea. 43 A large transverse black spot about middle of cell. An irregular band of black spots crossing the discal area at the discocellular nervules and extending to the hind angle. Apical area and hind margin rather broadly dusted with black and bearing eight rather suffused spots of the ground-colour. H.-w. black at base and slightly dusted with black on margin. A very minute black dot at point where nervure 5 leaves the cell. An irregular zigzag discal band of black extending from the costa to the anal angle, Thorax black, spotted with pale brown beneath. Abdomen black above, brown beneath, and bearing segmental spots of pale brown, Claws unequal. The underside resembles the upper but has a vitreous surface and the markings are less distinct. @. I have seen only two 2 9 of this species. One is in the general collection of the Berlin Museum and differs from ¢ examples only in the fact that in the f.-w. the space between the central bar and the apical brown is transparent. The other is in Mr. J. J. Joicey’s collection and resembles the g but is larger, paler, and duller. Acrea zonata appears to be a rather rare insect. The type in the Hewitson collection was taken at Zanzibar. The example figured by Grose-Smith is from Mombasa, one specimen in the Oxford collection is from Rabai, whilst the Tring collection contains examples from Dar-es-Salaam and Pemba I., and the British Museum specimens are from Zanzibar and Witu. A. zonata is certainly closely allied to rabbaiae. The claspers in the # armature are without the large processes so characteristic of that species, 2. ACRAEA RABBAIAE. PI. VIII, f. 10. Acraea rabbaiae, Ward, Ent. Mo. Mag., x, p. 152 (1873); Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent., 3, p. 25, pl. 2, f. 1 (1878); Trimen, S. Af. Butt., 1, p. 133 (1887) ; Monteiro (metam.), Del. Bay p. 219 (1891) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 83 (1898). PortucursE E, Arrica (Delagoa Bay, Mozambique) ; GERMAN E. Arrica (Islikundani, Usarama) ; Raopusta (Chirinda). A. rabbaiae mombasae, subsp. Gr.-Smith, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6), 3, p. 127 (1889); Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot., 21 (Acraea), p. 14, pl. 4, f. 9, 10 (1892) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 83 (1898). British E. Arrica (Rabai, Zanzibar, Sabaki R. Witu) ; GrerRMAN E. Arrica (Islikundani, Usarama). 44 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Jonograph of the A. rabbaiae rabbaiae. 6. Expanse about 64 mm. F.-w. transparent. H.-w. trans- sparent or thinly scaled. Nervures well marked, dark brown. A inore or less well-marked series of black spots across centre of f.-w. confluent round the discocellulars. One crescentic spot in 2, below junction of 3 and the median. One spot below this and slightly nearer base, in 1b, and another, more rounded spot in same area, near junction of 2 and the median. One spot in area 11 just before end of cell. Apices slightly dusted with brownish ochreous. H.-w. more or less sealed with whitish. Margin with large internervular ochreous spots bor- dered inwardly with a blackish suffusion. Underside the same, Thorax black with a few reddish spots above and spotted with pale ochreous below. Abdomen black with pale lateral spots and brown beneath. Claws unequal. Q. Resembles the ¢. The extent of the scaling of the h.-w. in rabbaiae varies from a condition approaching transparency to a fairly thickly scaled surface. These scales are, in all ‘the exam- ples I have seen, distinctly paler in colour than in the subsp. mombasae. A. rabbaiae mombasae, subsp. This form resembles rabbaiae but the black markings in the f.-w. are less well defined: and the h.-w. is always thickly scaled with creamy brown scales distinctly darker than in rabbaiae. The apices of the f.-w. are darker and frequently bear traces of a marginal band of pale spots. The example of this form figured and described by Grose-Smith has both wings moderately scaled and this is apparently the case in the remaining examples in his collection. Most of the specimens I have seen show a greater transparency in the f.-w. The form appears to be confined to the neighbourhood of Mombasa, Rabai, and Zanzibar. I have seen no speci- men of the typical rabbaiac taken so far north as this. The latter occurs at Delagoa Bay and inland to Chirinda. The genital armature is the same in both forms. The type is in the collection of M. Oberthiir. The larva of rabbaiae is briefly referred to by Mrs. Monteiro in “Delagoa Bay” as “bright red with black spines.” 3. AcRaEA satis. Pl, XIV, ff. 14, 14a, 14b, 14c. Acraea satis, Ward, Ent. Mo. Mag., viii, p. 35 (1871); Af. Lep., p. 6, pl. 6, f. 1 (1875); Mabille, Hist. Nat, Mad, Lep., 1, p, African Species of the Genus Acraea. 45 115, pl. 10, f. 10, 11 (1885-7); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth. p- 90 (1898); Aurivillius, Voeltzkow Exp., p. 315 (1909). = corona, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett, 1, p. 83, pl. 33 (1885). GERMAN E. Arrica (Dar-es-Salaam, Lindi, Bondu, Bagamoyo, Saadani, Mafia I.); British E. Arrica (Rabai, Zanzibar, Witu); RuopxEsia (Chirinda) ; ZULULAND. g. Expanse 55-70 mm. F.-w. thinly scaled. Base and costa black, area 1b sometimes yellowish. A short black basal streak in 1b. From base to end of cell, base of area 2, two-thirds of 1b, and a slightly less extent of la, bright red. The red area bounded by an irregular discal band of black from subcostal to hind angle, and darkest on end of cell. A rather broad sinuous transverse black mark in cell near end. Areas 4, 5, and 6, from transverse band to middle of discal area, red, followed by a slight dusting of blackish scales. All the f.-w. black markings may be very faint, the spot on discocellular being the least liable to obsolescence. Remainder of f.-w. semitransparent, scales being slightly reduced, scattered, and sometimes replaced by bifid hairs. H.-w. red, yellowish at inner margin. A hind marginal black border bearing a variable number of internervular spots of the ground-colour. An irregular discal band of black sometimes enclosing spots of the ground-colour. Base black, with a sub- basal spot in 7, one in cell, and one in la. Underside, f.-w. scaled only at base and costa. H.-w. as on upperside, but scaled only at base, margins, and discal band. Costal and inner marginal scales dull ochreous, black spots as on upperside. Hind margin as on upperside but with seven large rounded dull ochreous spots. Thorax black spotted with yellowish beneath, and with two to four whitish spots above. Abdomen black above, paler below, and laterally and ventrally spotted with yellowish. Claws unequal. Q. Expanse about 84mm. Markings similar to those of g but the red colour everywhere replaced by white. In f.-w. the cell spot may coalesce with discal band, or may enclose a small white spot. Abdomen white spotted. Acraea satis is aremarkably distinct species not only in the character of the markings but also in the structure of the genitalia. A very peculiar modification of the parts has taken place. The true uncus and claspers have become much reduced, whilst the dorsal and ventral abdominal plates have become greatly modified, so as to resemble false uncus and claspers respectively. 46 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the Mabille describes this species as occurring in Madagas- car, but I have been unable to find any authentic example from that island. M. Oberthiir has specimens so labelled, but informs me that in this case the labelling is not reliable, and that he is of opinion that the species occurs only on the mainland. GROUP If 4, ACRAEA PENTAPOLIS. Pl. XIV, f. 2. Acraea pentapolis, Ward, Ent. Mo. Mag., viii, p. 60 (1871) ; Af. Lep., p. 7, pl. 6, f.2 (1873) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 111 (1898); Lathy, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 186 (1903); Neave, Novit. Zool., xi, p. 346 (1904); Aurivillius, Ann. Mus. Genov., p.3 (527), (1910). = thelestis, Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent., 17, p. 17, pl. 3, f. 33 (1893) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 111 (1898). S. Leone; Gotp Coast; ASHANTI; NigERIA; ToGo ; CAME- ROON; GaBoon; ConcGo (Bopoto, Luebo, Leopoldville) ; UGANDA. A. pentapolis epidica, subsp. = A epidica, Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent., 17, p. 18, pl. 3, f. 27 (1893) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p 111 (1898). German E, Arrica (Pangani, Usambara, Ukami Mt.). A, pentapolis pentapolis. Pl. VI, f. 1. (larva). ¢. Expanse 60-76 mm. ‘Wings semitransparent, due to ab- sence of scales. F.-w. costa, apex, and hind margin powdered with brownish. Several ill-defined dusky marks varying much in intensity but usually consisting of the following. A broad irregular mark in cell over origin of 2, a blackish mark on discocellulars, a series of rudimentary marks beyond cell in the form of an oblique discal band of spotsin 6, 5, 4, and 3, a mark at base of area 2 and beneath it running downwards and outwards a mark in 1b. In the same area a short indistinct longitudinal streak at base, H.-w. with a dusky powdering round hind margin, and more or less evident darker internervular rays showing their greatest development in 2, lc, and 1b. Lower half of cell, base of 3, basal half of 2, and the greater part of 1c, 1b, and la covered with seales which vary in colour from pale lemon-ochreous to brick red. In some cases this patch is very fully developed and of definite outline, whilst in others it is merely indicated. Numerous black spots corresponding to those on underside but varying much in size and number. — eee African Species of the Genus Acraea. 47 Underside. F.-w. almost devoid of scales. H.-w. as above but the yellow or red patch paler and less developed. Black spots very variable in number. In the case of maximum development the following may be observed. A spot in 9, a sub- basal and a central (very small) in 7, one at extreme base of 5, and a double spot at base of 4, two in cell before middle, three or four discal spots progressively larger in size, in 6, 5, 4, and 3, a large spot at base of 2 followed by a spot in le and 1b, these three nearly in a straight line, but that in 1c slightly nearer base. A basal and a subbasal in 1c, ditto in 1b, and a basal and two other spots in la, Head black with a few whitish dots and two tufts on collar, thorax black with whitish marks, abdomen black above with whitish segmental lines and lateral spots. Claws unequal. Q like the ¢ and presenting the same variations of pattern. In some examples of this species there is a faint reddish or yellowish flush in the fi-w. especially along the main nervures. Long series have lately been bred by Mr. Lam- born near Lagos, and presented by him to the Oxford Museum. It is clear from these examples that Oberthiir’s thelestis cannot be distinguished from pentapolis even as a form. From that author's description the principal dis- tinction between thelestis and pentapolis is the presence in the former of a tawny rather than yellowish patch in h.-w. In the series before me every gradation of colour may be observed, from a mere whitish appearance to a definite brick-red patch. A. pentapolis epidica, subsp. This is the extreme eastern form of the species and differs in the following respects. It is generally much larger, having an expanse of 80-90 mm. The blackish markings in f.-w. are much darker and more definite. In the h.-w. the basal spots are large and confluent, forming a conspicuous basal black mark. The patch of pale scales is lemon-ochreous and well developed, and there are usually a few tawny scales on the hind margin on underside. The larvae of the specimens received from Lagos may be described. as follows :-— Upper half dark umber brown with a few irregular dark markings on the upper part of each segment, and a whitish lateral mark on segments 4-12. Head reddish brown with a white, ventrally bifurcated, white line. Legs yellow at base, 48 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the extremities black. Pro-legs yellow. Spines all black. The dorsal pair on segment 2 longer than the rest and somewhat curved. Pupa whitish with black lines representing nervures, antennae, legs, etc. A ventral, two lateral, and two dorsal rows of seg- mental black marks, each with a yellowish centre. From the inner or dorsal side of each of these centres in the two dorsal rows of spots, there arises a short blunt black process or spine. The general appearance of the pupa is as variable as that of the imago, sometimes the white and sometimes the black predominating. A dipterous parasite emerged from one of the pupae. . ACRAEA VESPERALIS. Pl. XIV, f. 3. Acraea vesperalis, Gr. Smith, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 466 (1890) ; Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot., 19 (Acrueu), p. 7, pl. 3, f. 1, 2 (1892) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 112 (1898) ; Griinberg, Sitzb. Ges. Nat. Fr., p. 150 (1910). (2 pentapolis.) S. Leone; Conco (Zongo, Mokoanga, Zambuiya to Albert Nyanza, Kassai R., Usongoda) ; UGANDA (Sesse I.). (?) A, vesperalis catori, subsp. Bethune-Baker, Ann. Nat. Hist., 14, p. 223 (1904); Dudgeon (vesperalis), Proc, Ent. Soc., p. liv (1909). S. Leone (Mano-Ronietta). A, vesperalis vesperalis. ¢. Expanse 70-76 mm. F.-w. slightly brownish at base. Costa dusky brown passing into sepia at apex. From end of cell to apex, the whole of area 3, and the marginal part of areas 2, 1b, and la, sepia. A discal band of elongated transparent spots in 6, 5, and 4, and a trace of a transparent mark in 3. Cell, greater part of 2, nearly the whole of 1b, and la, transparent and devoid of scales. An irregular sepia patch in cell above origin of 2, Beginning at base of area 2 and ending at hind angle a sepia band about 2 mm. wide. H.-w. black at base and having a hind marginal border of sepia brown about 4-5 mm. wide, its inner edge interrupted by the extension of the brown along the nervules and internervular rays. The remainder of the wing brownish ochreous of some- what variable depth. Indications of the black spots of the underside are visible in the discal area. Underside. F.-w. resembles upperside but the apical and hind marginal areas dusted with chestnut brown. H.-w. chestnut brown, of a rather richer tint towards base and inner margin Nervules and internervular rays well marked, brownish black, —_—s— Te ce) African Species of the Genus Acraea. 49) Black spots very variable. When attaining maximum develop- ment, usually as follows, One in 9, one in 8, two (small) in 7, the outermost just beyond origin of 7. Three just beyond cell in 5. 4, and 3. One at base of 5, and 4 on discocellulars, two in cell before the middle, one at base of 2 followed by one in le and 1), all three in a straight line. A basal and a subbasal in le, a sub- basal in 1b, and two spots near middle of la. Some irregular black at base of nervures. Head and thorax black with a few pale dots. Abdomen black above, with pale segmental lines and lateral spots. Claws unequal. ? resembles the ¢. A, vesperalis catori, subsp. Differs from typical vesperalis in having the ground colour of h.-w. pale instead of brownish-ochreous. A. vesperalis is so nearly allied to pentapolis that but for the fact that the h.-w. patterns are so consistently dif- ferent, and also that both species occur in the same place without intermediates, I should have regarded them as two forms of the same species. ‘The male armatures are in this case somewhat unsatisfactory guides though they do seem to show slight differences. Such differences are, however, much less than would appear from the figures on Plate XIV. GROUP III. 6. Acraka I@aTi. Pl, VII, f. 12. Acreea igati, Boisduval, Faune Mad.,* p. 29, pl. 4, f. 3, pl. 5, f. 3 (1833); Staudinger, Exot. Schmett, 1, p. 83, pl. 33 (1885) ; Mabille, Hist. Nat. Mad. Lep., p. 82, 89, pl. 10, f. 1, 2 (1885-7) ; Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent., 13, p. 13, pl. 4, f. 22 (1890) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 85 (1898). MapaGascar (Ambinanindrano). ¢. Expanseabout 60mm. Wings transparent, the transparency being caused by reduction in number and size of the scales. F.-w. slightly smoky towards costa and apex and with an orange brown basal suffusion extending to about the middle of the wing. H.-w. with about the same amount of basal orange suffusion. Some irregular black spotting at base, including a large well- rounded spot at base of area Ic, and an elongated narrow black spot at base of arealb. In area 6 and 7 and between end of cell and margin, two large confluent black spots, and two somewhat * The text is published separately. The plates are in the “Nouvelles Annales du Musée d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris.” TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PaRT I. (JULY) E 50 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the similar but more elongated spots in areas 2 and 3, In some examples there is a small spot in area 5. Thorax black, spotted with white beneath. Abdomen black with white lateral seg- mental spots. Claws unequal. Q. Expanse about 65 mm. ‘The spots on the h.-w. are similar to those in the g¢ but that in area 5 is often larger. The orange suffusion in the f.-w. is replaced by pale yellow and that in the h.-w. by white. In some examples the coloured areas are entirely replaced by white. Acraca wyatt is found only in Madagascar. Boisduval and Mabille describe it as frequenting wooded districts, and producing two broods, the first in April and May, the second in July and August. Boisduval states that it is found on Ste. Marie I. and on the mainland. He appears to have confused the sexes, describing the orange suffused form as the female. His figure is that of the male. The male armature is peculiar, as will be seen from a reference to the figure in Plate VII. The velum is much larger than in A. danvii and both uncus and claspers are more highly developed. The entire structure resembles that of the Australasian A. andromache. 7. AcRaga Damir. Pl. VII, ff. 11a, b, c. Acraea damii, Vollenhoven, Pollen and Van Dam, Faune Mad., 5, Ins., p. 12, pl. 2, f. 4 (1869); Mabille, Hist. Nat. Mad. Lep., 1, p. 83, 88, pl. 10, f. 3, 4 (1885-7); Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent., 13, p. 12, pl. 3, f. 11-16 (1890); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 85 (1898). = percussa, Keferstein, Jahrb. Akad, Erfurt (2), 6, p. 13, pl. 1, #1524870): = masonala, Ward, Ent. Mo. Mag., ix, p. 3 (1872); Af. hep., p. 10, pl. 7, £15 (1874), Mayorra I.; Comoro I.; MADAGASCAR. A. damii cuva, subsp. Gr. Smith (4. cwva), Ann. Nat. Hist. (6), 3, p. 126 (1889) ; Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot. (Acraea), p. 2, pl. 1, f. 5 (1889); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 86 (1898); Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot., 3 (Acraea), p. 24, pl. 7, £. 4 (1901). British E. Arrica (Rabai, Zanzibar); GurmMan E. Arrica (Dar-es-Salaam) ; (2) KATANGA. f. nidama. Suffert, Iris., p. 19 (1904). Type from Dar-ns-Sanaam. (Liable to appear wherever cuva occurs.) African Species of the Genus Acraea. ou A, damit damii. ¢. Expanse 50-60 mm. Wings transparent owing to re- duction in number and size of scales. F.-w. slightly suffused from base to about middle with brick red. Nervures reddish brown. H.-w. more densely scaled with brick red from base to about midway between end of cell and margin. Five black spots at base more distinct on underside. One behind the precostal, 2 in area 1c, and one in la and 1b, respectively. One large rounded spot in area 7 near middle of costa, one rather larger and nearer margin in area 6, one very small spot below this, in area 5. Two large spots somewhat produced distally and placed in areas 2 and 3 respectively. Underside similar but spots smaller and more sharply outlined. H.-w. dusted with whitish scales. Thorax black, with a few pale spots above and below, abdomen black above and yellow beneath, with whitish lateral segmental spots. Claws unequal, 2 similarly marked but wanting the brick red suffusion, this being replaced by a dusting of white scales. Expanse 65-75 mm. Acraea damit is a very variable insect. The above description is taken from an average pair in the Oxford collection. M. Oberthir (/.c.) figures one $ and five ? 9. The # example has an elongate spot in the h.-w. cell; in the 22 the number of discal spots varies from four to eight, and in some cases the spots are different in opposite wings of the same individual. The author further points out that in two examples the neuration is abnormal, and occasionally the two § 2 have the reddish colouring of the ‘fg. In one f example in the National collection the brick red suffusion extends completely over both wings, whilst the hw. spots are reduced in number to three. M. Oberthiir states that the type of Ward’s masonala is in his collection and that there is no doubt that it is an example of damit. Keferstein’s figures (/.c.) are of J and 9 examples taken in Madagascar by Herr Tolin in 1862. The gf comes nearest to Oberthur’s fig. 11, and the ? to fig. 16. The species is probably extremely distasteful. It is described as settling on certain trees in large numbers, when it can easily be picked off with the fingers. It occurs in Mayotta, Comoro, and Madagascar, examples from the latter region being usually smaller than those from Comoro. The # armature is quite distinctive, especially in the BE 2 52 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the possession of two small horn-like processes on the margin of the velum, or ventral abdominal plate. Acraea damii cura, subsp. ¢. Expanse 50-60 mm. Resembles damii but the red suffusion is usually of greater extent, sometimes extending nearly to the margin in the f.-w. In the h.-w. it is often rather sharply defined leaving a transparent margin of moderate width, The black spots on the h.-w. are more sharply outlined than in damit damti, but exhibit as in the latter considerable variation in size and number, Grose-Smith’s type, which is described in the text and on the plate asa 9, appears in fact tobea ¢. It has eight black spots on the h.-w. An example before me from the Tring collection has five spots (= nidama, Suff.), whilst others have rather conspicuous basal spots, notably a large rounded one in area le, ?. Resembles ¢, but is rather larger and has the red replaced by creamy yellow. The black spots are larger, and the base of the h.-w. is much suffused with black. An example before me has a small black spot in the h.-w. cell near the base, and in one wing another spot near the end of cell. Occasionally the 9 is red like the ¢. I have followed Aurivillius in regarding cuva as a form of danvii, though in view of its geographical distribution it must be considered a subspecies of the Madagascar form. It occurs only on the mainland and Zanzibar. There are fifteen examples in the National collection, five of which are @ and the localities given are, Zanzibar, Dar-es- Salaam, and Rabai. The type was received from Mombasa, and there are examples in the Tring collection labelled “ Katanga, Tanganyika,” and though the exact meaning of the locality is rather vague, 1t would appear that the species has a considerable westward range. I have dissected out the genitalia of one of these examples and find no difference from those of dami taken in Madagascar. 8. ACRAEA KRAKA. PI. VII, f. 15. Acraea kraka, Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr., 14, p. 272, pl. 6, f. 3 (1893) ; Rhop. Aeth., p. 86 (1898). CAMEROON (Bibundi, Bonge); FERNANDO Po. ¢. Expanse about 50 mm. Wings transparent. Transparency caused by the scales being reduced to fine hairs. F.-w. black at base and dusted with black for a short distance along the ~~ ee African Species of the Genus Acraea. 53 costa. Slightly darker suffusion at apex caused by a reappearance of scales which however are still very narrow and elongated. A reddish basal suffusion (probably bright red in fresh examples) extending to nearly half the length of the cell and distally to nearly the whole length of area la. A black spot in the cell about the middle, and two spots in area 1b, one near the base and one about the middle. H.-w. black at base and with a basal reddish suffusion extending a little beyond the end of cell. Numerous black spots arranged as follows. Two in area 7, two in cell, and two in 1b, and 2, three in 1c, one in 3, 4, 5, and 6, and one near the base in la. The underside is similar but without the reddish suffusion which only shows through from the upperside. A fourth spot is visible in le at the base. Thorax black, abdomen black above and brown beneath, with brown lateral segmental spots. Claws unequal. Q. Expanse about 62 mm. According to Aurivillius’ figure (l.c.) there is a small additional spot in area 2 in the f.-w. The basal suffusion is described as ochreous. The three 2 2 from which Aurivillius described the type were taken in May and July (1891) at Bibundi and Eonge in N.W. Cameroon, and are in the Stockholm Museum. There are six ~ examples in the National collection taken at Fernando Po, and a few specimens in the Tring collection. The above are the only examples known to me. The female genital armature is sufficiently distinct in form though showing a fairly close resemblance to that of A. cerasa. The transparency of the wings in this latter species is however produced in a different manner. Aurivillius regards kraka as a near ally of quirina, and in support of this it may be noted that in both species the transparency is caused in the same manner, though on the other hand the structure of the respective male armatures is very different. 9. AcRAEA EuGENIA, PI. IV, f. 13 (9). Acraea eugenia, Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit., 38, p. 196 (1893) Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 86 (1898). ToGOLAND (Bismarckburg) ; ANGoua (Canhoca). d. Expanse about 49 mm. Wings translucent and well rounded. F.-w. with yellow nervures and nervules and very sparsely dusted with sepia, and a few yellowish white scales. 54 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the These are of the normal size and the transparency is due to a reduction in their number. H.-w. with an ill-defined basal area of whitish or light yellowish scales shaded into a dusky marginal border. Black spots as on underside. Underside, f.-w. almost devoid of scales, H.-w. as above but with fewer scales. Black spots as follows. Four spots graduated in size in 7, 6, 5, and 4 lying beyond cell and parallel to apical margin. A larger spot at base of 3, and of 2. Beneath the latter a spot in le followed by a smaller spot in 1b rather further from margin. A subbasal in 7, two in cell, the second over origin of nervule 2, a large subbasal in le, and beneath it a small spot in 1b, and a subbasal in la. A little irregular black at base. Head black with two white dots between the eyes and two yellowish tufts on collar. Thorax black with a few pale marks, Abdomen black above with white lateral spots. Claws unequal. resembles ¢ but larger (about 54-60 mm.). One @ in the Berlin Museum has the spot in area 5 of h.-w. almost obsolete. The only example I have seen besides those in the Berlin Museum is a single ? in the Tring collection. The species appears to be rare, and [| have had no opportunity of making a preparation of the f armature. The @ plate is of peculiar structure and the orifice of the bursa copulatriz appears to be somewhat eccentric, as in A. horta. 10. AcrArs cerasa. Pl, VII, fat BeEsVik i Acraea cerasa, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. (Acraea), pl. 2, f. 10 (1861); Trimen, 8S. Af. Butt., 1, p. 139 (1887); Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot., 21 (Acraea), p. 11, pl. 4, f. 1 (non f. 2), (1892); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 86 (1898). Navan; GERMAN E. Arrica; British E. Arrica (Nairobi, Kikuyu, Machakos). ¢d. Expanse 37-52 mm. F.-w. semitransparent, due to reduction of scales to hairs; black scaling at base and for a short distance along inner margin. Costa and hind margin dusted with brownish black scales. A brick red basal suffusion extending to end of cell and downwards and outwards nearly to hind angle, A variable number of black spots, usually one a little beyond middle of cell and one at extremity of cell on discocellulars. Sometimes a small spot near base below median, and rarely two on edge of red area, one on each side of nervure 2. H.-w. brick red, thinly scaled, and more trans- parent towards margin. A variable number of spots arranged, when all present, as follows. A submarginal row of six or —— African Species of the Genus Acraea, 55 seven parallel to hind margin and becoming very minute towards apex. A discal row of seven, the first in 1b and in a straight line with the next two which are much larger, the fourth in area 3 and somewhat variable in position, the next three in areas 4, 5, and 6, the middle one more distally placed. Two spots in area 7, two in cell, and one basal spot in la, 1b, and le. Some of these spots, especially the submarginal,row, may be absent. Underside devoid of scales but spots in h.-w. smaller and blacker. Thorax and abdomen black above and paler below, with yellowish lateral spots. Claws unequal. @. Usually resembles ¢ but is somewhat larger and has the red areas paler and duller, One example from Nairobi has all the red replaced by pale ochreous. The larva and pupa are fully described by Trimen (J. ¢.). From this description the following is taken. Larva, livid purplish above, with a dull greenish dorsal streak edged by a series of small white marks, followed by a second lateral series of similar marks at edge of purplish area. Below this, olive greenish, underside pale green. Head black, striped with white. The usual dorsal and lateral spines. Pupa, orange yellow, with bright orange black-ringed spots, neuration of wings and a dorsal stripe, black. A. cerasa is very variable in the number and size of the black spots. The submarginal spots in h.-w. are often entirely absent, whilst many of the others may be absent or very small. ii. Acrawa cenrra. Pl. TV, f-9°¢¢ ). Acraea cerita, E. M. B. Sharpe, Ann. Nat. Hist., 7, xviii. p. 75 (1906). Toro REGION. ¢. Expanse 46 mm. F.-w. basal half brick red, extending not quite toend of cell, projecting into the basal part of area 2, and occupying about half of areas 1b and la. This red area is sharply defined and is enclosed outwardly by a dusting of black scales forming a transverse bar right across the wing from costa to inner margin which it meets just before inner angle. Costa and apex also dusted with blackish. Outer half of wing transparent and very iridescent, the scales reduced to fine hairs. The hind margin very slightly darker. In the cell a small black spot over origin of nervule2. In area 1b a small spot lying in the line be- tween the cell spot and the hindangle. In the same area another 56 Mr. H. Eltringhain’s Monograph of the spot midway between base and nervule 2. H.-w. brick red with a very little blackish at base and a narrow grey-black hind marginal border. A few black spots as on underside. Underside. Both wings almost scaleless. H.-w. spots as follows. Two in 7, the second just beyond origin of nervule 7. Two in cell on one wing and one on the other, the second spot just before origin of nervule 2. In areas 3, 2, le, and 1b a row of discal spots lying almost in a horizontal line and beyond these in 3, 2, and le traces of submarginal dots are visible with a lens. A subbasal spot in lc, 1b, and la, that in 1b more distally placed than the others. Head and thorax black with a few pale dots, abdomen black above with yellowish white lateral dots. Claws unequal. The foregoing description and the figure on Plate IV are from the type now in Mr. J. J. Joicey’s collection. This example is the only one I have seen and_ bears the label Entebbe 1906, though I have reason to suppose it was taken in the Toro region. I strongly suspect it to be a form or aberration of A. cerasa. I have not seen an ex- ample of the latter from Entebbe, although I have handled many thousands of specimens from that locality. The specimen of A. cerita remains unique and until further material becomes available I must allow it to stand as a species. 12, AcRAEA UnIMacuULaTA. PI, VII, f. 16. Acraea unimaculata, Gr. Smith, Novit. Zool., v. p. 350 (1898) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth. (= humilis), p. 86, 1898 ; Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot. (Acraea), vi. pl. 6, f. 1, 2, 3 (1901). British E. Arrica (15 m. N. of Kisumu, Kabras, Nandi). ¢. Expanse about 50 mm. F.-w. transparent owing to reduc- tion of scales to hairs. Costal margin and apex slightly dusted with black scales. Basal area dull red (probably brighter in life) extending nearly to end of cell, just beyond origin of first median, and nearly to hind angle. Base slightly dusted with black. H.-w. of the same red as f.-w. A semitransparent margin, slightly dusted with black scales, nearly § in. wide at apex and tapering to nothing at inner angle. Base blackish. Underside devoid of scales and vitreous. Two black spots in cell, one in le and two or three basal spots at junction of wing and thorax. All except the inner cell spot may be absent. Thorax and abdomen black above, paler beneath, with yellowish lateral segmental spots. Claws unequal. —— —— ee African Species of the Genus Acraea. 57 2. Expanse 56 mm. Resembles ¢ but red areas paler and duller and less well defined outwardly. Spots of h.-w. underside may be entirely absent. The types which are in the Tring collection were taken at Kabras in British E. Africa. Co-types from Rau, Nandi country. In his catalogue of the African Rhopalocera Prof. Aurivillius placed this species as a synonym of 4. humilis, not having then seen either insect. Its nearest allies are A. cerasa,and A. kraka. he similarity between the male armature and that of the latter species entitles waimaculata to be regarded as the eastern representative of kraka, though at the same time the differences are sufficient to give the two forms specific rank. Until recently the only example known to me besides those in the Tring Museum was a ? in the Oxford collection, taken by Dr. Wiggins on the Uganda Ry. 15 m. N. of Kisumu. Latterly, however, the species has been taken in some numbers by Neave in British E. Africa, on the Yala R., N. Kavirondo. iS, eACRAHAN IT URINAS PIP WE tf 3. Acraea itwrina, Gr. Smith, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 465 (1890); Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot., 21 (Acraea), p. 12, pl. 4, f. 3, 4 (1892) ; Grinberg, Sitzb. Ges. Nat. Fr., p. 148 (1910). S. CamMERoon ; BetGtan Conco (near Ft. Beni); UGanpa (Sesse I, Albert to Victoria Nyanza), A. iturina kakana, subsp. Eltringham, Novit. Zool., xviii. p. 150 (1911). AByssINIA (Adie Kaka, Kaffa). A. iturina iturina, dg. Expanse about 50 mm. F.-w. rather transparent clouded with smoky brown along costa and hind margin. This cloud- ing varies in intensity in different examples. Transparency caused by narrowing of the scales. The basal area having a brownish red suffusion (probably bright red in fresh specimens) extending nearly to end of cell and two-thirds of length of inner margin. A large black spot in the cell somewhat beyond the middle, and varying considerably in intensity. (One example before me has a minute black spot in area 2, near the cell, and a black powdering on the discocellulars.) A small black linear spot at base of area 1b. H.-w. red with semitransparent smoky brown margin con- siderably widened near apex. Base black. Two black spots in area 7 rather close together. A discal row of seven spots, the first four usually smaller than the rest and the fourth nearer the 58 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the margin. Two spots in the cell, that nearer the base often very small. One basal spot in la, 1b, and 1c, the second of these sometimes confluent with the last discal spot. Nervures 6 and 7 arise from a common stalk. Underside vitreous and without coloured scales, the h.-w. spots repeated. Thorax and abdomen black above, pale below, and with lateral pale spots. Claws unequal. ?. The only 9 I have seen resembles the ¢ and is of the same size, but the wings are more transparent and the spot in f.-w. cell is almost divided longitudinally. A. tturina kakana, subsp.* Pl. IV, f. 14 (2). ¢. F.-w. base and costa blackish. Apical half semitrans- parent, basal half including cell, dull orange red ; apex, hind margin, and distal edge of red area rather more thickly scaled with black than the remainder. he transparency is caused by reduction in width of the scales. The red colour extends slightly into area 3, about half the length of areas 1b, and 2, and nearly to hind angle in area la. H.-w. dull orange red ; a basal aggregation of confluent black spots ; a discal band of large confluent spots, the first in area 7 about the middle, the remainder le almost in a straight line across the wing, except that in area 3, which is more distally placed ; a blackish hind marginal border about 2 mm. wide at apex, becoming rather suddenly narrower at nervule 5, and tapering to anal angle. Underside resembles the upper, but is sparsely scaled, and the red areas are dull pink; the h.-w. basal spots are somewhat less confluent and can be resolved into a large subbasal spot in 7, two confluent subbasal spots in cell, one in Ic, 1b, and la; in the latter area also a minute dot beneath end of nervule Ja ; a little black at origin of main nervures. Head, thorax, and abdomen black, the latter with indistinct brownish lateral spots; tarsal claws asymmetrical. In f.-w, nervures 6 and 7 arise not from cell but from a common stalk about 1 mm. long as in itwrina. : This form differs from itwrina in the absence of the spot in f.-w. cell, the deeper colour and greater extent of the red areas, and the larger size of the spots. * Since the above was printed I have bad an opportunity of making a further careful comparison of the type with specimens of iturina, with the result that I incline to the belief that ctwrina kakano may ultimately prove to be a distinct species. Pending the acquisition of further material there seems, however, no objection to allowing it to retain the above position. African Species of the Genus Acraca. 59 The type of A. iturina, now in the Joicey collection, isa f. The locality in Grose-Smith’s original description is somewhat vaguely given as the “great forest of Central Africa.” Two g¢ ¢ in the Tring collection are labelled “2 days from Fort Beni,” and a third “15 days” from the same locality. A 2 in the Oxford collection was taken in 1905 in Uganda between Lakes Albert and Victoria Nyanza. The species may readily be distinguished from other some- what similar forms by the peculiarity of the h.-w. neuration. This feature is faithfully represented in the figure in Rhop. Exot. The claspers of the ~ armature have a peculiar toothed structure on the imner edge. Aurivillius (/. ¢.) suggests that iwrina may be a variety of cerasa. It 1s however quite a distinct species, as shown by the structure of the male armature and the complete reduction of the scales to hairs in the latter species. 4. AORAHA QuIRINA. PI, VII; £18. Pl XVI, f. 6. Acraea quirina, Fabricius (Pap.), Spec. Ins., 2, p. 36 (1781) ; Godart (A.), Enc. Méth., 9, p. 231 (1819) ; Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit., 38, p. 193 (1893); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 86 (1898) ; Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 923 (1900) ; Aurivillius, Ann. Mus. Genov., p. 19 (512), (1910). = dice, Drury (Pap), Il. Exot. Ins., 3, p. 23, pl. 18, f. 3, 4 (1782) ; Herbst, Naturs. Schmett, 5, p. 24, pl. 83, f. 3, 4 (1792). Trimen (A.), Rhop. Afr., Austr., p. 95 (1862). SENEGAL; 8S. LEoNE; Lagos; Lipertra ; ToGoLAND; GABOON ; Coneo (Mukenge, Kassai, Kwidgwi I.); GERMAN EK. AFRICA (Dar-es-Salaam) ; British E. Arrica (Kisumu). A, quirina rosa, subsp. nov. British E. Arrica (Kitui, Rabai). A, quirina quirina. d. 34-50 mm. F.-w. transparent, the transparency caused by the scales being reduced in width in the discal area and represented by hairs in the marginal area. Base powdered with black, and beneath the median a basal black streak extend- ing nearly to a point below the origin of nervure 2. (Drury describes the f.-w. as having a round black spot below this streak but I have not seen an example with any spots on the f.-w.) The h.-w. is rosy red dusted with black at the base and having a broad well-defined transparent margin. Upon the red area are numerous black spots usually better defined in the ? (for position of these spots see description of 9). The underside resembles the upper but there is a whitish basal suffusion in 60 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the the h.-w. Thorax and abdomen black above with lateral pale spots, and paler beneath. Claws unequal. 9. Expanse 37-53mm. Resembles the ¢, but the red of the h.-w. usually replaced by dull brown, though occasionally the 9 is almost as brightly coloured as the g. In brown 9 ? the underside of the h.-w. is whitish ochreous. The h.-w. black spots as follows. On the margin of the coloured area a row of seven internervular spots nearly parallel to the hind margin, those near costa sometimes obsolete. A discal row of eight inter- nervular spots, the first in area 7, the spot in area 2 much nearer base than the rest. Eight basal spots, one in area 8, one inarea 7, two in cell, two in area 1c, and one each in la, and 1b. A common and widely distributed species occurring from Sierra Leone to the Kikuyu Escarpment. A, quirina rosa, subsp. Distinguished from the typical form by the greater extent of the red suffusion in the f.-w., reaching to end of cell and nearly to hind angle. Eight ¢ examples in the Hope Depart- ment, from British KE. Africa (Kitui and Rabai). The male armature in qwirina and its subspecies is characterised by the modification of the uncus into two hooks as large as the claspers. The ventral abdominal plate is large and contains a dense mass of hairs, probably of a glandular nature, Speaking of A. quirina (or its subspecies), (Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 928, 1900) Butler quotes from the MS. of the col- lector Mr. R. Crawshay. “All these Acracinae were taken in the gloom of the forest, flitting about feebly, and settling on the bushes. Spherical yellow ova.” The locality was Ruarka R., Kikuyu, 5,500 ft. (April 1900). 15 Acraka Hova. PI. VII, f. 17. Acraea hova, Boisduval, Faune Mad., p. 29, pl. 4, f. 1, 2 (1833) ; Blanchard, Hist. Nat. Ins., 3, p. 438, pl 11), ia (1840) ; Lucas in Chenu, Ene. Hist. Nat., p. 3, f. 6, pl. 27, f.3 (18&2) ; Guendée, Vinson Voy. Annex., p. 35 (1864); Ward, Af, Lep., p. 10, pl. 7, f. 6 (1874) ; Mabille, Hist. Nat. Mad. Lep., 1, p. 94, pl. 9, f.1-3, pl. 9a, f. 6(1885-7) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 87 (1898). MaDAGASCAR. ¢. Expanse about 75 mm. F.-w. semitransparent, due to scales being reduced in number but not in size. Base and basal part of hind margin black. Costa and hind margin slightly dusted with blackish. Basal area to slightly beyond end of cell, and extending downwards to hind angle, suffused with brick red. | African Species of the Genus Acraea, 61 A large ovate black spot in cell slightly beyond middle, a sub- linear spot on l.d.c., sometimes extending to u.d.c, A discal row of two to three spots, (sometimes absent) beyond cell in 4, 5,and 6. A spot in 2 and another in 3 near cell, and a larger spot in 1b near middle. H.-w. brick red, blackish along costa and creamy at inner margin. Black spots arranged as follows. On margin, indistinet spots at end of nervules, a submarginal row of seven spots parallel to margin, the first in le. A discal row of eight, the first in 1b, very small, and those in 2 and 5 much larger than the rest, seven or eight spots at or near base five of which form a subbasal row, the first and second (in la and 1b) small or obsolete, the fourth in the cell, the fifth in 7. Underside of f.-w. devoid of scales. H.-w. thinly scaled with milky white, spots smaller than on upperside, many absent altogether. Thorax black, spotted with reddish yellow beneath. Abdomen black above, reddish or yellowish beneath and with white lateral segmental spots. Claws unequal. 2. Expanse 901m. Most examples resemble the ¢ but the red areas are paler and duller. Rarely the red is absent in f.-w. and replaced by creamy white in h.-w. Mabille figures (/.¢.) a curious aberration of the f in which the spots are coalescent, forming curved and zigzag lines. The figure in Chenu’s Encyc. of Nat. Hist. (un- coloured) apparently shows a very dark hind-winged aberration. Ward’s figure, a 9, is near Mabille’s fig. 3, but has two black spots beyond cell in f.-w. which are absent in Mabille’s figure. This very distinct species is one of the largest of the genus. itis described by ‘Mabille as comparatively rare, inhabiting wooded regions in Eastern Madagascar, and flying with rapidity in the glades. The structure of the df armature is quite distinctive. IGSsAGRARA, ROGHRSI*, “POST Vs £17. Acraea rogersi, Hewitson, Ent. Mo. Mag., x. p. 57 (1873) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 110 (1898). = ehmckei, Dewitz, Ent. Nachr., 15, p. 103, pl. 1, f. 6-8 (1889). S. LEonE; Gotp Coast; CAMEROON; ANGOLA ; ConGo (Kassai, Aruwimi, Bopoto, Stanley Pool). f. salambo. Gr. Smith, Ann. Nat. Hist. (5), 19, p. 62 (1887) ; Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot., 10 (Acraea), p. 5, pl. 2, f. 3, 4 (1889) ; Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit., 38, p. 194 (1893). Auriv- illius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 110 (1898). (Localities as above.) * The position of this species is difficult todecide. I am inclined to modify my original view and isolate it altogether. Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the A. rogersi lamborni, subsp. n. Laos. A, rogersi rogersi. g. Expanse 70-82 mm. F.-w. Sepia black, darker at base, costa, and in apical area. A red patch at hind angle occupying outer third of la, outer half of 1b (except just at margin), and extending slightly into 2. Large black spots as follows. One in cell above origin of 2, one on discocellulars occupying whole width of cell. Just beyond cell three subquadrate spots (the uppermost sometimes missing) divided by nervules 5 and 6, and beneath them a spot in 3. Beneath this and rather further from margin a large spot in 2, and in same area a second spot nearer margin. In 1b, a submarginal, a central, and a subbasal spot. H.-w. Base dark sepia, obscuring a mass of large black spots which correspond to those beneath. Beyond this a broad red band on which at inner edge are sume spots lying beyond the basal black. On outer edge of the red area are eight round inter- nervular black spots. In Some examples only those in 3, 2, and lc are present, in others each is produced outwardly into a broad black internervular mark. A dark sepia hind marginal band of variable width, its inner edge rather suffused. Underside f.-w. Dull ochreous sepia, with spots as above. Reddish at hind angle. Between the discocellular spot and the discal spots, and also beyond the latter, whitish. H.-w. Base as far as the inner edge of discal band dull red. Discal band greyish in 7 and 1b, remainder pale brown dusted with greyish, and with an outer row of spots as above but smaller. Margin dark sepia brown. The red basal area has the following black spots. One in 8 against precostal, two in 7, one in 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, two in cell before the middle, one on discocellulars, two in 1c, 1b, and la; those in 1b further from base than those in le and la. Some black at base of nervures. Head black with a few white marks, thorax black, abdomen black above at base, with ochre yellow lateral spots, remainder ochre yellow. Claws unequal. Q. Upperside resembles ¢ but the red is much fainter amounting usually toa mere tinge of colour. On the underside the h.-w. ground-colour is dusky ochreous with very little indication of hind marginal black. Some of the spots of outer row may be absent. f. salambo. ¢. Like the typical form but without the red, though the basal part of f.-w. and the discal area of h.-w. have a rather African Species of the Genus Acraea. 65 warm brown tinge. Underside pale sepia ochreous somewhat dark on f.-w. apex, and h.-w. base and margin. ©. Like the ¢. A: rogersi lamborni, subsp. n. Pl. VI, f. 2 (larva), f. 16 (pupa). Long series of this form have lately been bred by Mr. W. A. Lamborn near Lagos and presented by him to the Oxford Museum. The ¢ has the f.-w. sooty black, rather paler in the central area. H.-w. base and marginal border sooty black with a broad discal band of dusky cream colour. The spot near base of 3 usually absent. Underside f.-w. apical area to end of nervule 2 sepia grey with darker internervular rays, remainder pale greenish erey. H.-w. pale creamy grey with a yellowish tinge, and a faint pinkish tint at base of 1c, 1b, and la. Head and thorax black with some whitish spots. Abdomen, basal half black with whitish segmental lines and lateral spots, remainder pale creamy grey. @ resembles the g. The larva of A. rogersi lamborni is dark brown somewhat blacker on the dorsal area, with a few irregular rather paler dorsal transverse markings, and has the usual spines which are all black and arise from black-brown tubercles. The base of the legs and prolegs is yellowish, remainder black. Head black with a white central line bifurcated ventrally, and a posterior white line where it joins segment 2. The pupa differs from other Acraea pupae which I have examined. It is light brown in colour, and the usual black lines are wanting, except those outlining the antennae, and a trace of some of the nervular lines. There are two dorsal and two lateral rows of small black markings consisting of minute dots and short fine transverse streaks, and a ventral row of dots and streaks, the latter longitudinal. On the head are two short, blunt, widely separated, outwardly curved processes giving the pupa a “horned” appearance. ‘There are very slightly raised dorsal abdominal tubercles visible only with a lens. The species is not uncommon and is easily distinguished from other Acraeas by the large round black spots in h.-w. There is one % example in the Staudinger collection labelled German E. Africa, but the occurrence of the species in that region is extremely doubtful. 64 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the 17. ACRAEA RANAVALONA. < Pl. VII, f. 7. . Pl. XVI, f. 2. Acraea ranavalona, Boisduval, Faune Mad., p. 30, pl. 6, f. 3, 4, 5 (1833) ; Geyer, Hiibner Zutr., 5, p. 31, f. 925, 926 (1837); Blanchard, Hist. Nat. Ins., 3, p. 438 (1840); Staudinger, Exot. Schmett, 1, p. 83 (1885); Mabille, Hist. Nat. Mad. ep., 1, p:, 92: pli s9) fs 14.:5, pl. 9a, 1. .b (vane) (1885-7); Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent., 13, p. 11, pl. 5, f. 25-30 (1890); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 87, 88 (1898) ; Aurivillius, Voeltzkow Exp., p. 315 (1909). = manandaza (part), Ward, Ent. Mo. Mag., ix: p. 147 (1872). f. maransetra, Ward, Ent. Mo. Mag., ix. p. 2 (1872). Q f. manandaza, Ward, Af. Lep., p. 9, pl. 7, f. 1, 2 (1874) ; Ober- thiir, Etud. d’Ent., 13, p. 11, pl. 5, f. 28-24 (near) (1890) (nec Mabille lL. c., pl. 9a, f. 5). Mapbacascar (Audranohinaly, Ste. Marie, N. Mahafaly, and generally) ; Comoro I. A. ranavalona ranavalona. g. Expanse 40-50 mm. F.-w. nearly transparent owing to reduction in width of scales. These modified scales are rarely bifid and are attached to the wing in a partially upright position. A bright basal red suffusion bounded by a hne drawn from costa about half way along the cell to a point just short of the hind angle. A slight dusting of black scales along costa and in apical region. Base slightly black. H.-w. bright rose-red with a very narrow semitransparent dusky margin ending at 1b and bearing five or six spots in areas 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 (7) ; the outer half of these spots is red and the inner half black, the black portion lying mainly on the red discal ground colour. In area le a somewhat smaller black spot in the red ground colour. A discal and basal series of black spots, placed as follows ;—five discal spots beyond cell in 7, 6, 5, 4,and 3 respectively, and 1oughly parallel to hind margin, followed by three, more basally placed, in 2, le, and 1b. In addition to these, two in cell, one in 8 and 9, one in 7, two in le, one in 1b, and two in la. Underside resembles upper but f.-w. is devoid of scales, and h.-w. discal area is pinkish, due to white scales on the background of the red of the upperside. Thorax black with faint reddish lateral, and pale yellowish ventral spots. Abdomen shading into reddish, with red lateral spots and pale yellowish beneath. Claws un- equal. The spots in the ¢ h.-w. are somewhat variable, es- pecially those of the discal and basal area, these being more or less confluent in most examples but fairly well separated in others. African Species of the Genus Acraca. 65 @. Expanse 40-50 mm. (very variable). F.-w. like that of ¢d but red suffusion replaced by yellowish. H.-w. usually powdered with white scales, having the dusky marginal border bearing half black and half red spots as in ¢@, though the border extends a little further towards the inner margin and has a well-developed black and red spot in area le. The discal black spots are well separated leaving an extra dot at base’ of nervure 5 (this dot is occasionally recognisable in ¢ examples). The basal spots and those of the cell are in various degrees of obsolescence, some of those nearest the base being altogether wanting. From this normal appearance of the 2 a long series shows practically every degree of red suffusion to a form which has as much red as the ¢. Ward’s mananduza is a 2 presenting the minimum amount of red. A, ranavalona f. maransetra. In this form the basal and discal spots are confluent. It would appear to be if anything commoner than the typical form. Boisduval describes the species as generally found in the forest in Ste. Marie and on the mainland of Madagas- ear in April and May, reappearing in July and August. Fond of settling on grasses, Mabille states that it is common all over Madagascar, flying during a large part of the year in woods and cultivated places, and having several broods. The male armature is of. very peculiar form and re- sembles that of no other Acraca except its near ally machequena. It is a matter of some difficulty to unravel the confusion which has arisen in the synonymy of this species, owing to Ward’s description of his Acraca manandaza. Boisduval’s original description of the 2 states that the base and ner- vules of the f-w. are rufous and the h.-w. white or very rarely flushed with a reddish tinge. Ward received two alleged pairs of the species, stated to have been taken 7 coitu. Of the first pair both # and 2 were of the red type of coloration and this red @ is now known to be a some- what rare variety, a figure of which will be found on Plate Ya, m Mabille’s volume (Hist. Nat. Mad.). To this pair Ward assigned the original name ranavalona. His second “pair” (subsequently proved to be two $ 2) he describes as having the “f-w. transparent suffused with carmine,” TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PARTI. (JULY) F 66 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the “hind-wing powdered with white, the outer margin bordered with carmine,” “ ? colour and markings the same as f.” These he regarded as a different species and gave them the name manandaza. Unfortunately his figures do not agree with his descriptions, but M. Oberthiir (who possesses the types) states that one of them (the supposed 2 of the “ pair”) is a large example rather less accentuated in coloration than fig. 23 of his Plate V, whilst the “ ?” is an ordinary though small 9. Now Oberthiir’s fig. 23 has an extremely faint pink tinge at base of f.-w. and a slight pink suffusion in h.-w. and therefore the true “ manandaza” of Ward is a very faintly pink-tinged 2 of ranavalona. 18. ACRAEA MACHEQUENA. PI. VII, f. 8. Acraea machequena, Gr. Smith, Ann. Nat. Hist. (5), 9, p. 62 (1887); Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot., 9 (Acraea,) p. 2, pl. 1, f. 3, 4 (1889); Trimen, S. Af. Butt., 3, p. 377 (1889) ; Monteiro, Del. Bay, Frontispiece, f. 9 (1891); Auri- villius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 88 (1898). PortuacuEseE E. Arrica (Delagoa Bay); RHoprEsta (Chi- rinda) ; NyassALAND (Mlanji Boma). ¢. Expanse about 50 mm. F’.-w. semitransparent owing to reduction in width of scales, these are set in a partially upright position, and rarely bifid. Costa, apex, and sometimes discal area more or less faintly powdered with scales. Basal suffusion of dull or bright red extending from the costa at end of cell to the hind angle. Base black. H.-w. dull red or reddish ochreous, never so bright as in ranavalona, with a very narrow marginal border of blackish, much more heavily scaled than in ranavalona. Six internervular marginal spots half black and half red, the red portion lying on the black border and some- times very indistinct, the black portion projecting into the discal ground colour. Black discal and basal spots arranged as in ranavalona but well separated, that at base of nervure 5 being usually quite distinct. The basal spot in area 7 of h.-w. often absent. A marked black basal suffusion not present in ranavalona. The underside of h.-w. resembles the upper, but is very thickly sealed. Thorax and abdomen blacker than in ranavalona. Abdomen with yellowish lateral spots. Claws unequal. Q. Expanse 50-60 mm. _ F.-w. either almost transparent, or with a brownish basal suffusion corresponding in area to the red of the g. H.-w. varying from semitransparent white (the normal form) to pale reddish, a shght black basal suffusion (not African Species of the Genus Acraea. 67 present in ranavalona). Spots as in ¢ but smaller. Discal spot in area 7 sometimes absent. Underside as upper but almost devoid of scales except at the spots. Lateral abdominal spots white. In distinguishing between machequena and its near ally ranavalona, Trimen states (/. c.) that in both sexes of the former the basal spot in area 7 is absent, and that in the ? the discal spot in the same area is also wanting. I find however that these characteristics are variable. One ¢ now before me has the basal spot well defined, whilst one 2 has the discal spot. Some 2 ? of ranavalona have both, though the basal spot seems to be always wanting in machequena. Perhaps the most constant features by which machequena may be distinguished from raxavalona are the greater extent of red or brown suffusion in the f.-w., the black basal suffusion in h.-w., the duller red of the h.-w. in the f and of the hind marginal spots in both sexes. The male armature is very like that of ranavalona but the claw-like claspers are slightly stouter, and the penis- sheath shorter. 19. AcRAEA LIA. Pl. VII,.f. 10. Acraea lia, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Philom. (7), 3, p. 132 (1879) ; Hist... Nat. Mad. Lep., I, p. 9%, pl., 9a, f& §..8a (1885-7) ; Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot., 29 (Acraea), p. 15, pl. 5, f. 1-38 (1894) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 88 (1898). S. W. Mapacascar (Andranohinaly, Morondava), 6. Expanse 30-40 mm. F.-w. transparent owing to reduc- tion in width of scales which are very rarely bifid. Costa, apex, and hind margin dusted with blackish. A basal red flush to a little beyond middle of cell, not extending into area 2, but slanting outwards from origin of 2 nearly to hind angle. H.-w. red with a narrow brownish marginal border, the dark colour extending slightly along each nervule. Black spots, more or less confluent, as follows :—A discal series of eight, the first large, in area 7, the second much smaller, in 6, and the next three gradually increasing in size, the fifth being as large as the first. These five are parallel to the hind margin. The sixth much nearer base, the seventh and eighth nearer margin. Two small spots on end of cell on discocellulars. Basal spots, one in area 8, one in 9, two in cell, two in le, one in 1b, and la. Underside f.-w. devoid of scales except in basal area which is nearly as red as on upperside. H.-w. ground colour pink, pez 68 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the narrow marginal border of black spots and whitish spots arranged on and between nervules respectively. Within this border a series of seven red internervular spots, that in le more or less doubled. Black spots as on upperside, and three conspicuous red spots, one near base in area 7, and two in le. A few red scales at other points notably in cell near end. Thorax and abdomen black above and brownish below with lateral brownish yellow spots. Claws unequal. Q. Expanse 40-46 mm. Resembles the ¢ but red colour may be replaced by tawny, h.-w. underside has the ground colour much whiter and the red submarginal spots duller and more elongate. The red colour would appear to vary consider- ably. Mabille’s figure, stated to be that of a 2, is nearly as red as an average ¢, Grose-Smith’s figure is much paler, whilst an example before me from the Tring collection is intermediate between these. The male armature is of a very simple character. A. lia would appear to be a rare species, and I have seen but few examples. Owing to its small size and the peculiar pattern of the h.-w. underside it is not difficult to distinguish from its nearest allies. ~ ACRAEBA OBEIRA. ‘Pl. VII, £9. PL XvVI. & 21. Acraea obeira, Hewitson, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 65 (1863) ; Ma- bille, Hist. Nat. Mad., 1, p. 95, pl. 9a, f. 7, pl. 10, f. 5, 6 (1885-7) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 88 (1898). = piva, Guenée, Vinson Vog. Mad. Annexe, p. 34 (1864). = andromba, Gr. Smith, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6), 7, p. 124 (1891) ; Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot., 21 (Acraea), p. 13, pl. 4, f. 6-8 (1892); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 88 (1898). MADAGASCAR. A, obeira burni, subsp. Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6), 18, p. 467 (1896); Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 841, pl. 50, f. 3 (1898); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 88 (1898). Nata. A, obeira obeira. d. 50-56 mm. F.-w. almost transparent, the scales very slightly reduced in width and never resembling hairs. Costa, apex and hind margin dusted with blackish. A rusty yellow basal suffusion reaching a little beyond middle of cell, just . beyond origin of nervure 2, and not quite to the hind angle. H.-w. with a basal suffusion of the same rusty yellow, its outer African Species of the Genus Aecraea. 69 limit in some cases nearly parallel to hind margin and extending a little beyond end of cell, in other cases almost reaching the margin at apex and anal angle, whitish on inner margin. Remainder of discal area transparent, A narrow dusky marginal border beset with internervular red spots. These vary in number from 3 or 4 to 7 and become less distinct towards the apex. That in area le may be doubled. Basal and discal black spots as follows. A discal row of eight, the first three (in 7, 6, and 5) lying parallel to margin, the fourth nearer to base, the fifth nearer to margin, and the sixth, seventh, and eighth nearer base and in a straight line which, if produced, would pass through tip of cell and apex. Two small spots, sometimes indistinet, on end of cell at origin of 6 and 5. Basal spots, two in cell close together, one in 7, one in le, 1b, and la, that in 1b more distally placed. One or two black spots against the thorax. These spots are often large and more or less confluent. A slight basal black suffusion (not always present). Underside f.-w. not sealed, h.-w. as on upperside but basal suffusion pale pinkish, creamy white along inner margin. Thorax black with yellowish lateral spots. Abdomen black above, paler beneath, with pale yellowish rings and lateral spots © Claws unequal. The size of the h.-w. spots is very variable. In some cases they are small and well separated, in others large and confluent. 9. Expanse 63 mm. The rusty yellow of the ¢ replaced by yellowish white. The h.-w. spots sometimes larger than in the d¢, the red marginal spots of the h.-w. ochreous and obsolescent. The examples figured by Mabille (/. c.) Plate 10 appear to be 2 9 and not ¢ ¢ as there indicated. Mabiile states (/. c.) that he has examined Guenée’s type and that the Acraea piva of that author is synonymous with A. obeira. Further I cannot separate Grose-Smith’s A. andromba. The distinguishing feature of this form is the possession of six rounded red marginal spots, instead of three or four elongate spots in obeira, but even a smail series of the latter species shows these spots to be extremely variable in number, shape, and depth of colour. A curious feature of Acraea obcira is the instability of structure in the origin of nervures 6 and 7 in the h.-w. These may arise independently, or from a common stalk at some distance from the cell. They may even be stalked in one wing and independent in the other in the same specimen. In 1891 (Trans. Ent. Soc. p. 172) Trimen described 70 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the two @ Acraeas from Natal and Zululand and referred them to this species. Also in 1894 (Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 23) a similar 2 from Manicaland. These examples have been subsequently found to be 29 of A. igola Trim., so that true obeirva would appear to be confined to Madagascar. Mabille describes the species as rare, and occurring in the east and north of Madagascar, Grose-Smith’s examples (andromba) were from the N.W. coast of that island. Examples in the Tring Museum are from Morondava, so that the species must be distributed practically over the whole island. A. obeira burni, subsp. ¢. Expanse 38-50 mm. _‘F.-w. semitransparent, scales being few in number and slightly reduced but never resembling hairs. Costa, apex, and hind margin dusted with brownish-black scales. A pale ochreous basal suffusion extending to end of cell, slightly into area 2, and thence diagonally to hind angle. A blackish longitudinal streak in cell, and a black powdering at end of cell on discocellulars. A black basal streak in 1b. Some- times a suggestion of submarginal yellowish spots, especially in 1b, and submarginal blackish spots in la and 2. H.-w., pale ochreous. A narrow blackish hind marginal border bearing seven reddish ochreous internervular spots, that in le doubled. Discal and basal black spots as follows :—A discal row of eight, the first three in 7, 6, and 5 nearly parallel to margin, the fourth in 4 nearer base, the fifth in 3 nearer margin, and the sixth, seventh, and eighth in 2, 1c, and 1b nearer base and in a straight line which, if produced, would pass through tip of cell and apex. Two spots, coalescent at end of cell on discocellulars, one sub- basal in 7, two in cell close together, one in Ic, 1b, and la, that in 1b more distally placed. One or two spots against the thorax. These spots are smaller than in oleira and not confluent. A slight basal black suffusion (not always present). Thorax black with yellowish lateral spots, Abdomen black above, paler beneath, with pale yellowish rings and lateral spots. Underside. F.-w. not scaled, h.-w. as on upperside but paler. Q. Expanse 55-65 mm. Much paler. H.-w. spots, especially those nearer, base smaller or obsolescent, hind marginal border paler and spots larger. After the most careful consideration I cannot give more | than subspecific rank to Butler’s Acraea burnt. The ground- colour of the wings and the size of the black spots is the African Species of the Genus Acraca. el only distinction between it and obeira. Even the peculiarity of the irregular structure in relation to nervules 6 and 7 is equally noticeable in both forms, and the male armatures are also similar. The subspecies burnt appears to be not uncommon on the Tugela River, Natal, from whence all the examples in the Oxford and National collections have been received. 21. AcRAHA MAHELA. Pl, VII,f.6. Pl. XVI, f. 3. Acraea mahela, Boisduval, Faune Mad., p. 31, pl. 6, f. 1 (1833) ; Mabille, Hist. Nat. Mad., Lep., 1, p. 90, pl. 11, f. 13 (1885-7) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 87 (1898). = A. madhela, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett, 1, p. 83 (1885). Mapacascar (Jahora, Andranohinaly, Menabe, Marovoai) JUAN DE Nova I.; ? MozaMBIQUE. d. Expanse about56mm. F.-w. Semitransparent owing to substitution of elongated bifid scales for the usual rounded form. A basal suffusion of pale or medium ochreous extending some distance beyond cell and a little beyond hind angle. A slight dusting of pale ochreous at the apex. Black spots as follows, one transverse spot in cell beyond middle, one irregular spot on discocellulars, a row of three in 4, 5, and 6, not quite half way between end of cell and apex, one small spot in 3 and 2 near the cell, and in 1b a somewhat larger spot usually rather nearer margin than base. Occasionally there is a second spot in 1b half way between the base and the origin of nervure 2. H.-w. moderately thickly scaled with ochreous and _ spotted with black as follows. Six coalescent spots on hind margin on ends of nervules beginning with 2. An irregular discal band of eight, the first four in 7, 6, 5, and 4 respectively, and lying parallel to margin, the fifth in 3 and nearer to base, the sixth im 2 close to origin of nervule 3, the seventh in le and on a level with the fifth, the eighth in 1b and on a level with the sixth ; one spot on end of cell at origin of nervule 5. Sometimes also a very small one at origin of 6. One spot near middle of cell and five basal spots, one in la, one in Lb more distally placed, one larger in 1c, one in cell, and one in area 7. These spots and also the lowest of the discal row are really on the under surface but are visible through the wing membrane. Underside resembles the upper. Thorax black, spotted above and below with ochreous. Abdomen black above for about half its length, the remainder and underside ochreous. Claws unequal. 2. Resembles the ¢, sometimes rather larger and paler, Abdomen with less black and of a paler ochreous, 72 Mr. H. Eltringham’s A/onograph of the Acraca mahela is very closely allied to A. neobule, the position of the spots is precisely similar, though mahela lacks the spotted hind wing margin and basal black ringed white spots which characterise the former species. There is little constant difference in the male armatures of the two species. Mabille describes it as somewhat rare, having a swift flight, and inhabiting the eastern slopes of Madagascar. Specimens in the Oxford collection were taken in 8.W. Madagascar. There is an example in the general collection in the Berlin Museum labelled “ Mozam- bique,” but the occurrence of the species on the mainland seems doubtful. 22. ACRAEA NEOBULE. PI. VII, f.3. Pl. XV, f. 18. Acraea neobule, Doubl., Hew., and Westw., Gen. Di. Lep., pl. 19, f. 3 (1848) ; Guérin, in Lefeb. Voy. Abyss., 6, p. 378 (1849) ; Reiche, in Ferret et Galinier, Voy. Abyss. Ent., p. 466, pl. 33, f. 3, 4 (1849); Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 345 (1870) ; Trimen, 8. Af. Butt., 1, p. 137 (1887); Butler, Proe. Zool. Soc., p. 66 (1888) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 89 (1898) ; Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 192 (1898); l. c. p. 401 (1898); Dixey, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 11 (1900); Butler, Proc. Zool, Soc., p. 923 (1900) ; Neave, Novit. Zool., xi. p. 346 (1904) ; Aurivillius, Voeltzkow Reise. Lep., p. 315 (1909); Neave, Proce. Zool. Soc., p. 11 (1910). = matuapa, Gr.-Smith, Ann, Nat. Hist. (6), 3, p. 127 (1889) ; Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot., 10 (Acraeq), p. 6, pl. 2, f. 5, 6 (1889). 2= mhondana, Vuillot, Ann. E. Fr. 60 Bull., p. 115 (1891). DAMARALAND ; AnGcouLA ; Conco (Kassai) ; N.E, RHopEsIA ; BaAROTSELAND ; NATAL; TRANSVAAL; CAPE CoLony ; Portvu- GuESE E. Arrica; GreRMAN E, Arrica; Britisa E. AFRICA ; SUDAN ; SOMALILAND ; ABYSSINIA ; GRAND Comoro I.; PemBa I. f. sokotrana. Rebel, Denksch. Akad. Wiss. Wien., 71, 2, p. 28 (1907). =neobule, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p.177, pl.18, f.5 (1881); Dixey, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 374 (1898); Grant, Nat. Hist. Sokotra, p- 304 (1903) ; Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 11 (1910) (part). Soxorra I.; N.E. Rooprsta (Luangwa Rh). A. neobule seis, subsp. Feisthamel (A. seis), Ann. Ent. Fr., p. 247 (1850) ; Aurivillius (neolile, var. seis), Rhop. Aeth., p. 89 (1898). = calyce, Godman & Salvin, Proc. Zool, Soc., p. 221, pl. 17, f. 1, 2 (1884). African Species of the Genus Acraca. 73 SrenecaAL; S. Leone; Liperta; Toco; Danomey ; Lacos; AsHAntiI; Gotp Coast; NicertIA; ? OLp CALABAR ; FRENCH Supan (Bammako to Wagadugu). A. neobule arabica, subsp. = A. arabica, Rebel, Denksch. Akad. Wiss. Wien., 71, 2, p. 28, p. 29, f. 1, 2, p. 30, £. 3, 4, 5, pl. 1, f. 1, 2 (1907).* S. ARABIA. A, neobule neobule. ¢. Expanse 50-65 mm. F.-w. semitransparent, scales being reduced in number and width, and near margins becoming slender and bifid. Costa and apex more or less dusted with black. A red basal suffusion, pale or bright, extending a little beyond cell, slightly into area 3, and thence in a nearly straight line to hind margin just beyond the angle. Often a slight ochreous suffusion at apex. Black spots more or less distinct, three beyond cell in 6, 5, and 4, one at end of cell on disco- cellulars, one in cell rather beyond middle, one small in 3 near to cell, one larger in 2 just below median, two in 1b, one discal and one subbasal, and a linear basal spot in same area. H.-w. pale to bright red. A narrow hind marginal black border bear- ing seven small spots of the ground-colour (the last in 1c doubled) which are more completely enclosed than in horta, and may even be obsolete. Basal and discal black spots varying greatly in size and arranged as follows :—A discal row of eight, the first four in 7, 6, 5, and 4 approximately parallel to margin and decreasing in size, the fifth slightly further from margin in 3, the sixth much further from margin in 2, the seventh in 1c and in line with the fifth, the eighth in 1b in line with the sixth. A minute spot just outside cell at origin of 6, a larger one on lower discocellular at origin of 4, a subbasal spot in 7, one median and one subbasal in cell, the rest confused on upperside in a basal suffusion. Near inner margin the spots may be absent on upperside and only showing through from beneath. Underside f.-w. scaled only at costa. H.-w. as upperside but powdered with whitish scales. Marginal border edged inwardly with reddish and spotted with white. Basal aggregation of spots enclosing three or four whitish marks. Thorax black with whitish lateral spots. Base of abdomen black with lateral yellow spots, remainder orange and rather paler beneath. Claws unequal. 9. Expanse 50-70 mm. Resembles ¢ but red replaced by dull ochreous. Spots on h.-w. border usually larger. * A previous reference is given in this publication to the Sitz- berichtigungen Akad. Wiss. Wien., p. 359 (1899). There is no trace of such reference at the page and date given. 74 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the A. neobiule, f. sokotrana. Specimens of A. neobule from Sokotra have been described by Butler and by Dixey (/.c.). These differ from the normal form principally in the increased amount of black scaling at apex, little or no ochreous scaling in the same region, the ground- colour a richer red, the black spots larger, and the dark h.-w. borler blacker and smoother in outline, its spots being less distinct. This Sokotra form has been named neobile, subspecies sokotrana by Prof. Rebel (l.c.) and in the absence of similar examples from other regions such a distinction would be quite justified. Examples however, taken by Neave in N.E. Rhodesia, are not distinguishable from these Sokotra forms. It is one of those cases in which a form or variety in one locality becomes the dominant race in another. A. neobule seis, subsp. Differs from the typical neobule in the following points. Average size generally smaller, f.-w. much less transparent, apical black more pronounced, a submarginal row of inter- nervular orange ochreous spots joining the much-extended reddish basal suffusion. H.-w. with marginal border much indented inwardly. The 9 much nearer the ¢ in colour, often with a considerable black powdering along median and nervure 1 in f.-w. A. neobule arabica, subsp. Wings with the exception of transparent apical part of f.-w. uniform orange ochreous. Spots as in neobule but smaller. H.-w. marginal border formed of shallow black arches on a black marginal line enclosing internervular spots of ground- colour. The h.-w. beneath is powdered with chalky white scales and the black spots at base are not confluent and therefore do not enclose white spots as in the typical form. The @ is slightly larger and duller in colour, and the f,-w. transparent apical patch rather broader. This form is represented by a f and 2 from Wadi Bagrén near Makalla and by four ? ¢ from Wadi Dhawrtiten near Ras Fartak taken in March 1899. Prof. Rebel’s description is accompanied by five excellent text tigures showing the structure of the genitalia. These leave no doubt as to the specific identity of the form with neobule. Acraea neobule is somewhat variable though none of the variations show sufficient constancy to enable the forms to be separated into races other than those above indicated. African Species of the Genus Acraea. 75 The species is recorded (Trans. Ent. Soe., p. 330, 1902) as having been untouched after death by ants which had eaten every other specimen in a box except A. admatha. Mr. Bennett’s note (Dixey, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 374, 1898) describes the species in Sokotra as “ mostly seen in the hills, at an elevation of about 2,000 ft. Not hard to get, the flight being slow and bold.” Mr. Crawshay describes it at Nairobi (Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 923, 1900) as “ com- mon and fond of perching on a violet-coloured ‘ Devil’s Bit’-like flower which grows on the plains.” The male armature shows a certain amount of individual variation, the length of claspers and uncus being somewhat inconstant. In the subspecies seis there is a tendency for the claspers to be shorter. Neobule is undoubtedly the mainland representative of mahela, from which it is rather doubtfully separable. Curiously enough the 2 armature of the latter approaches more nearly the usually shorter structure shown in neobule seis. 23, ACRAEA ZAMBESINA. Acraea zambesina, Aurivillius, Arkiv. for Zool., 5, No. 5, p- 123 (1908); Mendes, Brotéria. Ser. Zool., ix, fas. in, p: 160; ply, t. 1 (91e). PortuGUESE E. Arrica (Zumbo on Zambesi R.), I have not had an opportunity of examining this specimen and can therefore only give Prof. Aurivillius’ description of it. 9. Expanse 56mm. Allied to A. neobule, Doubl., but having the f.-w. fully clothed with scales and so devoid of transparent areas ; 1t also differs from neobule in that the white centred basal spot of area Ic of the h.-w. underside is much smaller than in neobule, and scarcely larger than the basal spot in la, F.-w. above dull reddish yellow with narrow border (only 1 m. broad), triangularly marked at the ends of nervules, the nervules near margin more or less black. F.-w. with the following black spots. One in middle of cell, two coalescent at end of cell, and five discal spots (in 1b, 3, 4, 5, and 6). The basal spot in 1b and the discal in 2 wanting in the present example. Spots arranged quite as in neobule, but larger, and somewhat as in the form sokotrana, Rebel. On the underside the f.-w. is coloured and marked quite as above except that it is more or less powdered with whitish yellow scales at the margin. The h,-w, is almost exactly like that of neobule but 76 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the the marginal border is a little broader and the pale spots more distinct. Beneath, the h.-w. has a still wider border and very large pale marginal spots. Discal spots arranged as in neobule. The black, white-centred, basal spots in la, le, and cell are smaller, (especially in 1c) and almost of equal size. One 2 from Zumbo on the Zambesi R. in Portuguese E Africa. Mus. Colleg. St. Fiel. A. neobule is a variable species, and the present exrmple differing from it but slightly, will probably prove to be merely a local form of the same. The figure (/.¢.) is a rather poor photograph which however shows the specimen to differ from both neobule and seis in having the f.-w. fully scaled, and in the h-.w. a broader black border and fewer spots. 24, Acrana normal PlLiVil-h ae XYt 16, Acraea horta, Linnaeus, (Pap.) Mus. Lud. Ulv., p. 234 (1764) ; Syst. Nat., ed. 12, p. 755 (1767); Fabricius, Syst. Ent., p- 459 (1775) ; Sulzer, Ges. Ins., p. 143, pl. 15, f. 1 (1776) ; Cramer, Pap. Exot., 4, p. 18, pl. 298, f. F, G. (1780); Drury, Ill.. Exot. Ins, 3, p. 3% pl. 28, £1, 2 (116g Wulfen, Ins. Cap., p. 31 (1786); Herbst, Naturs. Schmett 5, p. 22, pl. 83, f. 1, 2 (1792); Fabricius, in Illiger’s Maga- zine (Acraea), 6, p. 284 (1807); Godart, Enc. Méth., 9, p. 231 (1819); Doubl., Hew., and Westw., Gen. Di. Lep., p- 140 (1848); Trimen, Rhop. Af. Austr., p. 93 (1862) ; Trimen, S. Af. Butt. (metam.), 1, p. 184-6 (1887) ; Staudinger Exot. Schmett, 1, p. 82, pl. 33 (1885); Brunner v. Watten- wyl, Farbenpr. der Ins., p. 5, pl. 4, f. 43 (1897) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 89 (1898) ; Butler, Proc. Zool. Soe., p. 192 (1908) ; Marshall, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 337 (1902). Care Conony; Navan; ZuLULAND ; TRANSVAAL ; PonDo- LAND. g¢.Expanse about 50 mm, F.-w. semitransparent, the discal scales being modified into a narrow bifid form. Some hairs present and the membrane of the wing speckled with brown at points of attachment of scales. Costa and hind margin slightly dusted with blackish, frequently a suggestion of red internervular spots at apex. Base black. A bright red (brick red in old specimens) basal suffusion extending a little beyond end of cell, very slightly into area 3, half way across 2, and almost com- pletely filling la, and 1b. A transverse black spot at end of cell on discocellulars. A spot in cell beyond the middle, one African Species of the Genus Acraea, We immediately below median in area 2, and two in 1b, the first immediately below the median, the second much larger near the middle. These may be fused into one large longitudinal mark. All these spots except that on the end of cell may be very faint or in some examples absent altogether. The h.-w. bright red (duller in old specimens) with a narrow border of blackish not quite enclosing seven internervular spots of the ground-colour, that in lc being doubled. Black discal and basal spots as follows:—A-discal band of eight, the first rather larger than the next three, lying parallel to the hind margin in 7, 6, 5, 4, the filth larger and nearer cell in area 3, the sixth still nearer base in 2, the seventh in le in line with the fifth, the eighth in 1b and in line with the sixth. In addition to the discal spots, two at end of cell on discocel- lulars, two in cell, one subbasal spot in 7, a large subbasal spot in le, a small one in 1b, and another in la. Internervular spaces at extreme base, black, usually coalescing with subbasal spots. The spots in la and 1b are also frequently confluent. Underside f.-w. devoid of seales, h.-w. dull ochreous. A narrow black margin set with ochreous spots, followed by a narrow red submarginal border. Some red also in areas 9, 8, 7, lc, 1b, and la. Spots as on upperside, those at base usually confluent and enclosing spots of the ochreous ground colour. Thorax black with a few indistinct pale spots. Abdomen black above, orange ochreous beneath, and bearing small ochreous lateral spots. Claws unequal. Q. Expanse about 60 mm. Resembles ¢ but has the red replaced by dull ochreous and the f.-w. spots are more frequently absent. A description of the larva and pupa will be found in Trimen’s 8. Af. Butt., 1, p. 135-6, from which the following is abstracted. ? Larva.—About 32 mm. long; with strong branched black spines. Dull brownish ochreous, closely striped with black trans- verse streaks. A pale ochreous dorsal line. A broad ochreous lateral band not crossed by the black streaks. Legs bright shining yellow; head shining black. Two spines on second segment, four on the last, and six on each of the other segments. Feeds on Kigellaria africana and on various passion- flowers. Pupa.—About 20 mm, long. Head blunt, hardly bifid; lateral angles at base of wing covers prominent and acute, Back 78 My. H. Eltringham’s A/onograph of the of thorax rather blunt and rounded. Pale creamy ochreous. Wing covers streaked with black along position of nervures, Two dorsal, one ventral and two lateral lines of black ochre centred spots. “The silk to which the tail is attached often covers an area of an inch in diameter.” Trimen states that the species is extremely common in and about Cape Town. It flies slowly, and the larvae frequently do much damage to passion flowers. Fowls will not eat the larvae, which have a strong and dis- agreeable odour more perceptible than that of the pupa or even of the butterfly. Its distastefulness does not how- ever preserve it from the attacks of parasites, as Marshall records (Trans. Ent. Soc. p. 337, 1902) that five out of eight pupae were killed by a dipterous parasite. The male armature, though almost indistinguishable from that of insignis, to which species it bears, in pattern, but little resemblance, is of very different structure from that of A. neobule, although in other respects horvta and neobule bear an extremely close resemblance. A, horta appears to be an essentially S. African species. ‘Trimen gives S. Leone as a locality on the authority of the British Museum, but the specimens so labelled must have been removed as the twenty-six examples in the present series bear the labels Cape Colony, Natal, Zululand, and Transvaal. Trimen (/. c.) thus describes the pairing of this species : “The ? rested on the ground with expanded wings, and the ¢ rested on the 2 with his wings also flatly extended. In this position (which was maintained) the heads of the two were held in the same direction, and the extremity of the 7 abdomen was twisted sideways as in the union of the saltatorial Orthoptera.” It is interesting to note in this connection that the orifice of the bursa copulatrix is at one side of the chitinous plate and not central as in most species. 25. ACRAEA ADMATHA. | Pl, VII, f. 5. Acraea admatha, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. (Acraea), pl. 3, f. 16, 17 (1865) ; Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 171 (1891); Aurivillius Rhop. Aeth., p. 88 (1898) ; Gordon, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 330 (1902). S. Lronrt; ASHANTI; GoLD Coast; OLD CALABAR; African Species of the Genus Acraea, 79 NIGERIA ; CAMEROON; GaBoon ; Conco Recion (Bena Bendi Zongo, Mokoange); Nata; ZuLunanp; British E. AFRIcA (Witu). f. leucographa. Ribbe (A. leucographa), Iris., 2, p. 181, pl. 4, f. 1 (1889) ; Snellen, Tijdschr. v. Ent., 38, p. 13 (1895); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 88 (1898). S. Leone; Cameroon (Bitjé); Nyam Nyam Country ; Conao (Sassa) ; UGanpa (Unyoro, Nandi, Entebbe, Semiliki R., Kitala) ; British E. Arrica (N. Kavirondo); GErman E. ArFrica (Ukerewe I.) ; AByssinrA (Scheko). A. admatha admatha. 6. Expanse 55-65 mm. F.-w. semitransparent, thinly scaled with scales of normal size standing partially erect, narrow bifid scales and fine hairs appear at hind margin. A rosy red basal flush (brick red in old specimens) extending nearly to end of cel] at subcostal and median, but more basal in the middle, passing slightly beyond origin of 2 and just reaching the hind angle. Base, costa and apex dusted with black, and a small linear basal spot below median. A faint black spot in middle of cell and sometimes a blackish dusting at end of cell on discocellulars. A little beyond end of cell two faint black spots in4 and 5, and sometimes a third nearer to cell in 3. Just below median in 2 a faint spot, and one in Ib rather nearer margin. These spots are very variable in intensity. H.-w. rosy red (brick red in old examples) dusted with black at base, whitish in area la, and having a moderately broad black marginal border bearing six rounded red internervular spots. Black discal and basal spots as follows :—A discal series of eight, the first (large) in area 7 near the middle, the second in 6, rather nearer base (this spot is often wanting), third and fourth in 5 and 4 and lying in a straight line with the first, the fifth in 3 close to cell, the sixth, seventh, and eighth in 2, le, and 1b, large, nearer to base, and almost in a straight line (some of the discal spots are sometimes small or wanting), in addition to these two small spots at end of cell, one spot in 9, one in 7, two in cell, two in le, one in 1b (close to eighth of discal row), and two in la. Underside f.-w. almost devoid of scales but dusted with yellow near base, h.-w. pink with black border as on upperside, bearing six red spots outwardly edged with pinkish white. Black spots as on upperside but much more distinct. Thorax black, spotted above and below with yellowish white. Abdomen basal half black above with lateral orange spots, remainder orange, underside yellowish white. Claws unequal. 80 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the Q. Expanse 60-75 mm. F.-w.asin ¢ but red replaced by rusty yellow varying to brownish cream colour, and spots faint or absent. H.-w. colour modified in the same way. Spots often less distinct than in the ¢. Underside dusky white, marginal spots yellow, edged with whitish. A. admatha f. leucographa. This form differs from the above in having a white patch at anal angle of h.-w. This patch extends from the discal spots in 1b, le, and 2 to the black border, with sometimes a few white scales in area 3. On the upperside of h.-w. the first three or four discal spots may be faint or absent. The 9? is a little larger, less brightly coloured, and has the white on h.-w. more suffused. I have before me a small series of examples from Entebbe showing a beautiful gradation in the extent of the white, one specimen having only a faint white scaling near the anal angle. Though A. admatha is a somewhat variable species having a wide range, I have been unable to assign any of the variations to definite localities. Trimen states (/.¢.) that his southern examples differ from typical W. African specimens in having less rounded spots in the h.-w., and also that the subbasal spot in the cell is wanting, also that in the f.-w. the red area is more extended and the discal spots wanting in the f but presentin the f. A pair before me from Zululand, show a tendency to confluence in the h.-w. spots especially in the 2, but the spots in h.-w. are quite as rounded as in other examples, the second cell spot is not absent, the f.-w. red is of the usual extent and the f.-w. discal spots are present in the f and wanting in the @. We must conclude therefore that these features are in- constant. The form lewcoyrapha is characteristic of the central area of the species’ range. It has been taken in the Nyam Nyam country north of the Ubangi River, at Sassa in the extreme North of the Congo State, and at Kitala in Uganda. In Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 977, 1899, Butler mentions it as having been taken in the Nandi District by Captain Hobart, who found it quite common there. Examples occur sporadically in other parts of the species’ range. The typical form with slight variation occurs from Ashanti to the Congo State, and southwards to Natal. A. admatha is recorded by C. J. M. Gordon in Old Calabar (/. ¢.) as being untouched after death by ants which had eaten all the other specimens in a box except A, neobule. — owe - La i See eae ee a African Species of the Genus Acraea. 81 The male armature is fairly distinctive having a characteristic dentate edge to the claspers. 26. Acraga INsienis. Pl. VII, f.2. Pl. XV,f.17. Pl. XVI, f. 20. Acrae insignis, Distant, Proce. Zool. Soc., p. 184, pl. 19, f. 6 (1880); Godman, Proc. Zool. Soe., p. 538 (1885) ; Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 66 (1888); Rogenhofer, Ann. Mus. Wien., 6, p. 457 (1891); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 89 (1898) ; Sjdstedt’s Expedition, p. 3 (1910) ; Griinberg, Sitzb. Ges. Nat. Fr., p. 148 (1910). = balbina, Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent., 12, p. 6, pl. 3, f. 8 (1888) ; Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 923 (1900). = buxtoni, Hewitson, Ent. Mo. Mag., xiv, p. 155 (nec Butl.) (1877). NyassaALAND; GERMAN E. Arrica (Bukoba, L. Kivu) ; British EK. Arrica (Kikuyu, Kangasi) ; Ucanpa (Entebbe). f. siginna, Suffert, Iris., p. 19 (1904); Aurivillius, Sjostedt’s Expedition, p. 3 (1910). German E, Arrica (generally, and especially Kilimandjaro) ; British E, Arrica (Tiriki Hills, Entebbe). A, insignis insignis. ¢. Expanse 50-60 mm. F.-w. semitransparent. The scales in apical area being of normal size but few in number and set partially upright. Near margin numerous narrow forked scales. Base slightly blackish; costa from end of cell to apex, and sometimes apical portion of hind margin, often dusted with black scales. A brick red basal suffusion ex- tending a little beyond end of cell and to hind angle. A black transverse spot on end of cell, and a black linear basal spot below median. H.-w. brick red with a narrow black marginal border the inner edge of which may be smooth or undulating. The base of wing has a black suffusion occupying lower half of cell, base of 2, 1c, and 1b, followed by a large oblique spot lying on the discocellulars. Underside. F.-w. almost devoid of scales. H.-w. as on upperside but with the discal area pink, separated from the marginal black by a narrow red submarginal band. Often one or two white spots near base. Thorax black with lateral and ventral yellowish spots. Abdomen black above, orange laterally and towards extremity and paler beneath. Claws unequal. Q. Resembles ¢ but the red is replaced by a colour varying from slightly paler than that of the g, to a dull pale brown. TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912,— PARTI. (JULY) G 82 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the A, insignis f. siginna. Differs from the typical form in having all the h.-w. basal black coalescent, forming a large black patch extending beyond cell with an irregular distal outline from costa to inner margin. Aurivillius records the siginna form as occurring almost to the exclusion of the type, at great elevations (2,000 to 3,000 metres) on Mts. Meru and Kilimandjaro. Inter- mediates however appear to occur everywhere. When Distant described and figured this species, he pointed out that it was the same as that described by Hewitson as A. buetont. That name had however been pre- viously used by butler, and as Godman points out, Hewitson must have suppressed the species as 1t does not appear in Kirby’s catalogue of his collection, its place being taken by four undetermined forms from Zanzibar. These are the same as the species described and figured by Distant. Butler records A. insignis as taken by Mr. R. Crawshay at Roromo, Kikuyu Forest in February 1900, that collector remarking that the species frequents the primaeval forest and that it is capable of resisting the fumes of strong cyanide for half-an-hour. The species is very nearly allied to A. horta, the f armatures being with difficulty distinguishable. That of insignis is of a rather more slender construction. 27. ACRAEA CAMAENA. PI. VIT, f. 4. Acraea camuena, Drury, (Pap.) Ill. Exot. Ins., 2, p. 12, pl. 7. f. 2 (1773); Fabricius, Syst. Ent., p. 464 (1775) (?); Herbst, Naturs. Schmett, 5, p. 9, pl. 81, f. 3 (1792); Godart (Acraea), Ene. Méth., 9, p. 234 (1819); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 89 (1898) ; Lathy, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 185 (1903). = murcia, Fabricius, (Pap.) Spec. Ins., 2, p. 33 (1781). S. Leone; Gou~p Coast; Liseria; ASHANTI; LaGos; NIGERIA ; FERNANDO Po, (There is apparently some confusion under camaena in the 1775 edition of Fabricius. Camaena is stated to have red on h.-w., and to be allied to zetes. Then follows a fuller description, which agrees with Drury’s figure of camaena. In the Species Insectorum (Vol. II, p. 32) camaena is again described with red on h.-w., and on p. 33, “ Papilio murcia” is described, the account and the type agreeing with Drury’s figure of camaena.) _ ¢g. Expanse 55-65 mm. F.-w. smoky brown, partially trans- lucent, one black spot at end of cell on discocellulars. H.-w. African Species of the Genus Acraea. 83 same colour as f.-w. A blackish marginal border the inner edge of which is deeply indented. Onthis margin seven internervular spots of dull ochreous, that in le being doubled. x ms S RY) a Ss 1S) s fe} fo) x Bis] a) N x ¢ Sy cee % aS} Sw i es Ss au N = = be 6 S) S op a) aa . a S = GS uw 9] o° a an R Ae 8 Bali x 5 o N a= tot CS & iracu pheretes, Sp A Photo, F. N. Clark wah Xx. 7¥ Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate 2 entschel. (Ez Photo, F. N. Clark. A. pheretes, head and prolegs, last stage larva I00. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Piate XX XIT/. Flentschel. (Ce Photo, F. N. Clark. A, pheretes. gments of pupa X 16. Fig. 33.—Abdominal se Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XXXIV. Photo, F. N. Clark. C. Hentschel. A. pheretes, pupa, (34) portions of head ( Xx 100) and (35) cremastral area X 60. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XX XV. EPhoto, F. N. Clark. C, Hentschel. . A. pheretes, portions of pupa. (36) Mesothorax 30. (37) 9th segment x 100. Photo, F. N. Clark. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XX XVI. C. Hentschel. A. pheretes, pupa. Lenticles X 400. 38 ( 407 ) V. An experiment on the development of the male appendages in Lepidoptera. By T. A. CHapman, M.D. [Read February 7th, 1912.] Puates XXXVII, XX XVIII. In the Proc. Ent. Soc., 1910, p. 1x, and more at length in the Proc. South London Ent. Soc., 1910-1911, p. 50, I described (with photographs) a remarkable and so far as I yet know a unique specimen of the f genitalia of Acronycta tridens found by Mr. Burrows. I thought it desirable to investigate the matter more fully, and instituted some experiments the results of which I report. Assuming the f appendages to be internal in the larva and that they come to the surface at the pupal moult, not of course becoming external as in the imago, but present- ing on the surface the well-known two tubercles of the pupa, it seemed that some abnormal result would appear if such emergence from the interior could be prevented. In order to attain this result, I produced in certain larvae of Z. dispar a small cicatrix at the critical position between the ninth and tenth abdominal segments in the midventral line. The result was what I anticipated, the production of specimens almost identical with Mr. Burrows’s example of A. tridens. The clasps, penis-sheath (penis-tasche) and penis (aedoeagus and vesica) form a mass in the interior of the abdomen. The several organs are more or less recognisable, though, for want of the usual position in which to develop, more or less pressed together and distorted. These specimens show, as did Mr. Bu rrows’s, the parts that remain external, as being the actual ninth and tenth abdominal segments apart from the special developments of which the appendages consist. So far asI can ascertain from the literature bearing on the development of the male appendages, the parts imprisoned thus in the interior develop from a_ body described nearly a hundred years ago by Herold, and called by him a Koérperchen (a small body, a corpuscule). This corpuscule, though apparently a single mass, consists really of two parts, one of which is strictly internal and arises at the extremity of the seminal ducts, the other is external and is an invagination of the posterior margin of the ninth abdominal segment, and some trace of the line of invagination connects Herold’scorpuscule with the surface TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART IL. (OCT.) EE 408 Development of the male appendages in Lepidoptera, to guide its emergence at pupation. The invaginated constituents of Herold’s corpuscule forms the clasps, which present evidence of being ectodermal structures. The portions of the corpuscule of internal origin form the penis and penis-sheath, which never show any evidence of dermal origin, such as hairs, scales, etc. I have also seen Professor Meisenheimer’s recent essay on experiments by way of excision, transplantation, etc. Liparis dispar as a very abundant and hardy insect was the subject of his experiments as it was of mine and many others. The species being the same, the interesting result is that where Professor Meisenheimer excised the cor- puscule of Herold in the larva, the imago presented precisely the same development of the ninth and tenth segments as it does in my specimens with the corpuscule imprisoned, but of course in his specimens there is a vacancy where mine show the internally developed appendages. EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXXVII, XXXVIII. Fic. 1. Last three abdominal segments of ¢ L. dispar x 10. Fic. 2. Last segment x 25 showing normal structure and disposition of the ¢ appendages. Fic. 3. Specimen in which the point of exit of the ¢ appendages was occluded in the larval state x 10. Fic, 4. Portion of the same specimen x 25. These compared with figs. 1 and 2 show the ninth and tenth abdominai segments as in figs. 1 and 2,but without the special sexual appendages, which form a mass lying in the sixth abdominal segment. In this mass the aedoeagus is obvious, as also the clasps, the latter enlarged by still possessing their pupal enve- lopes. The organs so conspicuous in the seventh segment are merely the spiracles, as may be seen by comparing with other segments and specimens. Fic. 5. Is a similar specimen x 10, in which the mass has made a nearer approach to the outlet without however breaking through. Fic. 6. An intermediate specimen with the mass in the eighth segment. It is very possible that the position of the mass (Herold’s corpuscule developed) within the abdomen is accidental and due to movements during preparation of the specimens, figs. 3 and 4 being perhaps least disturbed thereby. Within one of the clasps in each specimen (figs. 3, 5, 6) is a dark body whose nature I have not determined. In fig. 6 is a separate portion, which is probably a detached pupal covering. } Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XXX V1. Photo, F. N. Clark. C. Hentschel. Liparis dispar, Male appendages. ‘sasvpuodde aie yy "J0YISJUIET *D TITAXXX vi ‘ELOL “puoT 90S yu ‘suvsy ‘redsip stredry {01D ‘N “x ‘070UT ( 409) VI. The food-plant of Callophrys avis. By T. A. Cuapman, M.D. [Read February 7th, 1912.] I TooK my first specimen of Callophrys avis at Hyeres in 1906 and a second in the same district in 1907. In 1909 I took it at Amelie-les-Bains and there found its food- plant to be Coriaria myrtifolia; Prof. Reverdin took a specimen near Cap Negre (some 20 km. east of Hyeres), so that the capture of three specimens in the Hyeres region of the Riviera made me feel sure that Coriaria must grow there, and the statements of the botanists that it did not, led me to think it might be possible they had overlooked some restricted colonies of the plant. In 1910 and 1911 I visited Hyeres at the proper season in hopes of solving the questions raised, did Coriaria grow near Hyeres ? had avis some other food-plant in that region? In 1910, I utterly failed to meet with a single specimen of C. avis, and though bad weather might account for this to some extent, it proved that C. avis was very rare there, for I certainly worked over the ground where I had pre- viously taken it, though, as a matter of fact, I did not know the spots with any precision. I satistied myseif that there was no Coriaria anywhere near where I had taken the butterfly nor anywhere in the district in which Prof. Reverdin’s specimen was taken. There was there- fore certainly an alternative food-plant. In 1911 J again tried to investigate this point, but again bad weather may take some blame for my failure to secure the first step in the investigation, viz. to meet with C. avis. At the end of the season, with fear of being too late, I went to Amelie-les-Bains and succeeded in obtaining a few eggs of C. avis, with a view to approach the problem in another way. A point by the way is interesting. I brought home two C. avis 9° taken on April 28. One of these proved to be infertile and died on May 28. The other one laid two eggs about May 22, and three afterwards (about May 30), was still alive on June 1, but died by June 8. It thus lived five weeks in captivity. TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART II. (OCT.) EE2 410 Dr. T, A, Chapman on the Amongst the Coriaria, both growing and that gathered for food for C. avis, a noctua larva spinning the leaves together was not uncommon, these were assumed from their appearance to be Orthosia fulvago (cerago), but on emergence proved to be 0. Jota, of very large size and highly variable in colouring. Milliere records the larvae of OQ. lota as common at Cannes on the “Roudou” (Coriaria). Assuming these larvae to be fulvago (and had I known they were Jota the result would have been the same), I concluded that Coriaria as a food-plant must have some- thing in common with sallow. On trial, the dota took sallow readily, but C. avis would not try it, but seemed to find osier (Salix viminalis) with which I also supplied them, as much to their taste as the Coriaria. The question of providing them with food at Reigate was thus much simplified. Had I also answered the question of the alternative food-plant ? I felt quite sure that I had not, because in that part of the Riviera, sallows and willows of all sorts are rare, osiers perhaps especially, and are quite absent in the places where C. avis had been taken. I offered the larvae of C. avis many other plants, trees and shrubs, with the result of uniform refusal to look at them, until I offered them Arbutus, the young shoots of which they took to with great readiness and fed and throve on them as well as they did on Cortaria or osier. C. rubi took both osier and Arbutus but not very willingly, and on Arbutus failed to thrive and finally refused it. Admitting that I may be in error, I feel satisfied that the food-plant of C. avis on the Riviera is Arbutus wnedo, which grows in each of the spots where C. avis has been taken. An interesting point arises here in regard to the dis- tribution of C. avis. Both Coriaria and Arbutus are plentiful enough about Cannes, yet I think we may assert that C. avis has never been taken there. Cannes has been well-worked by many entomologists, foremost amongst whom stand Milliere and Constant. J never met with it there myself nor in the Esterel where Ch. jasiws occurs freely, and one would attribute a more southern constitu- tion to Ch. jasius than to C. avis. There is something still to be discovered as a governing fact in the distribu- tion of C. avis. I found, for instance, that large areas of Coriaria in the valley of the Tet, only a few miles from Food-plant of Callophrys avis. 411 Amelie-les-Bains as the crow flies, seemed to be entirely uninhabited by C. avis. Of course this may not be so, my last two years’ researches at Hyeres would of course lead to the erroneous conclusion that the species does not occur there, and further examination may show that it occurs though rarely in the Tet Valley. Vernet-les-Bains is in the Valley of the Tet, but much higher up than the Coriaria ground, or than one would expect C. avis to appear at. P.S.—Mr. H. Powell writes under date April 7, 1912, that over a dozen C. avis, of which he took some, have been taken at Cap Negre, “all near one place flying round and settling in large Arbutus trees;” he also took an odd specimen some distance up the hill near Cavaliere, flying round an Arbutus. The butterflies are reported as being confined to a very smal] area. This seems to give the required confirmation to the conclusion I drew from my observations that the food-plant of C. avis on the Riviera is Arbutus. It is, of course, quite possible there may be still another one, ( 412 -) VIL. The effect of Oil of Citronella on two species of Dacus. By F. M. How tert, B.A., F.E.S. [Read February 7th, 1912.] PLATES XXXIX, XL. THE observations which form the subject of this paper were made in the course of work on fruit-flies at the Pusa Research Institute. The common fruit-flies of Pusa are Dacus diversus, Cogq., and D. zonatus, Saund. (Rivellia persicae, Big.). Of these the latter is a serious pest of peaches and mangoes, and like other fruit-flies it 1s a pest whose attacks are particu- larly difficult to combat. With the idea of attracting the females of zonatus to lay eggs, by imitating the smell of ripe peaches or mangoes, a large number of essential oils were experi- mented with. In the course of these experiments I heard that a neighbour had been troubled by some kind of fly settling on him at a time when he was using oil of citronella, sprinkled on his handkerchief, as a mosquito deterrent. Since the smell of this oil in no way resembles that of mangoes or peaches, its effect on Dacus had not been tried, but as soon as a handkerchief wetted with the oil was exposed in the neighbourhood of the peach-orchard it became evident that the smell exercised an extraordin- arily powerful attraction. In less than half an hour the handkerchief, lying in a crumpled heap, was almost hidden by a crowd of D. zonatus, and presented a very striking appearance. I jumped at once to the conclusion that the economic problem of how to destroy female fruit-flies had found an easy solution, but on examination it was soon apparent that all the flies on the handkerchief were males ; they almost refused to leave the neighbourhood of the handkerchief, and a considerable number of them followed me home when I removed it. A handkerchief was pinned to a sheet of cork and exposed in the peach-orchard for twenty minutes, the centre of the handkerchief being moistened with citronella. Plate XX XIX shows the male flies assembled. The cork sheet was then removed for TRANS. ENT. SOC LOND. 1912.—PART II. (OCT.) Effect of Oil of Citronella on two species of Dacus. 413 a distance of about five yards and vigorously shaken and waved in the air to dislodge and disturb the flies; it was then replaced, and the flies which had returned to it are shown in Plate XL, which is a photograph taken exactly three minutes after its first removal, or perhaps two minutes after it was replaced. In both the photographs it will be noticed that the flies are congregated not actually on the moistened patch but round its margin. This is their usual custom, and was taken advantage of in catching the flies with fly-papers. If citronella is put in the middle of the fly-paper (on the gummy substance) many flies escape capture by sitting on the edge of the paper which is free of adhesive ; if, instead of this, the citronella is put on the edge of the paper, they will not sit on it, but settle on the sticky surface: a very sensible difference is thus made in the number of flies caught. Fly-papers treated with citronella were exposed in the orchard during the months of March, April, May and June. A careful estimate of the number caught during part of this period gave approximately eighteen thousand, and among these not more than fifty females were seen, or 03 per cent. Since the reaction was con- fined to the male sex and did not appear to be in any way connected with feeding habits, it seemed most reason- able to suppose that the smell might resemble some sexual odour of the female which in natural conditions served to guide the male to her. Six or seven freshly killed females were therefore placed in a clean glass tube which was closed for about an hour with clean cotton-wool. On smelling the tube a faint odour resembling that of citronella was just per- ceptible, but although the presence of the smell was confirmed by my assistant, it was so faint that I feared the influence of unconscious “auto-suggestion ” on our judgment, and repeated the experiment with about twenty living females which had emerged from the pupa from 6 to 24 hours previously. In this case the smell was distinctly perceptible and closely resembled the citronella smell; its presence and nature were confirmed by an independent observer who did not know what smell was being looked for or expected. When a similar number of males were tried in the same way, no smell of citronella was detected. It seems probable, therefore, that this smell is the 414 Mr. F. M. Howlett on the effect of sexual attracting smell of D. zonatus. It is noteworthy that the oil also has an attraction for males of the species D. diversus, and a considerable number of them were caught on the fly-papers in March and April; the attrac- tion in this case, however, seems to be perhaps a trifle less powerful than with zonatus, though it is difficult to be certain on the point. The number of diversws caught probably did not exceed 25 per cent. of the total of the two species, as towards the end of April diversus became scarce and zonatus very abundant up to the end of June. The quality of the oil affected the result, old oil being more effective than new; I have been unable to get analyses which would show wherein the difference lies, and what is the precise constituent which is of most importance. Some samples of eucalyptus oil seemed also to possess some slight attraction for zonatus males, but they never came to it in large numbers, nor did they come when there was any oil of citronella exposed in the neigh- bourhood. The distance at which the flies are able to perceive the smell of citronella is doubtful, but seems to be considerable; half a mile is probably not an extrava- vant estimate if the wind be favourable. By exposing a rag moistened with oil for half an hour or so in places where ordinary collecting fails to reveal the presence of a single fly, it is often possible to catch considerable numbers. The smell is in all probability perceived by means of the antennae. ‘To test this a rag wet with citronella was exposed, and of the visiting flies six or eight were caught and their antennae were carefully amputated at the base of the second joint; they were then liberated, seeming none the worse for the operation, and the rag was watched to see whether they again visited it. None of the flies operated on returned to the rag, though normally flies caught and liberated anywhere near such a rag will always return to it sooner or later, and generally quite quickly (cf. Plate XL). On one occasion a marked fly was driven away five times, but:returned almost immediately after each repulse. A curious fact is that the oil has an actually poisonous effect on the fly when the latter is exposed to its vapour in a fairly concentrated form, this effect being independent of the presence or absence of the antennae. Four male zonatus were taken and the antennae of two of them were amputated ; they were then confined in glass Oil of Citronella on two species of Dacus. 415 vessels, each of the vessels containing a fragment of blotting-paper wetted with citronella oil. Four others similarly treated were confined in vessels without any citronella. The result was as follows: With citronella. 2 amputated f put in 10.40 a.m., dead at 11.0. 2 normal # put in at 10.20 am., dead at 11.0. Without citronella. 2 amputated f put in at 10.30 am., June 16th. Both lively 7.30 a.m., 17th. Both found dead at 7.0 a.m., 18th. 2 normal f put in at 10.25 a.m., 16th. One dead 7.30 am., 17th. Other dead 7.0 a.m., 18th. This poisonous action may account for the fact that the attractiveness of a rag is not proportional to the amount of citronella with which it is wetted, a rag thoroughly soaked being a less effective trap than one merely moist- ened with a few drops of the oil. The flies prefer the smell to be not too strong, but even when this is the case it seems to have a stupefying effect on them, making them dazed and lethargic, and quite impervious to ordinary alarms. A very effective trap for them isa clean kerosene- tin nearly filled with water to which ten or twenty drops of citronella oil are added. The flies sit on the sides of the tin, now and then approaching the water; as they sit they get more and more stupid, and finish by falling into the water and getting drowned. This way of catching them is quite as effective as using citronella fly-papers, and cheaper. On one occasion I exposed a glass tube of half-inch bore and about three and a half feet long, in- serted a piece of cotton-wool wet with citronella at one end and corked it, leaving the other end open. Seven zonatus entered the narrow mouth of the tube and there remained until they died, sitting in a line with their heads toward the closed end of the tube. When in the neighbourhood of citronella the flies sit or move here and there with wings expanded, often quickly extending the proboscis, and now and then cleaning the head with the fore-legs and rubbing them together. Not infrequently they stand and rock their bodies to and fro, 416 Mr. F. M. Howlett on the effect of a movement which seems to be associated with “ court- ship” in all species of Dacus that occur at Pusa. On two occasions a number of males and females have been confined together in order to see whether the citron- ella smell would induce copulation, but without success. Too much importance must not be attached to this result, however, as the conditions were abnormal, and I have never succeeded in getting D. zonatus to copulate in the laboratory. These observations atford at least another argument that the olfactory sense of Diptera, or at any rate of D. zonatus, is not dissimilar in kind from our own : smells which in us give rise to similar sensations (7. e. citronella and 2 zonatus) affect the male zonatus in the same way, though its perception of them is far keener than ours. Among well-known instances of attraction by smelis re- sembling the food of the larva or adult is the case of certain evil-smelling Aroids which are attractive to various flies and beetles accustomed to infest putrescent matter. It has been found that a mixture of certain proportions of acetic acid and ethyl alcohol is most attractive to Droso- phila ampelophila, whose larvae live in over-ripe fruit. Similarly, I have myself observed Sarcophaga to be very strongly attracted by a flask containing a solution of skatol, a substance normally present in faeces; many larvae were laid in the flask and were drowned in the liquid. The same fate attended the eggs of Stumoxys calcitrans which I have obtained in numbers on cotton- wool soaked in valerianic acid, one of the acids present in the fermenting vegetable stuff in which the eggs of this species are naturally deposited ; both valerianic and butyric acids have a similar attraction for an Ortalid fly of the genus Ulidia (?) which is not uncommon at Pusa. Our own sense of smell seems to be practically limited to substances having a molecular weight of about 30 or over; those with molecular weight less than this have no smell or only a very faint one, though they may have an irritant effect on the mucous membrane of the nose. The fact that house-flies will suck freely a dilute solution of formaldehyde (mol. wt. 30) may perhaps indicate that their sense is limited in the same way (Alex. Hill, Nature). I have found that they will sometimes take a solution of hydrocyanic acid (mol. wt. 27), and this might be regarded as evidence supporting this supposition. Oil of Citronella on two species of Dacus. 417 Another suggestion is that the olfactory sense of flies may be highly developed in certain directions and within certain narrow limits, while outside these limits it is com- paratively inoperative. We should on this hypothesis expect to find instances where the males were very sensitive to the smell of the females or vice versa, the sensitiveness being, however, probably confined to one sex; the smell of the food of the adult fly would attract both sexes if they fed on the same substances, while the food of the larva would, by its smell, direct the female in oviposition. Other smells, unless very strong, would have little effect. Regarding the matter as thus crudely put, we might look on each species as tuned to respond to three or four notes on the scale of smell, and we should expect to find the most delicate adjustment and most accurate “tuning ” in the direction of the sexual smell, since errors of per- ception would here be most disadvantageous to the species. There would be a correlation between the degree of specialisation of the larva in the matter of diet and the definiteness of the smell which would prompt the female to lay eggs. In many cases the food-smell of the adult fly would be least narrowly adjusted. At all times other senses such as those of sight and touch might play a more or less important part as auxiliaries or controls. If we accept for the moment some such view as this, then among those species in which the male finds the female by smell we must regard each one as an assemblage of individuals in which one sex is tuned to respond to a certain definite kind of molecular vibration corresponding to some compound or mixture of compounds emitted by the other sex, and these compounds would thus constitute definite specific characters. We might even perhaps go further and define some of the larger groups by those “generic” smells which characterise certain kinds of chemical substances, such, for instance, as the organic acids, the alcohols, amines, terpenes, etc., and which depend on the presence of certain atoms or of atomic groups of some particular configuration. In any case it seems a very remarkable fact that two species such as D. zonatus and D. diversus which live in the same district, and have always been regarded as quite distinct, should have exactly the same sexualsmell. There is, of course, the possibility that citronella does not repre- 418 Effect of Oil of Citronella on two species of Dacus. sent the sexual smell, but owes its attractions to some other cause: the proof is at present incomplete. There remain at least two other solutions of the difficulty. One is that the samples of citronella used contained two or more active ingredients which appealed respectively to zonatus and diversus, and the other is that zonatus and diversus are not really distinct species at all, but varieties. I hope to be able to give further attention to these points. If my conclusions are correct regarding the nature of the phenomena, they afford an interesting example of the imitation by artificial means of a sexual attraction probably similar in kind to that which operates in most cases of “assembling.” It has occurred to me as possible that the curious predilection of another fruit-fly (Ceratitis capitata) for kerosene oil might perhaps be explained in the same way, but I do not remember to have seen any record of the relative numbers of males and females captured by this method. EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXXIX, XL. Prate XXXIX. Males of Dacus zonutus attracted to handker- chief moistened with oil of citronella. Puate XL. The same three minutes after the flies had been dispersed. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., rgr2, Plate XX XIX. Rae Wh Hien teie | Bae . (C. Hoitone: EFFECT OF OIL OF CITRONELLA ON DACUS. 4 Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XL. a : . Photo, F. M. Howlett. ‘ C. Hentschel. EFFECT OF OIL OF CITRONELLA ON DACUS. ; es | { . ¢ (@ 419") VIII. Descriptions of New Species of Lepidoptera-Heterocera From South-East Brazil. By E. DUKINFIELD JONES, FESS. 22:5. [Read February 7th, 1912. ] Fam. SYNTOMIDAE. Psilopleura sanguinea, n. sp. Palpi and antennae fuscous ; head brown ; tegulae brown edged with silvery white ; thorax brown with some crimson and scattered white scales anteriorly ; patagia with broad edge of crimson in- wardly and in front ; a crimson spot edged with white on shoulder and on breast ; coxae inwardly crimson ; legs brown; abdomen crim- son, first segment brown with lateral crimson and white spot ; a dorsal brown stripe, lighter in centre; subdorsal patches of silvery white scattered scales on segments 4-6. Forewings yellowish, slightly hyaline, suffused with black; base black, followed by yellow sub- costal streak; a large yellow spot at end of cell, extending from costa to origin of veins 2 and 3, shaded with black inwardly and outwardly. Hindwings from costa to median fold black, from median fold to tornus hyaline, termen black. Expanse ¢ 20 mm., 2 22 mm. Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil. Rhynohopyga castra, n. sp. gd. Palpi brown, white hairs at base; frons brown with white scattered scales ; antennae brown with white scales at base ; central and lateral white points at back of head ; tegulae brown edged with white ; thorax brown with scattered white scales, some crimson and white underneath ; patagia crimson in front ; abdomen brown above, crimson and white beneath ; large lateral crimson patches irrorated with white on segments 2 and 3; a series of lateral white spots on remaining segments; coxae and femora streaked with white. Fore- wings semihyaline, the inner and postmedial areas heavily suffused with black-brown; a yellow spot from costa to median fold beyond the cell. Hindwings semihyaline, costally and terminally broadly suffused with black. Q. The coxae less white and the femora none at all ; abdomen brown underneath from segment 4 to anus; wings more heavily suffused with black. Expanse ¢20 mm.,? 20 mm. TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART II. (OCT.) 420 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones on New Species of Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil. Closely allied to &. meisteri, Burm., but readily distin- guished from it by the very narrow base of the wings and _ the absence of basal yellow spot. Fam. ARCTIADAE. Amaxia collaris, n. sp. 2. Palpi crimson-pink ; frons white, surrounded by fawn and red scales; vertex light brown; antennae darker brown, terminal third greyish white ; cheeks and pectus crimson-pink; fore femora brown, striped with crimson-pink ; tegulae white, anteriorly edged with crimson-pink ; thorax light brown shaded with pink ; a white spot at base of patagia; underneath ochreous white ; abdomen crimson-pink, ochreous beneath. Forewings greyish brown, irror- ated with crimson on outer half; a basal white spot on costa, followed by crimson ; a geminate, broken, crimsun antemedial line, widening out at costa, the space between the lines pale yellow forming two small spots between cell and vein 1 and a large trun- cate triangular spot at costa; two small medial spots between cell and vein 1; a postmedial line from inner margin to just above vein 2, enclosing yellow spots ; the ante- and post-medial lines joined on inner margin by yellow ; a subterminal very irregular crimson-pink line from just below vein 2 to apex, the space beyond to termen pale yellow; terminal row of spots between the veins ; termen pale yellow ; a large yellow patch on medial third of costa extending nearly to vein 2; a minute dark grey spot at end of cell and two beyond cell; a few crimson scales on subcostal at end of cell; two confluent yellow subapical spots ; all the veins on the brown portion of the wing and a streak at base of cell crimson-pink. Hindwings rose-pink ; costa ochreous ; termen irregularly brown. Expanse 37 mm. Hab. ALTO DA SERRA, Santos, S.E. Brazil. Castronia, gen. nov. Proboscis fully developed ; palpi upturned, not reaching vertex of head ; antennae bipectinate with branches long, slightly dilated at extremities and ending in a bristle ; tibiae with spurs short. Fore- wings: vein 3 close to angle of cell ; veins 4 and 5 from angle, separate at base ; 6 and 7 from upper angle ; 10 and 11 from cell. Hindwings: vein 3 from close to angle; 4 from angle; 5 from well above [angle; 6 and 7 from upper angle; 8 from middle of cell. Type of genus, C. collaris. Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South-Hast Brazil. 421 Castronia collaris, n. sp. ¢@. Brownish black ; antennae, abdomen, and a streak on patagia black ; back of head, tegulae and anal tuft golden brown. Fore- wings semihyaline, the veins dark. Hindwings semihyaline suffused with black, the margins lighter. Expanse, 26-30 mm. Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil. Opharus paulina, n. sp. @. Brownish black, Palpi with two orange spots ; head with orange points before and behind antennae ; coxae orange and black ; orange points on shoulders and patagia; tegulae suffused with orange; thorax with posterior tufts of orange hairs; abdomen orange, dorsally black, narrowing down to a thin line on last seg- ment, segments 1-5 rough ; laterally black with series of sublateral orange spots ; underneath brown. Forewings black brown ; a diffused basal black line containing orange point at costa, a diffused ante- medial line strongly excurved and containing orange points in cell, on submedian fold and just above vein 1 ; medial area darker than the rest of the wing; an indistinct subterminal line of diffused black spots. Hindwings black brown, the basal half in and below cell, and a spot beyond cell semibyaline. Expanse 54 mm. Hab. SAo Pavuto, 8.E. Brazil. Antarclia uniformis, Nn. sp. ?. Body and wings light brown; antennae shaft white ; abdomen dorsally brown, laterally yellow, anal segment white. Forewings uniform light brown, the scales brown and the hairs light greyish brown ; a dark discocellular spot; cilia brown. -Hindwings very thinly scaled at base and medially, the margins more heavily clothed ; veins darker ; cilia ochreous. Expanse 45 mm. Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil. Differs from A. paula, Schaus, in the lateral yellow stripe and white termination of abdomen. Fam. NOCTUIDAE. Sub-fam. HaDENINAE. Chabuata nephroleuca, n. sp. ¢. Head, palpi, antennae and abdomen light reddish brown ; tegulae and thorax dark purplish brown. Forewings brown, suffused 422 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones on New Species of with darker purplish brown in and below cell ; basal line indistinct, geminate ; antemedial indistinct, wavy, geminate, clearly marked at costa; posimedial similar, the outer member represented by black points on the veins ; a pale subterminal line from vein 2-7, preceded by three wedge-shaped black spots between veins 4-7 ; termen finely dark, cilia light ; orbicular light brown enclosed in black ; reniform almost obliterated by large, grey, oblique discocel- lular spot, preceded and followed by dark shade ; a light, triangular apical spot. Hindwings uniform brown. Underneath: forewings ochreous brown; postmedial line darker. Hindwings ochreous, irrorated with brown; postmedial line darker; an indistinct discocellar spot. 2 darker. Expanse ¢ 33 mm., 2? 35 mm. Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil. Eriopyga velutina, n. sp. ¢d. Head, palpi and thorax purplish brown, the scales tipped with grey ; pectus and legs red brown; tarsi ringed with ochreous ; abdomen ochreous suffused with brown, except at base ; lateral and anal tufts rufous ; underside red brown. Forewings glossy purplish brown, suffused with greyish gloss; an indistinct subbasal line from costa to vein 1 ; some ochreous hairs at base on inner margin ; antemedial line oblique, wavy, dark brown, excurved below costa, incurved in cell, strongly angled outwards below vein 1 ; outer half of medial area dark brown; postmedial geminate, dark brown, filled in with greyish, the inner member fine, diffused, the outer broader, diffused, followed by dark shade to near sub- terminal line which is dark brown, wavy, almost broken into spots between the veins ; terminal line fine, crenulate; cilia greyish with outer fine brown line. Hindwings ochreous ; veins and outer area heavily suffused with brown ; cilia ochreous. Underside ochreous ; forewings centrally suffused with brown, costa, apex and termen suffused with pinkish brown ; hindwings, costa and apex suffused with pinkish brown irrorated with fuscous. Expanse, 38 mm. Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil, Closely allied to #. mediorufa, Schaus, but readily dis- tinguished from it by the difference in the antemedial line. Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South-East Brazil. 423 Sub-fam, ACRONYCTINAE. Trachea viridirena, 0. sp. ¢. Palpi light brown, a fuscous shade at side of second joint ; legs reddish brown ; frons yellowish brown ; vertex of head, tegulae and thorax light brown mixed with dark brown and grey ; patagia light purplish brown with a black streak followed by purplish brown fringe on inner side ; abdomen brown. Forewings purplish brown ; a pale green streak at base of cell; a black streak above inner margin from near base to antemedial line ; antemedial line gemin- ate, straight from costa to median nervure, excurved to vein l, where it is sharply angled inwards, then excurved to inner margin, the inner member diffused brown, the outer black ; postmedial line very wavy, excurved from costa to vein 5, where it is slightly angled outwards, then slightly incurved to vein 3, excurved to submedian fold and incurved to inner margin ; a subterminal line of indistinct diffused dark spots, large and distinct below vein 2; claviform black ; orbicular and reniform pale olive green suffused with brown and slightly defined by black ; a dark medial shade through reni- form to postmedial line; space between claviform and antemedial and between orbicular and antemedial fuscous; an indistinct green shade above vein 8 ; terminal line dark brown, whitish points at end of veins ; cilia dark brown with lighter line at base. Hindwings white thickly irrorated with brown on costal area, apex, veins and termen. Underside white, suffused with ochreous on costal and brown on terminal areas. ? similar, but hindwings darker and the underside more heavily suffused with brown. Expanse 29 mm. Hab, Castro, Parana, Brazil. Macapta lydia, n. sp. ¢. Palpi, legs and antennae brown ; pectus ochreous ; head red brown ; tegulae red brown mixed with yellow posteriorly ; thorax red brown mixed with yellow, a white dorsal spot at base ; abdomen light brown with indistinct darker transverse bands; anal tuft purplish. Forewings dull yellow thickly irrorated with red and purplish brown ; a dark subbasal line; antemedial line diffused purplish brown, wavy, angled outwards on subcostal, inwards in cell, outwards on median nervure, inwards on vein 1, then strongly excurved to inner margin, a yellow space follows the line across median fold; postmedial broad, geminate, filled in with yellow irrorated with red, excurved at vein 5, then incurved to inner margin, the inner member diffused purplish brown, outer member TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART II. (OCT.) FF 42.4 Mr. KE. Dukinfield Jones on Mew Species of strongly dentate, black, followed by some grey scales, the points of the teeth forming subterminal line of black points on veins ; orbicu- lar minute, white defined by dark brown ; reniform almost invisible ; a pure white discocellular streak ; widening out at lower end: a white spot on median nervure below orbicular and touching ante- medial line ; terminal line dark brown, cilia reddish. Hindwings ochreous suffused with purplish brown; a diffused, broad, dark brown postmedial line; a lunular discocellular spot; the inner and outer margins broadly suffused with dark brown. Underside ochreous suffused with purplish brown ; a broad diffused brown postmedial line ; fine lunular subterminal and fine terminal lines ; a dark discocellular spot. Expanse 27 mm. Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil. Sub-fam. ERASTRIANAE. Cydosia hyva, n. sp. . Black, suffused with dark glossy green; palpi with white spot on second joint; some white on frons and a white spot on vertex ; fore coxae and legs spotted with white ; large white spot on tegulae ; five white spots on thorax; patagia shot with purple, a coppery spot in centre, a few white scales in fringe ; abdomen with three broad white bands beneath, anal tuft orange. Forewings : three small white spots at base ; subbasal line represented by coppery spot on costal area; three white spots between subbasal and antemedial; antemedial line wavy, coppery suffused with purple ; excurved on subcostal, incurved in cell, excurved below cell, angled inwards on submedian fold ; a narrow diffused white streak on medial part of costa ; a broad white streak on submedian fold ; orbicular and reniform white, the latter distally excavated and followed by minute white spot beyond cell; postmedial line represented by coppery spot between veins 2 and 3 and followed by white band from vein 3 to 8 and a minute white spot on submedian fold; a broad coppery subterminal band, suffused with purple, very oblique at costa, then parallel with termen to near tornus, where it is slightly bent outwards ; the band is followed by a series of white spots; cilia white, interrupted by black at tornus, below vein 2 and at veins 5 and6. Hindwings: cilia black except at apex and above veins 2 and 3, where they are white. Underside black suffused with green ; a white discocellular spot on forewings and a minute apical spot on hindwings. Expanse 32 mm. Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil. Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South-East Brazil. 425 Sub-fam, DELTOIDINAE. Stellidia juno, n. sp. ¢. Palpi ochreous and fuscous ; vertex of head ochreous ; an- tennae shaft ochreous sprinkled with fuscous, the pectinations fuscous; body fuscous. Forewings fuscous ; antemedial line wavy, pale yellowish brown; postmedial pale yellowish brown, fine, dentate, excurved from costa to vein 2, incurved on submedian fold, followed by series of rather large indistinct lunular spots; a light brown discocellular spot containing two fuscous spots; a curved brown spot on costa immediately above ; four brown points on costa before apex ; a terminal row of minute brown spots at ends of veins ; cilia fuscous. Hindwings fuscous ; a fine, wavy, dentate postmedial line, followed by diffused spots as in forewings ; a discocellular spot containing two fuscous spots ; terminal row of minute spots at ends of veins; cilia fuscous, Expanse 32 mm. Hab, Corcovabo, Rio de Janeiro. Stellidia estella, n. sp. ¢. Palpi dark fuscous brown, 3rd joint tipped with white ; legs and frons dark brown; vertex brown with white band between antennae and two white spots behind ; antennae ochreous speckled with brown, fuscous at base; tegulae brown edged with ochreous white; thorax brown irrorated with grey, a white dorsal spot on pro- and metathorax ; abdomen light brown. Forewings dark brown; a white spot at base of costa; two white spots below median nervure ; antemedial line of white spots ; a white spot at base of cell and one in middle of cell; a cluster of four spots below origin of vein 2; two spots below origin of vein 3; two spots in end of cell, a spot on costa immediately above ; white spots on discocellulars and a cluster of three spots beyond ; a postmedial line of white spots ; a subterminal line of white spots between the veins, incurved above vein 5; cilia fuscous, with white spot at ends of veins and submedian fold. Hindwings not so thickly scaled ; indistinct postmedial and subterminal lines of white spots; cilia as in forewings. Underside ochreous irrorated with brown ; post- medial pale line strongly angled inwards on vein 5 and outwards on vein 2; an indistinct pale terminal line. Expanse 25 mm. Hab. SA0 Pavto, S.E. Brazil. Near S. nivosita, Schaus. FF 2 426 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones on New Species of Fam. NOTODONTIDAE. Phedosia riachuela, n. sp. Q. Palpi and legs dark brown; frons dark brown with posterior white band; tuft on head, tegulae and thorax dark brown mixed with ochreous; antennae light brown; abdomen brown. Fore- wings brown ; subbasal line dark brown, geminate from costa to median nervure, enclosing ochreous, forming dark shade in base of cell and below median nervure, followed by white point on costa ; antemedial line dark brown followed by white point on subcostal, geminate from cell to inner margin, enclosing ochreous, with dis- tinct spots on median nervure and vein 1; an indistinct, dark, diffused postmedial line ; medial area from subcostal to vein 2 very dark, containing two creamy white spots below subcostal, a small one in cell distally excavated and forming streak below subcostal almost to a second and larger spot beyond cell from subcostal to cellular fold, with streak running to vein 8; a subterminal very wavy line of dark lunules; terminal line fine, dark, interrupted at veins; ochreous points on costa before apex; cilia brown. Hindwings brown ; cilia lighter. Underside brown; forewings, an indistinct subterminal row of dark spots ; ochreous points on costa before apex ; cilia interrupted with ochreous at ends of veins in both wings. Expanse 28 mm. Hab. CuriryBa, Parana, Brazil. Poresta folwa, n. sp. ¢. Palpi reddish brown ; legs brown; frons ochreous ; tufts on head pale stone green; tegulae brown mixed with ochreous and tinged with green; thorax brown mixed with ochreous; patagia pale stone green with posterior brown streak ; abdomen brown, anal tuft greenish, underneath ochreous. Forewings ochreous suf- fused with green and irrorated with black and brown; base black with a few greenish hairs; antemedial line indistinct, broken into spots below median nervure, angled outwards in cell, thence straight and very oblique to inner margin, followed by dark shade from inner margin to cell, in which it forms a fuscous patch; a post- medial very dark shade from below vein 2 to near apex, very broad from vein 2 to 5 where it is violently reduced in width to apex, limited by very wavy line excurved on the veins; a subterminal line of short black lunules, preceded by light green shade; terminal ae Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South-East Brazil. 427 line fine, dark, widening at ends of veins; three ochreous points on costa near apex; cilia brown tinged with green. Hindwings ochreous suffused with brown. Underside ochreous suffused with reddish brown : forewings, terminal area greyish, broadly at apex and narrowly at tornus. Expanse 35 mm. Hab. Corcovano, Rio de Janeiro. Farigia curita, n. sp. gd. Palpi ochreous grey, 2nd joint black above; legs ochreous grey ; antennae shaft grey, pectinations brown ; frons grey irrorated with brown ; thorax thickly clothed with ochreous grey and dark brown hairs, ochreous beneath ; abdomen ochreous grey; the dorsal tufts brown, ochreous beneath. Forewings creamy white thickly irrorated with black and pale stone green; very indistinct basal and antemedial lines ; a more definite geminate lunular postmedial line, the lunules below veins 1 and 2 broadly black followed by dark green shade; a black streak on submedian fold projecting just beyond the lunule; the space enclosed by streak and _ post- medial line dark green near base shading into grey at postmedial ; a terminal line of oblique lunules. Hindwings ochreous ; the inner margin clothed with light brown hairs. Underneath ochreous, the costa of forewing suffused with brown. Expanse 46 mm. Hab, CurityBa, Parana, Brazil. Symmerista corcova, n. sp. Q. Palpi fawn-colour, whitish in front; head, tegulae, patagia and thorax fawn-colour mottled with ochreous ; abdomen ochreous thickly mottled with fawn-colour. Forewings ochreous thickly mottled with red brown and suffused with lilacine ; an indistinct, wavy, red brown, geminate subbasal line from costa to vein 1, forming dark point below base of cell; a red brown geminate antemedial line, the inner member being very dark, the outer lighter, nearly straight from costa to submedian fold, angled inwards on vein 1 where it encloses a whitish spot, preceded by brown shade suffused with violaceous and followed by brown shade, narrow at costa and broadening out in and below cell to tornus; postmedial line red brown, geminate, strongly dentate, enclosing light shade; some dark streaks between the veins on medial area, forming a V-shaped mark at end of cell; a sub- 428 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones on New Species of terminal row of dark red brown spots surrounded by lighter shade, the spots large and heavy above veins 3, 6, and 7 ; terminal line fine, red brown, preceded and followed by light shade between the veins; outer half of wings suffused with lilacine gloss; cilia dark brown with light shade at base. Hindwings ochreous suffused with reddish brown, darkest on costal and terminal areas. Underside: forewings ochreous centrally suffused with brown, costa and margins lighter ; a well-defined brown terminal line ; hindwings lighter. Expanse 35 mm. Hab. Corcovabo, Rio de Janeiro. Heterocampa nigriplaga, un. sp. d¢. Palpi ochreous and white, outwardly black; head ochreous and white; antennae brown; tegulae ochreous and white tinged with olivaceous ; thorax olivaceous and white; ends of patagia dark brown; abdomen olivaceous and white. Forewings ochreous irrorated with olivaceous brown and black; a black discocellular spot ; a dark subbasal line, excurved on subcostal and forming black spot below base of cell; antemedial line dark, geminate, slightly excurved ; postmedial dark brown, geminate, sinuous, strongly excurved beyond cell and incurved at veins 2-3, followed by white spot on costa; a dark triangular shade on costa from post- medial to apex, terminating on vein 4; two short black strigae on the dark patch between veins 4 and 6; a subterminal series of diffused olivaceous spots ; termen olivaceous interrupted at veins ; cilia olivaceous and white interrupted by black and ochreous at veins ; a large black patch at base from median nervure to vein 1; the space between veins 3 and 4 thickly irrorated with olivaceous. ° Hindwings ochreous irrorated with brown on veins and at costal and terminal areas ; a diffused light brown, geminate postmedial line ; the hairs on inner margin suffused with reddish brown ; cilia ochreous suffused with brown. Expanse 38 mm. Hab. Castro, Paranda, Brazil. Heterocampa viridiana, nu. sp. d. Palpi olivaceous, laterally brown; legs, head and thorax olive green, a black band round middle of fore- and mid-tibiae ; abdomen brown. Forewings yellowish olive green; base light brown; a wavy dark basal line; antemedial line wavy, black, geminate, filled in with light brown, the inner member heavier Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South-East Brazil. 429 than the outer, angled outwards on subcostal, inwards below median nervure and on vein 1; a diffused narrow dark shade between basal and antemedial lines ; postmedial line very wavy, double on costa and between veins 6 and 7, below vein 6 to inner margin single, dentate, angled outwards on the veins, followed by light brown shade ; a narrow dark medial shade; a subterminal double row of black spots separated by grey between the veins, incurved from apex to vein 3, then straight to above tornus; termen olive green ; cilia olive green with black spots at ends of veins. Hindwings ochreous, medially suffused with red, costally and terminally suf- fused with olive green; a broad, suffused brown subterminal band. Underside ochreous: forewings suffused with pale olive green on costa and apex and red on cellular area. ?. Hindwings wholly suffused with red except the extreme margin. Underside uniformly suffused with red. Expanse ¢ 38 mm.; 9 47 mm. Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil. Rifargia wneurvata, n. sp. ¢. Palpi dark tawny, the 2nd joint tawny and white in front ; head white and brown; antennae brown; tegulae and thorax tawny and white; patagia anteriorly tawny, posteriorly tawny and white with a dark streak; abdomen brown. Forewings white, irrorated with black and light brown; base ochreous thickly irrorated with black ; subbasal line black, geminate, nearly straight from costa to inner margin; antemedial line fine, black, geminate, the inner member barely visible except at costa, wavy, excurved in cell, incurved below median nervure, excurved above vein 1 where it angles inwards, then strongly bent outwards and again inwards to inner margin; a faint diffused light brown medial shade ; postmedial line black, geminate, the inner member heavy and distinct, the outer more diffused, evenly incurved from vein 7 to tornus, followed by reddish brown shade to subterminal line; a terminal series of fine black strigae at right angles to the ends of the veins from 1 to 4, then lunular to apex. Hindwings ochreous suffused with brown; a dark fascia of hairs above inner margin. Underside ; forewings white, suffused with reddish brown below costa and at apex; hindwings suffused at costa and on inner margin. Expanse 47 mm. Hab. Corcovano, Rio de Janeiro, 430 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones on New Species of fifargia castrena, 0. sp. Q. Palpi and frons dark grey ; vertex and back of head black ; tegulae pale red brown with transverse black stripe ; thorax black with anterior light ochreous dorsal spot, and two posterior spots ; patagia black ; abdomen brown, the first segment dorsally black. Forewings ochreous, heavily suffused with reddish brown and fuscous ; a strongly excurved, dark, geminate antemedial line, the outer member much stronger than the inner, excurved below costa, strongly angled inwards on subcostal, excurved in cell, strongly angled inwards on median nervure at origin of vein 2, excurved below median and running horizontally to vein 1 near base where it is inwardly and again outwardly angled before reaching inner margin; basal area to antemedial line suffused with reddish brown ; postmedial black, geminate, indistinct from costa to vein 4, well defined below vein 4, enclosing light shade, incurved between the veins ; a subterminal row of reddish brown lunular spots ; terminal line black, well defined between veins 2-4, the rest somewhat diffused ; cilia reddish brown at base, fuscous at tips; a red brown space at end of cell, extending to postmedial from vein 4 to 6 ; crossed by strong black discocellular streak joining double dark medial shade on costa to very dark medial shade between veins 2 and 4; two black lunular spots preceding subterminal lunules between veins 2 and 4; outer half of wing heavily suffused with fuscous except below apex and at tornus; veins on terminal area irrorated with black. Hindwings ochreous suffused with brown. Underside; forewings fuscous brown with suffusion of ochreous near apex : hindwings ochreous suffused and irrorated with fuscous brown. ; Expanse 40 mm. Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil. Lunotela bipunctata, n. sp. ¢. Palpi brown, whitish in front and dark brown behind ; frons white ; vertex of head dark brown mixed with white; antennae light brown, the shaft white; tegulae dark brown ; thorax ochreous sprinkled with black; patagia white, a dark streak in centre ; abdomen ochreous white, anal tuft light brown. Forewings ochreous white, the basal area suffused with pale yellowish brown, a slightly darker yellowish brown space beyond postmedial near apex;: a white spot at base of subcostal ; a dark basal line from costa to below median nervure ; antemedial line wavy, geminate, the inner Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South-East Brazl. 431 member diffused light brown, the outer black ; a black streak on submedian fold from antemedial towards base ; a line of four spots in cell ; a triple postmedial line of black spots on the veins ; a dark discocellular streak ; a fine brown subterminal line throwing off internal spurs on veins 2 and 3, below vein 2 the line is preceded and followed by small diffused black spot, on vein 5 preceded by large black spot and followed by geminate spots above and below vein, a large black spot before line at apex ; cilia ochreous white with black spots between the veins. Hindwings ochreous, the veins, costa and termen brown ; cilia ochreous white. Expanse 34 mm. Hab. Corcovano, Rio de Janeiro. Dylomia suavis, n. sp. Q. Palpi, legs, head and antennae light yellowish brown ; tegulae light yellowish brown with fawn-coloured fringe; thorax darker brown ; abdomen reddish brown. Forewings light yellowish brown ; extreme costa fawn-colour; antemedial line narrow, oblique, slightly excurved, ending in a tuft of long scales on inner margin, inwardly brown shading to light fawn-colour outwardly; post- medial heavier than antemedial, nearly straight from near apex, approximating to antemedial and ending in a tuft of short scales on inner margin, inwardly pale fawn-colour, outwardly brown ; an in- distinct subterminal row of diffused lunular dark spots ; terminal and apical areas slightly suffused with ‘darker shade; two disco- cellular dark spots, joined by fine line and surrounded by fawn- coloured scales ; cilia reddish brown, very heavy on inner margin. Hindwings slightly iridescent, ochreous, suffused with yellowish. Underside ochreous suffused with yellowish fawn-colour, heavier on costal and terminal areas. Expanse 31 mm. Hab. Sio PAvLo, S.E. Brazil. Fam. GEOMETRIDAE. Azelina flora, n. sp. ¢. Body uniform grey; legs speckled with fuscous ; hind tibiae with a central band of black; an ochreous dorsal thoracic crest ; patagia with some scattered fuscous scales posteriorly. Forewings lilacine grey, slightly irrorated with fuscous ; a dark antemedial line from median nervure to inner margin ; a dark, oblique curved fascia from one third on costa to cell, shading to buff at discocellulars ; a 432 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones on New Species of round black discocellular spot suffused with lilacine ; postmedial line very wavy, reddish brown, excurved between the veins, pre- ceded by buff beyond the cell; on medial area the veins are buff speckled with brown and there is a buff patch between vein 1 and inner margin crossed by dark strigulae; an indistinct buff sub- terminal fascia from vein 3 to 6; a subterminal series of minute white points above veins 3 to 6; cilia buff suffused with brown. Hindwings pale ochreous grey, irrorated with fuscous, especially between vein 1 and inner margin; an indistinct, geminate post- medial line with some buff scales at inner margin ; a diffused, dark discocellular spot ; terminal area suffused with fuscous ; cilia grey. Underside greyish white irrorated with fuscous; forewings with a brown postmedial line, well defined from costa to vein 4; medial area from vein 2 to 4 suffused with fuscous ; a diffused black dis- cocellular spot ; hindwings with interrupted postmedial line and black discocellular spot. Expanse 38 mm. Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil. Herbita pacondiaria, n. sp. ¢. This species is very close to H. capnodiata, Gn., but differs from that species in the absence of black surrounding the grey dis- cocellular spot on the forewings and in the costal apical spots on the underside being white instead of black. The differences being so slight led to examination ef the male ancillary appendages, which at once separated the species, the juxta in capnodiata being V-shaped, while in the present species the arms are vertical and parallel, with pointed spatulate ends. Expanse 48 mm. Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil. Fam. COSSIDAE. Langsdorfia tessellata, n. sp. ¢. Palpi reddish brown; legs ochreous, barred with reddish brown ; tegulae light brown; thorax ochreous; patagia ochreous with transverse brown bars; abdomen brownish ochreous, dorsally brown. Forewings light brown, pale, covered with dark purplish brown spots surrounded by ochreous white, the spots on costal area and in cell small and very dark, a group of large spots beyond cell between veins 4 and 6, two of them confluent above vein 5 ; termen brown ; cilia light brown. Hindwings ochreous, traces of indistinct Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South-East Brazil. 433 spots between the veins. Underside ochreous: forewings indis- tinctly as on upperside ; hindwings the spots well defined on costa above vein 8 and more distinct than on upperside on rest of wing. Expanse 35 mm. Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil. Fam. LASIOCAMPIDAE. Echedorus medialis, n. sp. Q. Palpi brown ; legs, head and antennae reddish brown ; tegu- lae and patagia ferruginous; abdomen brown, dorsally ferruginous : the terminal tuft of down black with longitudinal white stripes. Forewings light brown; a darker antemedial line angled out- wards on the veins, followed by light shade ; an indistinct dark subterminal line; termen crenulate, pale; cilia dark brown, in- terrupted at veins ; medial area suffused with dark brown, centrally thinly sealed, black, a central light space on costal area ; apex black above vein 8. Hindwings dark brown ; a diffused fuscous medial shade, followed by grey ; termen grey ; cilia brown. Expanse 63 mm. Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil. Titya suffusa, n. sp. ¢. Palpi and legs dark brown ; head, thorax and abdomen dark grey, suffused with brown. Forewings dark grey; basal third lightly and terminal third heavily suffused with brown; a broad somewhat diffused dark brown postmedial band angled outwards below costa; indistinct, wavy, dark subterminal shade and dark discocellular spot; cilia dark brown. Hindwings brown; base grey ; cilia dark brown. Expanse 58 mm. Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil. Titya serralta, n. sp. ?. Brownish grey. Antennae dark brown ; legs fuscous; anal segment of abdomen golden brown. Forewings brownish grey; a rather broad light grey antemedial line ; a dark discocellular spot ; postmedial line light grey, narrow, wavy, broader at costa, excurved at vein 8, incurved on cellular fold, excurved below vein 4, in- curved above vein 2; a diffused light grey, wavy subterminal line; 434 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones on New Species of termen dark grey; cilia dark brown. Hindwings dark brownish grey : an indistinct pale medial band ; a pale subterminal band ; termen and cilia dark brown. Expanse 64 mm. Hab. ALTO DA SERRA, Santos, Brazil. Near 7. undulosa, Walker, but differs from it in the colour of legs, antennae and the anal segment of the abdomen, the position and form of the postmedial line, and in the absence of the dark shades following the antemedial and preceding the postmedial lines. Titya castralia, n. sp. d. Body very dark purplish brown ; a few whitish hairs mixed with the dark brown on frons and patagia ; antennae tawny. Fore- wings thinly scaled, black, suffused with tawny shade darker at costa ; a trace of a pale antemedial line at costa and in cell ; post- medial line wavy, whitish, straight from costa to vein 6, where it curves inwards to vein 4, outwards below 4 and inwards on vein 2 ; a diffused black discocellular spot ; avery slight indication of a sub- terminal light shade; termen dark interrupted at the ends of the veins by whitish points; cilia dark. Hindwings: a slight indica- tion of lighter postmedial band; a dark diffused discocellular spot. Underside paler than upper ; costal area and cell of forewings very dark ; hindwings darker on basal half ; a diffused dark discocellular spot ; a pale postmedial band. @. Body and wings pale greyish brown; legs and palpi much darker ; antennae tawny ; head, tegulae and base of abdomen slightly darker ; anal segment very dark purplish brown, almost black. Forewings, basal and medial areas light grey; a slightly excurved, diffused dark antemedial line; a large black discocellular spot ; post- medial line wavy, diffused, dark, the curves as in male, followed by about the same width of grey and a rather obscure dark shade, more distinct towards apex ; terminal area greyish brown; cilia dark brown. Hindwings with indication of darker ante- and postmedial bands. Expanse ¢ 39 mm., 2 62 mm. Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil. Sphinta schausiana, n. sp. ¢. Palpi and pectus dark brown; legs ochreous grey; frons ochreous ; vertex grey ; antennae ochreous ; tegulae grey, suffused with brown posteriorly ; patagia grey suffused with brown ; a black Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South-East Brazil. 435 dorsal stripe from back of head to base of abdomen ; abdomen dark brown, base black, anal tuft grey ; beneath ochreous. Forewings white, the veins brown; costal area and cell dark brown thickly clothed with greenish grey hairs and scales ; a diffused dark brown streak below median nervure from vein 1 to vein 4, and below this three elongate dark brown lunules below veins 2, 3, and 4; a diffused dark streak between veins 5 and 6 and three dark sub- terminal spots below apex ; termen ochreous white; cilia dark brown. Hindwings white suffused with pale brown on costa and inner margin; a diffused brown spot at tornus; cilia white. Expanse 43 mm. _ Hab. CurityBa, Parana, Brazil. Fam. PEROPHORIDAE. Perophora albescens, n. sp. ¢. Head, palpi and antennae ochreous; legs ochreous irrorated with black ; a white tuft at base of antennae; tegulae white with some ochreous and a few scattered black scales, thorax white suffused with ochreous and irrorated with black ; abdomen dorsally white suffused with ochreous and irrorated with black ; dark dorsal tufts on segments 4,5 and 6; ventrally ochreous and white. Forewings white, sparsely irrorated with black ; costa ochreous; a diffused ochreous, wavy antemedial line, more distinct from vein 2 to inner margin ; an irregular diffused postmedial line, ochreous from inner margin to just below vein 3, then reddish brown to costa, a projection at veins 7 and 8; preceded by ochreous suffusion which fills the medial area below vein 2, with the exception of triangular space between origin of vein 2 and antemedial line; terminal area suffused with ochreo-fuscous with the exception of narrow line following post- medial ; a darker Junular patch beyond postmedial from veins 3 to5 ; a fuscous patch on costa close to apex ; discocellular ochreous ; cilia ochreous white. Hindwings white, outwardly suffused with ochreous and irrorated with black ; a very indistinct diffused ochreous antemedial line, heavily suffused with reddish brown at inner margin and at veins 3 and 4. Underside ochreous white irrorated with black: postmedial line on both wings distinct ; terminal area paler. Expanse 30 mm. Hab. SA0 Pauto, S.E. Brazil. 436 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones on New Species of Perophora fenestrata, n. sp. 6. Palpi brown; legs light ochreous brown sprinkled with — black, fore tibiae pinkish ; frons and tegulae creamy pink ; antennae ochreous ; thorax and abdomen pale brown sprinkled with black scales and slightly tinged with pinkish. Forewings light brown, slightly irrorated with black and suffused with a pink shade ; costa tawny ; a diffused, indistinct, double, dark medial shade from costa through end of cell to inner margin ; trace of postmedial dark shade, forming diffused spot above vein 8; a dark discocellular bar, followed by minute hyaline spots above and below vein 5; a small pink sub- terminal suffusion between veins 6 and 8 ; cilia dark brown. Hind- wings similar to the forewings, but the medial dark shade is beyond the cell and becomesa single line from vein 2 to inner margin ; dark discocellular bar and hyaline spots larger than on the forewing. Underside : forewings light brown suffused with pink and irrorated with black ; veins, cell and subapical patch heavily suffused with red; a narrow, dark brown, diffused postmedial shade; dark disco- cellular bar; hindwings with the red suffusion on the veins only; dark postmedial shade and dark discocellular bar. Expanse 46 mm. Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil. Perophora jaruga, n. sp. ¢d. Palpi red-brown shaded with fuscous; frons and antennae yellowish brown ; tegulae centrally paler ; anal tuft fuscous at tip. Forewings : a very indistinct fuscous antemedial line well defined, black, oblique from costa to vein 7, thence nearly straight to middle of inner margin, followed by narrow light shade and broad, black suffusion forming large triangular space at tornus from inner margin to vein 4 crossed by pale band from inner margin to vein 3, straight from vein 4 to near termen on vein 8, above vein 8 reaching apex ; a pale discocellular bar, slightly defined by fuscous ; termen pale ; cilia dark. Hindwings;: a black medial band and obscure sub- terminal shade. Both wings and abdomen are sparsely sprinkled with white scales tipped with black. Expanse 60 mm. Hab. GuarusA, Santos, S.E. Brazil. Fam. MEGALOPYGIDAE. Megalopyge nivosa, n. sp. ¢. Frons, pectus and inner side of fore and middle femora and tibiae dark brown; outer side white; hindlegs brown; all tarsi Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South-East Brazil. 437 brown; antennae ochreous, shaft white; vertex of head white ; tegulae dark brown; thorax brown ; a large white spot on front of patagia, some white subdorsal hairs on metathorax ; abdomen brown, underside ochreous and brown. Forewings white ; base of costa, veins and medial area below median nervure brown ; terminal area suffused with brown; a group of dark brown spots at base ; two dark brown streaks in cell ; a brown fascia on median ner- vure, broadening at end of cell from vein 3 to 5; a triangular dark brown spot on discocellulars ; a small brown mark at origin of vein 8 ; a diffused brown terminal line ; cilia brown. Hindwings ochreous ; veins and hairs on inner area brown. Underside ochreous white, suffused with brown on costal area ; veins brown. Expanse 36 mm. Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil. Near M. albicollis, Walker. Megalopyge lanocrispa, n. sp. d. Frons and pectus dark brown ; tarsi fuscous brown banded with ochreous ; vertex of head ochreous ; back of head light brown ; antennae dark ochreous ; tegulae ochreous in front, brown behind ; thorax ochreous and light brown ; abdomen light brown. Fore- wings ochreous white; costa and inner margin ochreous ; veins light brown ; a diffused dark discocellular spot ; a postmedial brown band followed by lighter shade, excurved from vein 9 to vein 2, where it is slightly bent outwards and straight to vein 1b; five wavy black fasciae from base, one on subcostal nervure, two in cell, the lower one reaching to above origin of vein 2, one slightly shorter just below median nervure and one above 1b; a short dark streak at each side of veins on terminal area: a brown terminal line, broken at the veins ; cilia similar. Hindwings ochreous ; veins and inner area suffused with yellowish brown. Underside ochreous ; fore- wings, costa and veins suffused with brown; hindwings, basal half and veins suffused with brown. Expanse 40 mm. Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil. Allied to MZ. fieldia, Schaus. Edibessa ferugina, n. sp. g. Head and body bright orange tawny ; frons and antennae dark fuscous ; a pinkish white dorsal spot on prothorax ; patagia inwardly fringed with pinkish white ; two pinkish white spots merging into patagia. Forewings fuscous ; base pinkish white followed by suffused band of orange rapidly fading into fuscous; costal area orange at 438 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones on New Species base, shading to yellowish grey at apex ; an orange fascia through lower half of cell, extending to apex, diffused beyond cell; a dark space on terminal area below apex ; termen narrowly dark cream- colour from near tornus to vein 5; inner margin suffused with orange; cilia cream-colour suffused with fuscous. Hindwings fuscous ; base rose pink ; inner half of wing, costa and inner margin orange ; cilia cream-colour suffused with fuscous. Underside: fore- wings the same as upper, excepting that the fascia in the cell does not extend beyond it; the base of both wings rose pink. ?. The colours are paler and there is no fuscous on frons. Expanse, ¢ 37 mm, 2? 50 mm. Hab. Corcovano, Rio de Janeiro. Edibessa placida, n. sp. ¢. Head, pectus and thorax dull orange ; frons heavily suffused with fuscous ; legs fuscous, the tarsi white at extremities of joints ; antennae dark fuscous ; tegulae and patagia fringed with pinkish white ; two large black subdorsal spots on metathorax ; abdomen dark fuscous. Forewings light fuscous ; base pinkish white followed by suffused fuscous shade, more defined at base of cell ; costa dark fuscous at base fading to pale fuscous at apex ; subcostal area creamy white ; termen narrowly creamy white from tornus to vein 5; cilia creamy white, suffused with fuscous below apex. Hindwings pale fuscous; costal area creamy. Underside the same as upper, except that the costa of forewing is creamy. Expanse 30 mm. Hab. Corcovano, Rio de Janeiro. LEdibessa rufa, n. sp. 3. Body bright brick red ; frons brick red ; vertex of head red brown ; antennae brown, shaft dark ; tegulae red brown tinged with brick red anteriorly ; thorax red brown ; abdomen bright brick red, anal tuft brown. Forewings.red brown thinly scaled ; a postmedial diffused fuscous band, broad beyond cell, more defined and broken into three spots near inner margin ; ciliafuscous. Hindwings bright brick red. Underside uniform brick red. Expanse 28 mm. Hab. SAo Pauto, S.E. Brazil. Edibessa vubrivena, n. sp. 2. Head, pectus and legs bright red; tarsi fuscous; antennae fuscous ; thorax light brown with two anterior tufts of red ; patagia light brown, outwardly red ; abdomen bright red; anal segment Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South-Hast Brazil. 439 light greyish brown. Forewings light brown, thinly scaled ; costa and veins, with the exception of subcostal nervure and submedian veins, red ; cilia red; a postmedial row of fuscous spots angled outwards beyond cell between veins 4 and 5, thence incurved to middle of inner margin. Hindwings rose pink ; cilia red. Under- side uniform red. Expanse 30 mm. Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil. Possibly this may be the female of the preceding species. Norape undulata, n. sp. ¢. Pure white ; frons, pectus and upper side of forelegs fuscous ; antennae shaft white, pectinations buff; abdomen indistinctly banded with buff. Forewings: basal third of costa fuscous; a geminate fuscous spot in end of cell ; a subterminal row of fuscous spots above veins 2-5 ; an antemedial bar of raised scales from cell to inner margin ; a similar medial bar and postmedial band, the latter reaching indistinctly to costa. Hindwings pure white. ?. Antennae white with the pectinations slightly ochreous ; abdomen more distinctly banded than in male. Forewings: costa entirely white ; the fuscous spots as in male but much fainter. Expanse ¢ 27 mm., 2 33 mm. Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil. Fam. LIMACODIDAE. Asbolia chica, n. sp. 3. Pale yellowish brown ; palpi, fore tibiae, antennae and patagia tawny. Forewings tawny, slightly suffused with grey on costa; a whitish line from base below median nervure to apex, where it is joined by a similar subterminal line ; a dark shade above the white from base to origin of vein 2; just before vein 2 the white line throws off a spur towards tornus ; beyond the spur the space between the white lines is fuscous, from base to spur tawny ; on costal area at apex a patch of reddish tawny, diffused on inner side; cilia tawny. Hindwings ochreous; a fine tawny terminal line; cilia ochreous yellow. Expanse 31 mm. Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil. This species is very close to A. cicur, Schaus ; but differs from it in the more definite fuscous shade between the white lines and in the form of the scales on costal area, which are broad and lustrous in A. cicur and dull and hair-like in this species. TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PaRT II. (OCT.) GG 4.40 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones on New Species of Fam. PYRALIDAE. Sub-fam. CHRYSAUGINAE. Chrysauge aurantia, n. sp. Palpi black ; frons brown in front and black behind ; Jegs and antennae dark brown ; tegulae black with anterior line of orange ; thorax and abdomen black ; wings black. Forewings with broad orange band from costa near base, following above vein 1 to tornus, where it is violently curved backwards to meet costa at two-thirds from base. Hindwings with broad orange space from base, including lower half of cell. Underside the same as upper. Expanse 35 mm. Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil. Acrodegmia gigantalis, n. sp. Q. Palpi, legs and abdomen dark brown; head, thorax and antennae a lighter shade. Forewings light yellowish brown ; ante- medial line geminate, diffused, ferruginous, enclosing lighter shade, oblique across cell, angled outwards on median nervure, slightly incurved to vein 1, scarcely visible on costa and inner margin, pre- ceded by broadly diffused ferruginous ; postmedial line similar to antemedial, outwardly oblique from costa to vein 8, strongly excurved to vein 2, then incurved to inner margin, followed by ferruginous shade fading to yellowish brown at termen ; a rufous fascia on inner margin from near base to a little beyondpostmedial ; cilia rufous. Hindwings brown with diffused darker medial shade. Underside brown ; a fuscous patch at costa beyond cell of forewings ; a diffused, geininate postmedial line, the inner member broad and the outer narrow. Expanse 76 mm. Hab. Sko Pavio, S.E. Brazil. The type is somewhat faded, being originally inclined to olivaceous on the forewings. Hurypta flammalis, n. sp. ¢. Palpi, legs and antennae dark brown ; head, thorax and abdo- men black. Forewings bright orange, the base, costa, apex and termen black ; a narrow black fascia from below middle of cell to tornus. Hindwings black. Expanse 18 mm. Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil. Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South-East Brazil. 441 Tosale lugubris, n. sp. 2. Head, thorax and abdomen brown. Forewings greyish brown suffused and irrorated with dark brown ; base greyish brown ; ante- medial line dark brown, geminate, strongly excurved, filled in with greyish brown ; the outer half of inner area thickly irrorated with dark brown ; postmedial diffused, dark brown, followed by ochreous, strongly excurved from costa to vein 2, where it bends violently outwards to tornus, forming acute angle on vein 2, the ochreous line broken into dots on veins 2-6 ; outer half of medial and inner half of terminal areas olivaceous with slight metallic sheen ; an indistinct subterminal row of dark points; cilia dark brown Hindwings brown ; an indistinct ochreous postmedial line, more defined from vein 2 totornus. Underside brown; an indistinct, diffused, geminate postmedial line filled in with ochreous. Expanse 23 mm. Hab. Castro, Paranda, Brazil. Axamora pyrochroma, n. sp. 2. Head, palpi, legs and thorax purplish brown; abdomen brown. Forewings rich chestnut brown, veins and lines dark purple brown ; base purplish brown ; antemedial line dark purplish brown followed by pure white line broadening out to white spot on costa; postmedial line incurved from costa to vein 7, then strongly excurved to vein 4 from which it runs straight to inner margin ; a triangular white spot on costa beyond postmedial ; an indistinct, broken sub- terminal line, more distinct from veins 4—7 ; a dark terminal line ; a dark medial shade suffused with purplish white in and below cell to near inner margin ; cilia dark purplish brown, pale at base, a few white scales at apex and below vein 2. Hindwings golden yellow suffused with brown on costal and apical areas; very indistinct postmedial and subterminal lines; terminal line brown, cilia paler than in forewings. Expanse 22 mm. Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil. Sub-fam. EpIPpASCHIANAE. Stericta basalis, n. sp. ?. Proboscis, fore and middle femora and tibiae and head pale reddish brown mixed with ochreous; palpi pale reddish brown, 2nd joint ochreous in front, 3rd joint black ; antennae grey ; tegulae GG 2 442 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones on New Species of pale reddish brown; thorax black with some ochreous scales; patagia ochreous ; abdomen ochreous irrorated with black, anal tuft black ; underneath, 1st segment white. Forewings ochreous white jrrorated with black ; basal third pale reddish brown, heavily shaded with black on inner margin and before antemedial line; antemedial line black, geminate, enclosing white band, inner member heavy, outer finer and diffused, angled inwards on vein 1; an indis- tinct diffused black medial shade, the medial area being lighter within and darker beyond the shade; subterminal line black, dentate, followed by ochreous white, oblique from costa to vein 4, then bent inwards to vein 2 and outwards to inner margin ; termen black ; cilia ochreous, suffused with brown, a dark brown band near base. Hindwings ochreous ; veins, costa, apex and termen suffused with brown; cilia ochreous with brown band. Expanse 26 mm, Hab, Castro, Parana, Brazil. Deuterollyta francesca, n. sp. ¢. Antennal processes black ; palpi 1st joint white, 2nd joint white with a few tawny scales at base and black at end, 3rd joint black with minute white tip; pectus white ; fore-femora olivaceous with white at base and extremity ; tarsi fuscous ringed with white ; mid- and hind-femora white with olivaceous patch on outer side ; head ochreous white ; thorax ochreous with some black dorsal scales ; abdomen ochreous anteriorly irrorated with brown, some black scales underneath. Forewings ochreous; costa, base and medial area from costa to a little beyond median nervure pale olive green ; a white point at base of costa ; a white band from one-third on costa crossing cell and fusing with white streak above median nervure ; a patch of raised white scales below cell ; beyond this a smaller white patch crossed by black striga; a white fascia from middle of costa to near apex, crossed by olive green band near the end; the olive green and white space surrounded by black irroration, narrow from base to vein 3, where it broadens out to subterminal line as far as vein 7; from above vein 7 to apex black; terminal area from 7 to 4 white, from 4 to tornus ochreous slightly tinged with green ; a tri- angular black point at lower angle of discocellulars ; termen black, broken at veins ; cilia white. Hindwings iridescent white, some fuscous irroration at apex. Expanse 23 mm. Hab. Castro, Paranda, Brazil. Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South-East Brazil. 443 Macalla sinwalis, n. sp. ¢. Proboscis, palpi, fore-femora and head fawn-colour with some white scales intermixed ; fore- and middle-tibiae fawn with black band round middle ; antennae dark brown, a few whitish scales on the shaft ; antennal processes fawn-colour with some white and a few black scales, the middle portion of brush very dark grey ; tegulae fawn with some black scales; thorax ochreous and fawn, two large black subdorsal, posterior spots; patagia fawn, white and very dark grey ; abdomen ochreous, two large black subdorsal spots on Ist segment; a dorsal and two lateral black spots on 2nd segment, the remainder heavily suffused and irrorated with black and a few fawn scales, underneath ochreous. Forewings creamy white, suffused and irrorated with fawn and black; base black, followed by fawn irrorated with black; a black triangular patch before antemedial line below median nervure; antemedial line black, sinuous, angled outwards on subcostal, inwards below median nervure, followed by white below median nervure; postmedial black, in- curved below costa, excurved on veins 4-5, incurved on vein 2 followed by white below costa ; medialearea centrally suffused with bright fawn-colour, a few black irrorations on costa, beyond and below cell, and an inner margin; a round black discocellular spot ; terminal area suffused with fawn and irrorated with black ; a heavy dark shade before apex from costa to below vein 5, a smaller dark shade below veins 2 and 3; a terminal row of dark spots between the veins; cilia ochreous interrupted by dark points at veins. Hindwings opalescent, creamy white ; apex broadly black ; small fuscous spots at tornus and at end of vein 2. Expanse 34 mm. Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil. Macalla regalis, n. sp. ¢. Proboscis, palpi, pectus and femora reddish brown; tibiae dark brown mixed with whitish ; tarsi fuscous ringed with ochreous, antennae grey ; antennal processes reddish brown, the base of the brush with long fuscous scales, top of brush reddish brown; head, tegulae and abdomen reddish brown mixed with ochreous ; thorax anteriorly ochreous, posteriorly fuscous ; patagia reddish brown and fuscous ; abdomen ventrally ochreous, anal tuft light brown tipped with fuscous.. Forewings white ; basal third reddish brown heavily suffused and irrorated with black ; terminal third suffused with reddish brown, a very dark circular patch below apex : antemedial line black, sinuous, excurved on subcostal, incurved below median 444 Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South-East Brazil. nervure, angled outwards on vein 1, followed by white ; postmedial brown, wavy, wide at costa, excurved at veins 5-3; a patch of raised white scales on discocellulars, with a few black scales on median nervure ; medial area centrally lightly suffused with light brown, costa and subcostal irrorated with dark brown, the other veins with light brown ; a terminal line of brown spots between the veins ; cilia ochreous with central dark line, red-brown at tornus and dark brown at apex, outwardly brown opposite the veins. Hindwings white, the margins dark fuscous, broad at apex, narrow at tornus and inner margin ; cilia fuscous with dark central line. Underside : forewings, base black ; medial area white; terminal area black; a black discocellular streak ; hindwings, base of costal area black, medial costal area ochreous irrorated with fuscous; ter- minal area black, wide ateapex, narrow at tornus; a short black streak on upper portion of discocellulars. Expanse 35 mm. Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil. ( 445) IX. The study of mimicry (Batesian and Miillerian) by temperature experiments on two ‘Tropical butter- flies. By Lizur.-CoLoneut N. MANDERS, R.A.M.C., F.Z.S., FES. [Read February 7th, 1912.] PiaTe XLI: THESE experiments were undertaken when I was becom- ing impressed with the conviction that Natural Selection was not the prime factor in causing those remarkable resemblances among certain tropical butterflies which are usually classed as instances of Batesian or Miillerian mimicry. They are not so numerous as I could wish, but as I am unlikely to be able to continue them, I bring them forward as they may be of assistance to others in future work in what I believe to be a fruitful field. The insects dealt with form the best known case of mimicry among butterflies; the classical example of Batesian mimicry, viz. Danais chrysippus (model), and its two forms dorippus and alcippus, and Hypolimnas misippus (mimic) with its trimorphic female resembling D. chrysippus, dorippus, and alcippus respectively. I have chosen these two butterflies as they are almost universally known to entomologists; they are not subject in any way to seasonal dimorphism; and they were com- mon at Colombo where these experiments were carried out. The material of these experiments has been pre- sented to the Hope Department of the Oxford University Museum, where it will be accessible to all naturalists. It will be as well to devote a few words to the life- history of these butterflies as I have observed them in Ceylon. Danais chrysippus. Though the natural enemies of the perfect insect are few in number it is by no means exempt from destruction in its earlier stages. It is difficult to estimate the pressure of enemies during the egg stage, but I believe there is a gradual decrease “of mortality “from egg to imago in all TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART IL. (ocr.) 446 Lieut.-Col. N. Manders on the Study of Mimicry by butterflies—from birth to maturity—thus following the general law among living beings. The parasitic Hymenopteron Zvichogramma evanescens is excessively common, and large numbers of eggs are found parasitised. Ants destroy them largely, more especially when fresh laid, and from these two causes alone I am inclined to consider that the damage to the chrysippus population is greater than in the succeeding stage. The larva which, on account of its striking appearance, is fre- quently selected as an example of aposematic or warning coloration, has at least two parasites; a Tachinid and a species of ichneumon (Apanteles ?), both these are very common. ‘They are preyed on also by a small green spider and ants, but these latter do not readily molest them unless they have been previously injured. The larvae themselves are addicted to cannibalism if over- crowded or there is a deficiency of food. In its early stages it secretes itself beneath the leaves of its most usual food-plant, Calotropis gigantea, eating out circular holes which readily disclose its proximity. Whether it occupies the under surface for concealment or because this is more easily masticated is uncertain, probably both factors combine; when half-grown and thence onwards it feeds exposed, and is then a conspicuous object when on the leaves, but it matches well with the purplish-green flowers on which it readily feeds. As a pupa it has fewer foes, though undoubtedly immediately after the larval skin has been cast and before it hardens it is liable to be attacked by ants and also by larvae of its own species; but otherwise it is apparently immune. It is dichroic, some being pale apple-green, the colour of the leaves, and others pale pink. The colour is not wholly susceptible to its environment as it is not unusual to find a pink pupa conspicuously suspended beneath a green leaf of the food- plant. The perfect insect has few enemies, as far as my own observations extend; lizards of the genus Calotes prey upon them, as they do upon any species of butterfly, and they are liable to be eaten by birds when injured. It is one of the most widely distributed tropical butter- flies and has two well-marked forms: D. dorippus, in which the white subapical band and black apex are replaced by the same red colour as the rest of the wing, and D. alcippus with its sub-form aleippoides in which the hindwing is more or less white. Temperature Experiments on two Tropical Butterflies, 447 Inspection of this series brings out the following poimts— First.—The crippled condition of many of the specimens. This is due no doubt to the weakening effects of the abnormal conditions to which the pupae were subjected ; the mortality varied from one in four to over fifty per cent. Secondly.—The large number with more or less red on the apex of the forewing, which is normally black. No selection of any kind has been made, all the specimens bred, whether normal or otherwise, are represented. Thirdly—The marked increase of red in those treated with excessive dry heat. The 29s, as in all cases, are more affected than the ffs. Fourthly.—The conspicuous red apex of two specimens treated with dry heat at 90° F., a temperature common at Colombo, where, however, the atmosphere is humid. Fifthly.—The slight but still perceptible red on one specimen treated with dry cold. It is probable that if as great a shock could be produced by cold as by heat the same changes would occur, show- ing that such are due to internal conditions rather than external causes. There is no approach, except very slightly in two specimens, to the form alcippordes, it is all towards dorippus. Two females (No. 26, No. 28) which were sub- jected to moist heat show an inclination to the deep dull red which is so characteristic of the species in the hot, damp climate of Sumatra and Java. Comparing these butterflies with a large representa- tive collection, such as the National Collection at South Kensington, one is at once struck with the almost total absence in the latter of specimens which I may call inter- mediate, that is, between the type chrysippus and the form dorippus. In the very large series at South Kensington I could only find two or three, though the breadth of the white subapical bar and the number and size of the white spots on the forewing is greater than in my series, and in China they are developed to such an extent as to form a well-marked local race named by Moore Danais bowringii. Out of the hundreds of Ceylon specimens that have passed through my hands, I have only seen one that has any red scaling on the apex, and this one I captured myself at Colombo after a long drought. Professor Poulton writes, “This variety (dorippus) is sharply cut off from the type form. Although faint traces of a former white bar can be made out in dorippus, I have never seen, among thousands 448 Lieut.-Col. N. Manders on the Study of Mimiery by of individuals, the material out of which a good transitional series between it and chrysippus could be constructed” (“Essays on Evolution,” p. 70). As to the factor which produced these intermediates, Professor Poulton, in a letter to me, writes, “The species (chrysippus) has a double constitution A and B, developed from internal causes (viz. within itself, and hereditary), but they are not so far crystallised out but what some effect in the direction of A or B may be produced by external causes; but not apparently the whole effect—at least so far as you have gone.” And again, “I do not change my view that the ultimate cause is internal and not external. That the internal condition can be modified to some extent your experiments certainly seem to show; although you do not produce the full dorippus effect, what- ever you do. The full dorippus form is a dominant one on Kilimanjaro, with all its mountain moisture, showing, I think, that it is not heat and dryness that produce it. The same conclusion is supported by the fact that dorippus is extremely rare south of the Zambesi, although there are vast tracts of land that are dry, hot, and desert, for a large part of the year. Hence, although the germ-plasm seems certainly alterable by heat, that does not seem to be the way that usually works in nature. It may be so in the desert area of Ceylon, accounting for the isolated indi- viduals that occur there of dorippus. Inaria is even more clearly independent of climatic causes, for its proportion is considerable all over Africa; yet the climate varies immensely. It is a common form on the West Coast.” I quite agree that the cause is internal and hereditary, but rather consider that the constitution 1s simple and that an external cause such as shock to the developing pupa throws it back to an earlier form of its internal development. That external conditions have in them- selves power to produce some effect is indicated by the approach to the Sumatra form by the agency of moist heat, and Mr. Merrifield has shown by his experiments on Chrysophanus phioeas, that that buttertly is ready to assume a different colouring according to the temperature at which the larva is reared. But in the present state of our know- ledge it is frequently impossible to say what is due to in- ternal causes and what to the pressure of external conditions. The question arises which is the ancestral form, chrysippus or dorippus? Most entomologists, I believe, consider the Temperature Hupervments on two Tropical Butterflies. 449 former to be the older, chiefly on the grounds that the latter is widely different in appearance from any now existing member of the group, and that in certain speci- mens the remains of a former bar are more or less visible. I do not know that either of these objections is insuperable, but if so, I can only assume that the germ-plasm has now become so fixed by inheritance that no form of shock can throw it backwards to an earlier type, but only disturbs it to such an extent as to cause it to produce the easiest variation of which it is now capable. On the other hand, all experimenters on the earlier stages of European Lepidoptera, Weismann, Merrifield, Standfuss, and others, lay great stress on the fact that shock tends to throw the imsect towards the ancestral type, and I certainly know of no detailed experiments to the contrary. It is scarcely reasonable that the same agent would throw one insect back to the type, and another to the form towards which it is tending. There is one fact recently brought to my notice by Mr. Doncaster of great importance. He tells me that he has received from Coimbatore, in the Madras Presidency, a brood of bred chrysippus in which were a considerable number of dorip- pus, the parent being the type. This is the first instance of such an occurrence, and it is the more interesting as dorippus has never to my knowledge ever been taken in Madras. I regard these dorippus as a throw-back to the ancestral form. We shall see that we shall be confronted with precisely the same difficulty when dealing with Hypolimnas misippus. It is, however, clear that neither form is a sudden mutation, but has been formed gradually the one from the other. Hypolimnas masippus. Few remarks are needed regarding its life-history, but I give the following from my note-book to show the rapid growth of the larvae, and the remarkably short time during which Natural Selection can have any influence on the mature butterfly. It will be noticed that the female lays the whole of her eggs in about ten days. “17.10.09. Captured diocippus 2 in cabinet condition. 20.10.09. Noticed a considerable number of eggs laid. 24.10.09. Several larvae are hatched and evidently a day or two old, if not older. Transferred 2 to another cage, 450 Lieut.-Col. N. Manders on the Study of Mimicry by 29.10.09. Many of the larvae are half-grown. She is still ovipositing. To-day I collected over 100 eggs, laid since the 24th. Transferred to another cage. 2.11.09. No more eggs laid. 4.11.09. Found dead, apparently from natural causes. Two larvae pupated to-day ; the pupation of larvae from eggs first laid is practically coincident with the length of oviposition.” It only appears in Ceylon directly after the rain, at the burst of the North-East Monsoon, and dies out with it. It has occurred the last four years with extraordinary regularity; in 1908 early in October; 1909 on October 12th; 1910 on October 12th; 1911 on October 7th. They always appear in considerable numbers and in the finest condition, and are no doubt bred on the spot. It flies commonly in November, gets scarce towards the end of December, by which time the females have mostly dis- appeared, and the last few males die out towards the end of January, not to be seen again until the following October. Males and females are equally numerous, the males fre- quenting flowering shrubs, and the females more open ground in the neighbourhood of the food-plant, Portulaca oleracea. It is in such country that its presumed model, D. chrysippus, occurs, and it is not uncommon for the chrysippus § to mistake the misippus 2 for one of its own species. Butterflies recognise each other by sight as well as by scent; the smell of a crushed mzsippus is very differ- ent from that of chrysippus. It is not rare for misippus f to court for a few moments D. chrysippus. The form of female which represents D. chrysippus, form dorippus, known as inaria, Cram., is distinctly rarer than the female of the type diocippus, Cram., which resembles chrysippus. In Colombo, in eight years, I have not seen a dozen specimens; but Mr. Ormiston tells me that in his part of the country at 4,500 ft. the proportion is about one of inaria to six of the type. Intermediates are rare ; I picked out one in a collector’s box which had the white apical bar thickly covered with reddish scales, but have never taken one myself or known of one taken by others. It was advisable to ascertain the normal number of inaria in a batch of eggs laid by diocippus and vice versa, but unfortunately I was unable to find a single specimen Temperature Experiments on two Tropical Butterflies. 451 of inaria. In October 1909 from a normal diocippus 2 I obtained 250 eggs; there were 50 deaths from one cause or other and 197 resulting butterflies, 110 ffs and 87 $9s, all without exception of the diocippus form. In October of the following year I bred 225 from another female of the same form; the result was 84 ffs and 76 92s, all typical diocippus, except five which were slightly speckled with red on the three small apical spots on the forewing ; the remainder of the brood, 65 in number, I experimented with. (C1, Cla, etc.) These results contrast in a most remarkable manner with those of the Rev. St. Aubyn Rogers in East Africa. He writes to me, “From an intermediate between the type and inaria form, but on the whole nearer the former, I obtained about 50 ffs and 49 99s, but all inaria, some slightly aleippoides. In the following year an inazva laid 100 eggs, resulting in 60 ffs and 36 99s, the whole diocippus! Weather dry.” He added, “If cnaria is the dry weather form (as I had surmised it being so uncommon in damp Ceylon), the offspring should be inaria.” * Mr. G. F. Leigh in Natal obtained from an intermediate female 8 ffs, 5 diocippus and 3 inaria. These results probably have a Mendelian interpretation, but they throw no light on the origin of these two forms. Turning now to the results obtained; the butterflies exhibited are labelled A, B, C, Cla, ete. Those labelled A, consisting of 9 ~fs and 55 99s, the parent of which is also shown, form dzocippus, are part of the brood of 197 bred in October 1909, and show the normal appearance of the species as it occurs in Ceylon. They are in no way selected. Those labelled B were from a similar parent to A, and only a few eggs were laid. They were all treated artificially, but as it was open to any one to say that they might have produced these abnormal forms under natural conditions, I took a third brood C, which I divided into two. One half was reared under natural conditions and produced all normal ffs and diocippus 22s; the other half I again divided into two, treating one portion artificially in the * In a subsequent letter dated 23.11.1911 he writes, “I got a ? of the type form from which I bred 73 ¢ gsand 56 9 Qs, of which 38 were of the type form and 18 of the znaria form and no intermediates.” See Proc. Ent, Soc., 1911, p. xliv, and also 1912, p. |xxiii. 452 Lieut.-Col. N. Manders on the Study of Mimiery by early stage of pupal life, and the other in the later stage. I should say the parent was of the type form. The whole of the abnormal specimens can be treated collectively. The first noticeable point is the large number of cripples and malformed individuals. The mortality among those artificially treated was very high. Jisippus is very hardy, and easy to breed, and there is no difficulty in obtaining large numbers of normal butterflies, but abnormal condi- tions have a great effect on them. The difference between the two was very marked, the latter often dying just before emergence, or with very little power of breaking through the pupa case; their movements after emergence were excessively feeble compared with the others. ‘l'aking the females first, the number of intermediates, 7.¢. with the apices and white band of the forewing speckled with red, is very large. Though such are not unknown in East Africa, it is significant of their rarity that in the National Collection I could only find one from Aden, one from Muscat, and one from Berhampore. In this series there is a gradual increase of red, from a few scattered scales in the black apex, to a complete change from one form to the other. I would also call attention to the character of the subapical band. Normally it is a slight curve from the costa to the outer margin, and is composed of separate spots divided by the black veins, but in these it is distinctly broader, longer, and more circular, and the spots are united into one continuous band. This is the normal appearance of the 2 in certain areas of its distribution, for instance, at Port Darwin, the Cocos Keeling Islands, Java, and Sumatra, and in the latter islands the forewings are often of the same deep red colour as D. chrysippus. There are three noticeable features in the males. First, the appearance of a small white spot in the cell of the forewings, and in two or three specimens there is a second. These are extremely rare in the normal butterfly, which is exceedingly constant in colouring. Secondly, the rather more prominent and extensive lunular subterminal lines on the upper side of the hindwings. Thirdly, the less intense black of the tornus in the forewing underside, which in one specimen is distinctly red. In none is there any red on the forewing. Comparing these males with those in the South Kensing- ton Museum, I find a solitary specimen from the Silaki Valley, British East Africa, with a small amount of red at the base of the forewing upperside, and the lunules well Temperature Experiments on two Tropical Butterflies. 453 marked on the hindwing. From the island of Formosa there are two males like the above, and the tornus beneath is red. Whether this is the usual form of the insect in that island I am unable to say. In constructing the ancestral type, we should probably be on safe ground by assuming that it had more white and a certain amount of red on the forewing, a lunulated band completely round the outer margin of the hindwing, and more red on the underwing. Anything beyond this is conjectural. Referring for a moment to the females, it will be seen that in the forced specimens there are in the blue costal margin of the cell, two spots, sometimes red, sometimes white, in precisely the same position as the two white spots in the cell of the males. These are absent, or nearly so, in normal specimens, and we may conclude that, at one time in its history, the female had more white on the forewing than it has at present. This would rather incline us to the view that diocippus is the earlier form, but, as in chrysippus, we are confronted with the difficulty that shock throws back the insect to the earlier stage, in which case, judging by these intermediates, inaria is the more ancient type, and we must account for these addi- tional spots by the not improbable conjecture that the evolution of such a variable butterfly has not been uniform. The study of the closely allied species Hypolimnas bolina may help us in our determination of this question. It is difficult in a few words to give a brief, and at the same time lucid, account of the innumerable variations of this protean butterfly. The male, throughout its immense range, is very fairly constant, being very similar in general appearance to that of H. misippus. In Fiji the spots are very small, and a very deep blue. The females in their western area do not vary greatly, being generally plain brown and slightly blue on the costa, with a variable number of marginal yellow spots. In Formosa the colour is also plain brown, sometimes tinted with blue, and with a white band as in misippus. Further east, in the Loochoo Islands, the brown is replaced with glistening blue. But it is in Australia and the Fiji Islands that the butterfly reaches its maximum development both of size and variability. In the Godman-Salvin Collection, now in South Kensington, there is a series of some two dozen females, taken at Suva, Fiji, on the same day and on the same flower bed. All are different, and vary from plain 454 Lieut.-Col. N. Manders on the Study of Mimiery by brown, or plain brown with yellow or white discal band, to others with bluish white discal spots, and red on the forewing. In Australia, very much the same sequence is observed. It varies from a plain brown butterfly with slight blue on the costa and disc, to a highly variegated metallic red, white, and blue butterfly. We can, in this extensive series, trace the gradual change from a few scattered red scales, to a well-developed red band or patch. There is an intimate relation between the colours brown and blue in all butterflies. So far as my own knowledge extends, there is no blue butterfly in the world that, in one or the other sex, has not some traces of brown. Blue, if I may so express it, is a later colour than brown. It is well exemplified in the European Lycaenidae. This being so, we may consider ourselves justified in assuming that the plain uniformly brown female represents the oldest known form of that sex of bolina at present existing. It seems a natural conclusion that the uniformly coloured inaria is also an older form, from which the more varie- gated diocippus has been evolved. As in the case of D. chrysippus, it is clear that it is not a sudden muta- tion. Now as to the factor which has caused the resemblance between the two species; is it Natural Selection, or what ? The argument for the former, that is, Mimicry, has been elaborated by Prof. Poulton, in his well-known work, “Kssays on Evolution,” and it is unnecessary to recapitu- late or to discuss whether this is a case of Miillerian or Batesian mimicry. But further, there are the two forms dorippus and alcippus, which are also held to be due to Natural Selection, and I will consider them first. Danais chrysippus form dorippus. In the above Essays (p. 320), Prof. Poulton has put forward the view that dorippus has been evolved from chrysippus as a form of cryptic defence; that is, though it is an unpalatable insect, the struggle for existence is so great in the desert areas in which it is usually found, that it has been necessary for its survival to discard the con- spicuous white band and black apex, and make itself as near as may be to the colour of its environment. Temperature Experiments on two Tropical Butterflies, 455 I am doubtful as to this interpretation. In the ex- tremely hot dry weather of the desert, the butterfly, like the majority of other insects, altogether disappears ; birds shift their quarters; and reptiles and predatory insects become scarce. During the short rainy season, or, for that matter, after a few showers, insect and other life becomes very abundant for a short time, during which I doubt there being a greater struggle for existence than in other places where the type is found. Insects, though few in species, are particularly numerous in individuals, the members of the genus Zeracolus, for instance, are frequently excessively common. If dorippus is a desert form particularly fitted for such a life, we should expect it to be dominant in the Punjab,* Bikanir, and Rajputana deserts, where, if it occurs at all in the latter places, it is exceedingly rare, though the type is common enough. We should also expect it to be com- mon on the hot dry plains of Mashonaland and other similar localities south of the Zambesi, but on the contrary, it is very rare, though the type is abundant. Again, presuming that it is a later form, it is difficult to account for the absence of intermediates. The accepted interpretation would be, I presume, that they are not so fitted for a desert life. If this be so, we must assume an esthetic eye tor small differences in colour and pattern, on the part of birds and other enemies, for which the evidence is at present deficient. I hold the view that the sporadic character of much of its distribution, the production by artificial means of intermediates, and that it has been bred from chrysippus, clearly show that it is the ancestral form; and though we are ignorant as to its origin, and the nature of its evolu- tion, the proof that it has been guided by Natural Selection has not been satisfactorily demonstrated. D. chrysippus form aleippus. Prof. Poulton, in the above mentioned work, considers that the white hindwings of the form alcippus have been developed on the West Coast of Africa, where in some localities it is dominant, to give it greater conspicuous- ness where there is abundance of food, and thus warn * Colonel Yerbury took two or three specimens at Campbellpore, in the north of the Punjab. They are now in the National Collection. TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART II. (OCT.) HH 456 Lieut-Col. N. Manders on the Study of Mimicry by off a possible enemy; in other words, it comes under that form of mimicry known as aposematic or warning coloration. There are, however, certain features in its area of dis- tribution, which, to my mind, render this doubtful. I certainly found it, or its sub-form aleippoides, commonly in North-East Sumatra, where rain falls every week in the year, and it is also common and very variable in the Andaman Islands, where the general conditions are also like those on the West Coast. But it is absent from a similar environment in Ceylon, yet is found, though rarely, in the arid northern district of the island. Alcippordes is by no means uncommon in the bare plains of the Deccan and Madras, where the country is totally different from the West Coast. The view that an aposematic colouring is necessary in one region and a cryptic colouring in another, both pro- duced by the same factor, is complicated and not easy to understand, and I know of no direct evidence to support such a conclusion. The necessity for it in an insect so unpalatable, as chrysippus is generally held to be, is not lessened when we remember that the cryptic form is not uncommon in Bombay, and the conspicuous one is common in the adjoining Presidency of Madras, where the local conditions are almest identical. These experiments throw little light on the origin of this form, though there is one specimen which shows an approach to it ; dorippus also sometimes shows white on the hindwings, and it is possible, though this is a little more than conjecture, that it is the earliest form from which chrysippus has branched off in one direction and the white winged forms in another. The evidence that either has been influenced by Natural Selection is at present, to my mind, unconvincing. Finally, as to the main question; the relationship of these two butterflies to each other; whether they have arrived at their present appearance by any form of mimicry; or whether their resemblance can be otherwise accounted for. There is in this case, as in all similar examples of mimicry, the primary difficulty of understanding how small variations of colour or pattern in one butterfly could be so elaborated by the attacks of birds as to resemble the colour or pattern of another unrelated to Temperature Experiments on two Tropical Butterflies, 457 it. In the example before us, remembering the short ten days in which Natural Selection has to act, and presuming that in some time past the misippus 2 was somewhat similar to the ancient type of the ¢, we may ask, how could a specimen, or specimens, with a few red scales scattered over the wing, be noticed and subsequently avoided by birds, by any lesson they may have previously learnt from the capture of Danais chrysippus ? On the assumption that this is a case of Batesian mimicry, a bird tasting a red speckled specimen, would ascertain at once that it was palatable, and the red scales in others would not save them from destruction. The likeness towards chi'ysippus, therefore, could not progress. If it is a case of Miillerian mimicry, where both species are unpalatable, a red speckled unpalatable one, as also its unspeckled companions, after a few experiments, would be left, severely alone and nothing would be gained, for if the bird could discriminate it would neglect them, and if it could not, both would equally suffer. Lastly, if the resemblance is due to the experimental attacks of young birds, the emergence of the butterflies should coincide with the time that tasting experiments are taking place, but in Ceylon it so happens that the young birds are oif the nest and foraging for themselves in May, and misippus is not on the wing until October. We could the more readily understand the process if the mutation was sudden and large, but the specimens exhibited negative such a supposition. Some supporters of the mimicry theory, among others Mr. Pocock and Prof. Poulton, consider “that the first steps towards a mimetic likeness are not caused by a few differently coloured scales,” but “by a large colour varia- tion which was enough to produce a rough resemblance, and that Natural Selection gradually produced out of this a detailed resemblance.” At first sight this looks like mutation pure and simple, but it is not necessarily so. The evolution of the species is internal, and the large variation Prof. Poulton speaks of may be the cumulative effects of an increasing number of differently coloured scales in many generations. We have only to assume the disappearance of such intermediates to arrive at a “large colour variation.” I see nothing that prevents our believing that if internal evolution can produce a large variation, a continuance of HH 2 458 Lieut.-Col. N. Manders on the Study of Mimicry by the same process would in the course of time produce a butterfly quite unlike the type from which it arose. This may be so in the case of these two butterflies, but the evidence here produced rather supports the conclusion that the changes in them have been caused by the gradual accumulation of small variations; this being so there would seem to be no necessity for bringing in the compli- cated theory of mimicry to account for the resemblance between these ,two species of butterfly. I have recently published a paper* on Batesian and Miillerian Mimicry, in which I examined the subject from the point of view of my own personal knowledge of certain tropical countries. I can only say here, and as briefly as possible, that I was unable to throw anything but a nega- tive light on the premises on which those theories are based, and that some of the conclusions I arrived at were, that though butterflies are more generally eaten by birds than was generally believed, yet no discrimination was shown in their capture; that the presumed unpalatable Danaines were as readily eaten as other species of butterfly, and that the few species of birds I could experiment on in a wild state eat Danats chrysippus as readily as Hypo- limnas misippus. The circumstance that in life the 2 misippus frequently consorts with chrysippus, and may thus lead one pre- disposed to believe in mimicry that he had before him a Miillerian combination, is explained by the fact that the food-plants of both butterflies grow together in the same sandy soil. Should any observer watch them in such situations, as I have done for hours at a time during the last three years, he will find that they are practically unmolested by birds, young or adult. I conclude that dovippus and inaria are the older forms from which have descended chrysippus and dtocippus re- spectively. Both survive to the present day, practically all over the wide distribution of the species, because like their descendants they are for the time being almost exempt from the struggle for existence. If it were possible to dissect a pupa in the same way as we can the embryo of a mammal, we should find traces of these intermediates and regard them as the remains of a stage beyond which the species has now progressed. * Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., May 1911. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLI. All the figures are about } natural size. Fi. 1. Danais chrysippus, 3. 2. D. chrysippus, 3 form dorippus. 3. Hypolimnas misippus, 2 form diocippus. 4. H. misippus, 2 form inaria. 5. Danais chrysippus, 2, No. 87 intermediate. The apex of forewing is red, the white spots are diminished in size and the costa is lighter than normal. 6. Hypolimnas misippus, 9, No. 19 intermediate, or reversion. The white subapical band and apex of forewing are thickly covered with red scales. 7. Hypolimnas misippus, ¢. 7a. H. misippus, 6, No. 1, C 1. 1 The specimen shows a white spot in cell of forewing, increased size of white spots in both wings with lunular band in hindwing. A reversion to older type ? 8. H. misippus, 2, No. 4, C la. The specimen shows an uninterrupted white lunular band and a white spot in cell of forewing; the apex is thickly covered with red scales. A reversion to older type? ve Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XL. Photo, A. Robinson. C. Hentschel. DANAIS CHRYSIPPUS AND HYPOLIMNAS MISIPPUS Exposed to heat in the pupal stage (Figs. 5, 6, 7a, 8) compared with examples bred under natural conditions (Figs. I, 2, 3, 4, 7): Temperature Experiments on two Tropical Butterflies. 459 Conclusions. 1. D. dorippus and H. inaria are the older forms of D. chrysippus and H. misippus (diocippus) respectively. 2. That the latter have been produced by the gradual accumulation of small variations. 3. That these small variations (intermediates) have now largely died out as being no longer required. 4. That they can be reproduced by shock (heat and cold) to the pupa. 5. That there is nothing to show any interdependence, or anything in common between the two species. 6. That though this is so with these two species it is difficult to believe that such is the case with all instances of mimetic resemblance. 7. That though no doubt the mimetic theory gives a logical explanation of them, the premises on which it rests have not been proved, but rather the contrary. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLI. [See Huplanation facing the Plate. | ‘payeortdnp [ao puofeq yodg - “c . = ‘S is 60 ‘9 °L1 > a = 6 | 60°9°L6 ; ; x €1 5 "euuion’ * 6 : ; : 3 GB ‘3 *“yovtq AToatsu9y | S -x9 a10Ul UISIeW puTy ‘payeortdup q[eo puosaq jods - | : Fe 609 °S1 i FZ eer £3 ~ ‘[BULION 6 " iu | ‘60°9r21 2 BZ = ‘TeNsh UvY} Jepeoiq SuIApuTY Jo ulsieur uo y~oeT_ °S é fs | 60'9 ‘SI xe IZ (a3 . “ “ | “O° “co 3 Pl 60 °9 “LT 0% = [RWION “2 | 60°9'1S | 60°9'8T | 2 61 = ‘payeottdup [joo puodaq yodg * 6 | af . a SI = ce . if “ an O°? “ S 73 i | (73 oe 60 9 ul “co eb § (73 ° 5 | 60 ‘9 "QZ : “ | “<“ cl 6 . | 6 | “cc it z 6c . ° | “ce “ce ce | it él a) 6 | cc ‘ | I 3 "BULLION . ~P | ‘ ‘ ‘74 19 OL = "yoryq you ‘ystpper ApySrs xeody *4 | 60'°9'LZ 60 ‘9 ‘1G 60°9°8I | ‘a .o¢ ‘edng | 6 : yor) Bose 80°ZI'TS’ | SO'SL EL | PAIR] poz [INA | VG 4 : com BO Vey: 80 'Z1L'8S | 80°31 ‘93 DE : “6 . P ce “ 73 | 66 DE ro) “ =P | 80°21 °9 6é 80 SL 73 VG oe pemon P| i 80 G1 "9 80 GL 'F “A 089 OT =) | —— = a ee = ate ee g aietaan | voxaowana | "1va0RaH | aiyg pert | ie = | (‘TeAOUIAI 1aqye SUOT}IpUOD oTMOYydsowy [eWUIOU JepuUN pode[g) ,“aTOD AUC,, + SAddISAYH) STVNVA HALIM SLINGWTAad Xd two Tropical Butterflres. 461 Ss On ts cperriren E. Temperature ““ . £ i “é ce “cc “ 6Z re ol 6OCk T ‘: 60 9 8 és 83 "[RUIIO NT . Pp (79 4é 74 (a3 1G ‘yqozed yeorde youTq jo uorq10d JOMOT JB SAINALOU BY] SuoTe pat JO vovd} JUILF kiaa *5 60 °9 ‘08 609 '9% 60°9 ‘1G "1 00S 9G “‘SHUVNaY eh VES eee “aLva "NI GaOV1a ‘ON (‘Teaowor 194Jv SUOTIIPUOD olteydsourye [eUIIOU JepuN pode[g) ,“a10D LSIOY{ », => OS => & BS > > — eS © ~~ ~ ~4 Ss n a eo g 3 S Zi a o + = o -_ ni 4.62 ‘pag ATJQUTYSIp xedy *[BUIIO NT ‘ayy OU ‘yov[q A[MOdIvU SelLBpUOdES JO UISIVUL PUTA] ‘“[BUION “yor[q ATaayue ysowye SoTJepuodes JO UISIRW pUTy] ‘pol ATUNsIp xedy ‘par ATQYSIs uortod racy ‘ATyYsTs Arar xedv jo uoysod seddq "BULLION ia ONG: "SUIDA [eorde Suoje per jo uoTyworpul 4YySts ¥ ydeoxe ‘[euLoyy "yov|q A]eitque 4sowy[e SSULApUIY jo ulsie yy "[[29 JO Jey TaMO] OFUL spUsyx9 osIP pue oseq JO ANo][Oo avg ‘sezystuq xede ye par ynq ‘ge ‘ON SY ‘[BUIOU UBYY Jejed 1eyyeI INOTOo-punoIy) ‘sodnadou oy} Suoye par Apounstp yoqed peorde youltq ‘pea Aq paovidar Ayperzed xode yo youyq ° "[BULIO NT oe ‘[nyquop ‘duay, *jeuroyy “‘SHUVAGY es (0) ae ole’ Olé : °8 FL . ~P Te) ‘SI (79 (74 a SLT ‘gue "8°G “$1 606'L 60 6" 606 'T . 1 “ co oe . g oe 79 79 *} a 60 ‘9 '1Z 60 ‘9 ‘02 . 4 “ “ce 74 “P| 60°99 a os 4 79 79 (79 ee GOcd oc i bi "P| 60'9 FZ 60 “9 Iz 609 ‘61 “ (74 49 ce = 608 &1 60'8 ‘FI 60 ‘8 “ZI Pal 60 26 60°L ‘FI 60°L ‘EI ee cae es eee “ “ ‘Hd 0S67-“ 06 “cc cc “ce “A OIL ‘A SIL “NI GHOV Td ([BAoWAad Joye SUOTZIpUOD oIeYydsouNye [eUILOU JepuN pode[g) .LVEH ACL, "quaosayosqo xade 4e sjods : aaoqe 03 avpiuis AraA * P “ “ 179 “ oA) = peat ee “yuasqe 4 | MoTeq sjods [eulsieuiqns ‘pueq [eordeqns utr {ease} SS | “UE snoayny ‘paysturup sods oyya [TY “snoayny S| wystaq Aq xode 4v yovtq Jo yuousoedas orto ysouy *4 = 6c 66 . A a ‘pax APJOuTWsSIp xedy > E a ae = a = : ae S ‘par qysuq «6 | = (79 19 . g = ‘por Apysys “7S —) 6 “c “ . P 3 ‘par Aouystp “ °—P s ‘por Aysys xody ° P | S ‘yeuLION * P S iz “ . Ps 5 _peraqsuq “P| Ss ‘pox Apysis Aton “SS P S ‘par Apysys = : Pie “ . ~P 3 . “4 . Ss Ca ds Dp gc “ i > ‘par Apyysys Ataa “OS = "ysippar “8 “par qystiq xody * 6 OL 6 4A OL’6 €1 OL € “GI OL ’s ‘OL OL '€ 6 OLE ‘8 Ol ‘€ ‘Ol OL ’€ TI Ole GI OL‘ °8 OL € ‘OL OL '€'6 OL € ‘TI OL 6 OL '€ SI Ole 'IL OL '€'8 OL’€'8 OL € GI OL € '€I Ol € 6 OL’ 8 OL '€ “GI (=) ee nes ve) oo S'S See ROD OD 9 09 519 16 6 OL ‘6 °¢ (=) ae 205 od Ke) reir oe = = 3 = ~ > > s = B ie) ~ ~S S S mM ~ o ins) q tas] = Z, x) = 15) b>) 5 a = te) — “[BUILO NT ae ze : p “‘ystppas xedy * P ‘OPIYM OU “HOVTG ATMOIVU salIepUOdas JO UIZIVUT pul ynq ‘jemMIONT * P ‘P2G "TeuIoN * 6 “ “ OL 8 ‘8ST OL ‘8 “LT iT Ol 8 “61 OL '8'T “SHUVNGY “GONGOUANE 410 HLYa “ (73 iT O18 ‘OL 6 O18 6 “cc OT ‘L ‘9% “"IVAOWGH dO ALVYa OL ‘8 “61 OL 8 °¢ OTL 'F% “aLVa ‘A LOT iT ‘A GOL “NI GaOvVId (‘[BAOWAL 10qJe SUOTIIpUOD oILoYdsowmye ;eUIOU JopuN peor) «VGH LSIOPZ ,, Temperature Experiments on two Tropical Butterflies. 465 % parc “ } “ « . ie Ol ‘OI ze) "par Apysys xedy “P OL O19 ‘saproddioyy Suryovoidde ssurmputy Jo sures SUOTS o}IYA JO UOTJVOIpUT fpURq oqIYM Jo opis JEUUL 0} ATpetoedsa “sated ssurm jo anojoo-punois £ psonp -al pueq az1yM jvordeqns ‘par Ayaityue ysouye xody °4 o 6c “ (9 . te) | ce ‘per Aysys xedy “POLL “IE "YsIppar OsTe | pueq ety yeordeqns ‘por yy poyrem [jam xedy °s | u cs 6 be . 4 6c ‘por Apysts xody * P & oe . cc oe . : ing [eUON “P| OL OE “cc ‘pad = [euoN "S| OL OL 8S "pag (73 79 . ~P «6 (79 . ~P 66 ‘Tyems Azoa aoddn ‘{[a0 puodaq sjods omy ynq = “§ | i 6c . P | “ ‘euIoN “5 | OL ‘OT ‘03 ohek Ma | “SHUVNGU opel eiaes ce OI ‘OL *% OT 6 “82 “s “ 0) ‘Ol ‘SI “cc OL ‘OL *% OT 6 ‘86 66 OL ‘2 61 c. «6 Ol ‘Ol ‘SI 9801 soil / 6c ‘A GOL “Sinoy EF "[euILOU sINOY FZ) a SOL _SInoy er) ae Cat “ ¥G\ ‘sINOY FZ J 6c 6c "sINOY F “cs oOL 8G “A OTL | | sar Oi Gre Ol ee } OL ‘OL 'St | OL‘O1 “St HX: a 6. Ganon “ (aq | 79 ‘“ (a4 | “ce 6 “ cs “ “ | iG OL ‘OL “€1 OL ‘OL €T {2 ee ae \ ‘H 09 Bae P wa na ‘A 801 OL 6 8% OL 6 8G ee 09 *Sanoqyy G } ane veian ‘aLva ‘NI agov1d | (‘[eAOUlel 1aqye SUOIZIPUOD oIMaYydsowye [eUIIOU JepuN pede) « SNOILIGNO() ONIAUV A ,, eV (4 “ON — - uo jods [eOsIp a}IYM-oN]q oY} JO WOISHe}xXe JOUTISIC, ‘yiep pus [etus rayyes Sod Ay, * 466 Lieut.-Col. N. Manders on the Study of Mimicry by g “cc ( cc “se Ol “JOUT|STP OS JOU Iq EAoge 04 AepTUMIS * P ce e0er 8 ane “aH 009 6 “BUTMOIOJ JO BJSOD 0} “1 09 “P| gO°SL'ST | %'80'S1 Z| 80°SI'T "A oG% 8 "'SHUVRAU ee Caer. ‘aLva ‘NI GHOVTd ‘ON ‘snddvoorp yueieg "q = ,,@10 AUC», cys 0. perc ‘oo7. “ 63 L */BULIO NT fo) | ce - (9 6z : 9 reddy, °5 | 80°31'8 “ 2 " g ‘yeulon “P 80 'LL 83 i t “mupur *& | ed se ¢ CO ne ie) “ “ «“ Z| ‘[RUION “P 80°11 63 80 “IT “1% me ed, I suv sguebees aoe ere een ‘snddroorp yuoreg “ate (WT ,1,) [RUOM ,, AUC, ‘SAddISIN SVNWITOCAH HIM SLNAWNTUadxXd Temperature Experiments on two Tropical Butterflies. 467 s "paid “ ee ‘CT 4c “Peqsrarmarp YOUU IsIp pu puvq waaMjaq vare yoryq : xode ye | SurpeVos pel sqeieptsuoo ‘az Ystpper purq Teoidy °4 | e | : ay 4 “ ais) c ‘or “ 61 “ "CI “c “ . £P | “c ae “ “ ‘FI “ “ . ~P | (3 ‘1S oe “ al its . . . ¢: . “ss . “c . “cc g ‘ON 8V 'P 61 LI v1 2h) ‘ON SV . g | “ec | ce id en cc “‘pueq [eysoo yourq ut syods | | pet oA} 043 Systpper xede ‘ystpper pueq yeody °s ~ bs | OTe gt ig ‘Ystpper xode ouraajxo ‘saoqe se purq yeoidy * 4 eC “ eer : “YOR JOU O}ITM SUTAA “a “2 | | ‘snonutjuod pue Japeoiq pueq oztyM jeotde £ apdduyg *& = | es eo eT = “BULMIIOJ ‘T[I0 Jo 91990 yods ay1yM TreUg a : 02 E ‘SI : eI é : BG es! 6I HOON, 2 -GOVTE ST | ET | oe ‘ "ped | ee ‘El } ac at | “ ‘eUoN “P| GO'ILLL | 6O'IT IT | 6O‘TL‘OT | ‘aaoqe sy peo eg eS & =! eet es | “SUUVWNAY Bacto Boke Sides “aLVd "NI GwOVId (061 904 “7 o€8 q[nq Arp ave episyng) ‘f8 9oM “WA 066 Ging Aq “LVaH AUC, ‘ON by umucry M 468 Lieut.-Col.N.Manders on the Study of | "65 93 “PP be e0L ‘sjods oy1ya eorde uo por ‘OVIPOULIJUT poyeUl-[[aam vB f | pepyoeds ATyysI]s 6 euo qdooxe ‘Teumou & gt “P €3 | —per Ajoatyue ysomye sjods yeorde pue pueq jeody ° 4 ‘xede yor[q ‘BUIMPULY Jo apIsiapun uo yoeTq e10u pue ‘yoryq JOU pad SULMIIOJ SNUIOZ JO apIstapun yng A ‘On ey” ‘Tj20 ut yods suo ATUO ynq i ‘ON SY" ‘ON 8V ° Padduig, GUN SV: "GON SY * oroFOTOOHOFO toroto | ul sareos pax 4avd zaddn par peryoods Ayyoryy pueg «zt ‘T]90 ur yods ayy YsmMyq T[euUTg ° ‘EON BY 6 | ‘ped YIM pepyoeds xody og ‘ON se advys ‘snoyna pueq ‘ oyvrpeutreyur poyxreur [eA * ‘ayddiiy oh eerie jou { AqIUIAI}XA TOMO] JV SpAVMUL Paarmno eee apis IOUUL UO o4VJUep elow pueq e4Ty AA ‘edAyT, * ‘ajddrio { [[a0 ut 4yods {yeus aug * ‘par qystt ATpeploep spueq [euruejyqns pure peseq “‘Burpeos Yoryq W{tM aqry oind you ‘ystmorpad purqg [e4jueo ‘Surmpury epistepuy, * 4 Ul sv out] avpnuny JO UOTJOIPUL JOUTISIP PUL BAISU}XO BIOUI SNUIOY 4e Burywos anyq ‘Surmpury oprsueddn sae77eus sour oy) +O+ onl 6 P ‘Tao ur sjods ojtyM YsmTq omg ‘Burmesoy optsseddy * P “perp 10 [enttou 4 } pue P P rzapureuery «“ 1G TL “ erate « ‘0G Al Tall “ rT | “ | | | | | | i tc “ | | | ve 73 eo Care | 7 Cie PeOions| al) a “ Ts 73 “ “ “ i | ““ “ “cb | vb “ | | ic | “ &c | | oe ue 3 { OL LL ri OD SLESOn (OM TI “SMUVINGA ‘aSueyo ednd 103j3% samoy re “a sI0L “AONDTOYANG “TVAOWAU 10 ALVaG 40 ALVa “ALY | “ 3 “cc “c “aA0ge SY “NI GHOV1d "ON LVGH AUC, ‘snddhoowp yuareg 68) Temperature Experiments on two Tropical Butterflies. 469 ‘aA0q” SW ‘perp 10 [eMAOU OF Jnoqe JepureMary ‘eaoqe sy '4 ‘T1790 ur sjods omy, ‘atdduy - P ‘Surjeos antq Aq peyvorpur Io “ysinyq are es0yq4 ATjeutZou ! Ysa pus sadiey |S Tayno ayy “yourystp Ages [90 UL pueq [eysoo yortq [4 ur sjods omy oy, ‘selvos pat qyta pareaoo Apyoryy [° S Susumoeds om} ul ‘[euou uegy sefnomo orom |- | OL ‘IL '2s | OL ‘TI Te ONL SI youu pue sesuoy ‘1epeorq ‘oy1yM MOUS pueq [eody ‘SHUVARU sigs, Hath fee “ALva ‘gouaSr0ure arojoq skepe “7 o1OL . LVI AU», “PIO ‘NI GaOWTd (+ 470 ) X. On the genera Laothrips and Hoodia. By Dr. H. Karny of Elbogen, Austria. Translated by G. A. ELLIoTT, F.Z.S., F.E.S. Communicated by R.S BAGNALL, F.E.S., Palcs. [Read February 7th, 1912.] In my work on the Zhrips-galls and the Gall-Thripidae* I mentioned incidentally that Uzel’s genus Liothrips could not be so sharply separated from the Cryptothrips group as is frequently assumed. In the Cryptothrips group, s. str., I include the genera Mesothrips, Zimmermann ; Smerintho- thrips, Schmutz; Gynarkothrips, Zimmermann; Hoodia, Karny ; Cryptothrips, Uzel; and Dermothrips, Bagnall. All the above-named genera have the wings of equal width throughout, and are thus distinguished from the otherwise similar Leptothrips, Hood, and Androthrips, Karny, in which the wings are somewhat constricted near the middle. According to Uzel’s synoptic table, the essential differ- ence between Liothrips and Cryptothrips lies in the formation of the mouth. In Liothrvips the mouth-cone is “narrowed towards the apex and pointed”; in Cryptothrips and the allied genera it is “apically broadly rounded.” These contrasts may, indeed, be easily recognised in extreme cases, but there are many intermediate types. Compare the three figures of Gynaikothrips uzeli, G. chavicae and Mesothrips jordani.t All three certainly have the mouth-cone “apically rounded,” yet they show (especi- ally in Mesothrips) a decided approach to the pointed type. It is evident that, in such cases, it is often difficult to define any distinct boundary between Liothrips and the Cryptothrips group. Of all the European genera, Hoodia, Karny, is, in my opinion, undoubtedly the most closely allied to Liothrips, Uzel; I will therefore say a few words as to these two genera, The special inducement to this is found in the publication by R. S. Bagnall of an English species as Liothrips hradecensis,t whereas I consider it to be a new * Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. Parasit. u. Infektionskr., ii, Abt. xxx, 1911, pp. 556-572. T i.e. p- 562. t Ent. Mo. Mag., ii Ser., vol. xxi, 1910, p. 256; Journ. Econ. Biol., vi, 1911, p. ae TRANS. ENT, SOC, LOND. 1912.—PART IL (OCT. ) Dr. H. Karny on the genera Liothrips and Hoodia. 471 species, belonging to the genus Hoodia. I will first give a tabular view of all the known species of both genera, and then add a few remarks upon them. Revision of the known species of Liothrips.* 1. Fore tarsi toothed in both sexes, 2. Third to fifth joints of antennae yellow; the latter often centrally brownish ; sixth basally yellow; thence brown; seventh entirely brown. Tarsal tooth small, pointed, only visible in one position of the tarsus. L. seticollis, nov. spec. (Paraguay). 2’. Third to sixth joints of antennae entirely, seventh mostly yellowish. Tarsal tooth blunt, stout. 1. L. tarsidens, Trybom (Madagascar). 1’, Fore tarsi without tooth in female. 2. Wingsentirely wanting. 2. Liothrips, sp. Trybom (Madagascar). 2’. Wings present. 3. Basal half of forewings black or light brown. 3. L. wmbripennis, Hood (North America). 3’. Forewings, at most, brown at extreme base, then hyaline, or with only a central dark stripe. 4, Antennae yellow ; at most, joints, one, two and eight dark. 5. Eighth joint of antennae yellow. 4. L. citricornis, Hood (North America). 5’, Eighth joint of antennae dark. 6. Fore tibiae dark . : : 5. L. major, Buffa (Erithraea). 6’. Fore tibiae yellow. . 6. L. setinodis, Reuter (Europe). 4’, Seventh joint of antennae also entirely and at least the apical half of sixth dark. 5. First and second joints of antennae dark, third to fifth yellow, the sixth basally yellow, apically dark, seventh and eighth dark. 6. Fore tibiae entirely yellow; intermediate and hind tibiae black, apically suddenly yellow. 7. L. hradecensis, Uzel (Central Europe). 6’. All tibiae uniform dark brown. 8. L. seticollis, nov. spec.t (Paraguay). 5’ Sixth joint of antennae entirely dark. 6. Fourth and fifth joints of antennae at least partly yellow. * When this table was written I did not yet know the description of Liothrips glycinicola, Okanoto, from Japan. + I have again inserted this species because the tarsal tooth is not visible in the normal position of the tarsus. TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART I. (OCT.) II 472 Dr. H. Karny on the 7. Third and fourth joints of antennae entirely and basal half of fifth yellow ; all the other joints brown. 9. L. meconellii, Crawford (Mexico). . Third joint of antennae entirely yellow, fourth and fifth only centrally yellow ; all the other joints dark brown. 10. L. ocellatus, Hood (North America). 6’. Antennae dark, only third or also second joint yellow. 7. Cheeks divergent posteriorly. 11. L. fasciculatus, Crawford (California). 7’. Cheeks parallel or convergent posteriorly. 8. Cheeks almost parallel, or only constricted at the extreme base. All the prothoracic bristles present. 9. Two large stout bristles in front of the eyes. 12. L. intermedius, Bagnall (Venezuela). 9’. No bristles in front of eyes . 13. ZL. similis, Bagnall (Venezuela). 8’. Cheeks distinctly convergent posteriorly. Prothorax with bristles only on the posterior angles and hind margin. 14. L. elongatus, Bagnall ( Venezuela). Revision of the known species of Hoodia. 1. Sides of head parallel, or slightly divergent posteriorly. Antennae yellow, except the two first joints; the last two joints are dark only in the exceptionally dark-coloured individuals. Mouth- cone at first almost rectangularly convergent, apically broadly ~ rounded, : : 1. H. austriaca, Karny (Austria). 2’. Sides of head distinctly convergent posteriorly. The last two joints of the antennae dark brown. Mouth-cone laterally acute-angularly convergent, but apically distinctly rounded. 2. H. bagnalli, nov. spec. (England). Remarks. Liothrips bakeri, Crawford, does not belong to Livthrips, but probably either to Mesothrips or Smerinthothrips. The fore tarsi are armed with a large setigerous tooth as in Mesothrips ; it agrees with the Javanese genus also in its mode of life, living in the leaf-galls of Ficus. On the other hand, the formation of the fore-femora inclines to Smerinthothrips. Hoodia bagnalli, nov. spec. Syn. Lrothrips hradecensis, Bagnall, Ent. Mo. Mag.,, ii Ser., vol. xxi, 1910, p. 256; Journ. Econ. Biol., vi, 1911, p. 11 (nec Uzel, 1895). genera Lrothrips and Hoodia. 473 Lnothrips hradecensis, Bagnall, Journ. Econ. Biol., vi, 1911, p. 1 (vitio typog.). Length of body in ¢ 2’7-3 mm.; in ? 3’3-3’8 mm. Black-brown to black. Only the fore tibiae and the apices of the intermediate and hind tibiae and all tarsi yellow. Antennae yellow, only the two first, the two last, and often also the apices of fifth and sixth joints dark. Head about half as long again as broad. Cheeks distinctly con- vergent posteriorly, very finely granulate and with several short, fine hairs ; a long, stout bristle on each side behind the eyes, no such bristle in front. Mouth-cone rather long, reashing beyond the middle of the prosternum, at first laterally acute-angularly convergent, but apically distinctly rounded. Antennae about twice as long as the head ; third joint as long as the first and second together ; fourth joint as long as the third; all the following each shorter than the preceding one ; eighth joint as long as the first. Prothorax about half as long as the head, half as broad again as long, distinctly widened backwards; all bristles present and fully developed. Fore femora scarcely thickened. Fore tarsi without tooth. Pterothorax scarcely longer than broad. Wings extending to the apex of the sixth abdominal segment, of equal breadth through- out, the median vein often brownish. Forewings at the extreme base brownish and there furnished with three long, stout bristles ; on the distal part of the hind margin 15-20 cilia are duplicated. Wing retaining spines on second to sixth segments slender and weak, those on seventh still weaker and shorter than on the pre- ceding ; two on each side of each segment, the anterior very small and weak, about the middle of the segment, the posterior quite close to the hind margin ; laterally from each of these a long, stout bristle, and then another, rather shorter and straight. Tube rather longer than the prothorax; its basal breadth is about one-third of its length and almost twice its apical breadth; the adjacent scale basally apparently withered (¢). Piercebridge, near Darlington, and Gibside, co. Durham, England. On leaves of elm. Bagnall /eg. The colour of the antennae and of the legs in Hoodia bagnalli is similar to that of Liothrips hradecensis. The shape of the head is the same as in Liothrips seticollis ; * it is laterally distinctly convergent posteriorly, but in L. hradecensis (also in Hoodia austriaca) almost parallel, * The detailed description of this new species is reserved for future publication. pie 474 Dr. H. Karny on the very slightly divergent posteriorly. On the basal third of the third to sixth joints of the antennae there is in L. hradecensis a transverse raised line, which is wanting in all the other species of Liothrips and Hoodia known to me. J. bagnalli has, in common with most of the allied species, a long bristle behind the eyes, which is wanting in L. hradecensis. The arrangement of the prothoracic bristles is the same as in most species of Liothrips (e.g. citricornis, ocellatus, seticollis); in L. hradecensis, on the contrary, bristles are present only on the posterior angles. In ZL. setzcollis all the wings are characterised by a distinct brown median longitudinal streak ; in H. bagnalli this is ill-defined and indistinct; in Z. hradecensis it is entirely wanting. The duplication of the cilia on the posterior margin of the forewing, as far as known to me, is characterised by the following figures :— SPECIES. NUMBER OF INTERPOLATED CILIA. Hoodia austriaca . : ; . 14-23 (coll. mea). » bagnalli . : ‘ . 15-20 (coll. mea). Liothrips seticollis ; : . 14-20 (Mus. Berol.). 35 setinodis ‘ : . 12-14 (Agram, coll. mea). + - pragensis . . 15 (Bohemia, Mus. Vindob.). is ocellatus : : . 14 ~— (teste Hood). 48 tarsidens : : . 15 (teste Trybom). a umbripennis . f . 13. (teste Hood). » . meconellit . : . 7 (teste Crawford). I was unable to ascertain this with respect to Z. hrade- censis without endangering the unique specimen in the Vienna Hofmuseum. Turning now to the generic character—the shape of the mouth-cone—it is to be noted first that Liothrips agrees in this respect with Hoplothrips and Phlocothrips, having therefore an apically pointed mouth-cone, as is apparent from Uzel’s generic diagnosis. On the other hand, we find in Hoodia forms of the mouth-cone which occur also in Gynaikothrips and Mesothrips ; the lateral margins of the cone first converge rectangularly or acute-angularly, but are then apically rounded. In this point the two species of Hoodia differ from all true Liothrips.* But * It has been already pointed out that Liothrips bakeri, Crawford, has a differently formed mouth-cone, and therefore does not belong to Liothrips. genera Lnothrips and Hoodia. 475 these two differ also considerably from each other in the shape of the mouth-cones. I have already briefly described this difference in the table, and think I can best visualise it by saying that, in this respect, Hoodia austriaca recalls Gynaikothrips wzeli, whereas Hoodia bagnalli recalls Mesothrips jordani.* I believe that I have now demonstrated that Liothrips hradecensis, Bagnall, is not identical with Uzel’s species, but represents a new species, which can be clearly differ- entiated from all known species of Liothrips, and is most closely allied to my Hoodia austriaca. I hawe allowed myself the pleasure of naming this interesting new species after its discoverer. * Compare the figures Centralbl. f. Bakerteriol., Parasit. u. Infektionskr. 1i, in Abt. xxx, 1911, p. 562. Oct, 4, 1912. © arr) XI. The comparative anatomy of the male genital tube in Coleoptera. By D. SuHarp, M.A,, F.R.S., and F. Moir, F.E.S. [Read February 7th, 1912.] PuaTes XLIT-LXXVIII. ARRANGEMENT OF MEMOIR. I. INTRODUCTORY. II. OrISMOLOGY AND TECHNIQUE. Ill. MorpHouoey. A. ANATOMY. B. GENERAL. IV. FUNCTION. V. TAXONOMY AND PHYLOGENY. VI. ALPHABETICAL INDEX TO FAMILIES. VII. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. I. INTRODUCTORY. THE object of this memoir is to review the structure of the male genital tube throughout the Order Coleoptera. This is not equivalent to a review of the male copulatory organs. The modifications of the abdomen itself are extremely extensive and varied, but we have perforce omitted them, because the time at our disposal was scarcely adequate for the accomplishment of the work, the results of which are here presented. Mr. F. Muir, having returned to England for a year’s vacation in order to recruit his health after a long period of arduous entomological work in the tropics, joined the senior author at Brockenhurst, and the two combined their efforts for the production of this memoir. A work of the kind is almost indispensable in the present state of Coleopterology, and the authors hope that it will be received as a much needed contribution to a great subject. A subject too as to which, notwith- standing its slight advancement, great misconception is prevalent. TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PARTIII.(DEC.) KK 478 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative The work has nearly all been carried out in the little laboratory attached to the residence of the senior author at Brockenhurst, and in a period of little more than twelve months. Each of the authors has devoted some independent work to it since Mr. Muir’s departure for Honolulu, and it is hoped that this fact will be accepted as some excuse for certain inconsistencies that may be discovered by a severe critic. The drawings that form so important a part of the work have all been made by the junior author, and consequently on him has fallen the difficult task of deciding as to the ventral and dorsal aspects of the structures. This is far from easy; it is, in fact, beset with sources of deception, as may be seen from the note (as to a discovery made by the junior author) placed in front of our descriptions of the family Scarabaeidae. A primary object of the authors being to make a review extending over all the Order, they could only hope, in the too short time at their disposal, to get together the necessary material by the aid of their friends. Appeals were therefore issued with this object, and met with the most obliging responses; and we naturally desire to tender our warmest thanks to all those who have helped us in this and in other ways. We must mention first of all Mr. G. J. Arrow of the British Museum of Natural History; the only limit to whose kindness has been the reluctance we felt as to taking his attention from more important duties. Mr. Antwerp E. Pratt made over to us a considerable collection of Coleoptera from New Guinea. ‘This enabled us to examine a number of specimens in the case of certain species, and has been most useful, though, for our purpose, it has been subject to the drawback of several of the forms being new or little-known species. Mr. J. C. Moulton of Sarawak, Mr. T. Bainbrigge Fletcher of Pusa, Mr. Arthur M. Lea of Tasmania, Mr. W. W. Froggatt of Sydney, sent us useful material. Herr Edmund Reitter of Paskau was so good as to select from his stores and send to us several forms we specially needed. Jn our own country Commander Walker and Mr. G. A. K. Marshall provided important material. Mr. Geo. Lewis has given us a few interesting forms. Mr. Ford of Bournemouth, and Mr. Janson of London gave themselves considerable trouble in the selection of speci- Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 479 mens for us. Mr. Hugh Scott of Cambridge University assisted us in every way that we asked. Mr. G. C. Champion and Mr. C. J. Gahan have been very good by helping us in the disagreeable task of naming our heterogeneous material. As regards the taxonomical and phylogenetic portions of the memoir it is desirable that we should say that they are drawn up to display the part that a knowledge of the fertilising structures should have in these two departments of Coleopterology. The senior author has for many years taken an interest in the taxonomy and phylogeny of Coleoptera, and it would therefore be absurd to pretend that, apart from consideration as to the sexual organs, he is in complete ignorance as to the bearings of other branches of anatomy, of physiology, of ethology and of ontogeny on the two departments mentioned. But the junior author is comparatively a recent student of these departments; and the senior author, therefore, gave him a free hand in drawing up the tables, and has modified them but little. They represent, therefore, fairly well the results that may be obtained in taxonomy and phylogeny from a preliminary study of the male genital tube. We hope that we have made it clear, in other parts of the paper, that our work is only a very imperfect introduction to this comparatively narrow field of inquiry. But we believe the subject will prove to be of great importance when combined with the results derived through other lines of investigation. There is one point, however, in the memoir that has not been based on study of the aedeagus, viz. the families we have made use of. Though we shall have in the course of this memoir to propose several changes as to the families of Coleoptera, it must not be supposed that the families here dealt with have been decided on from the point of view of the structure of the genital tube. The forms studied were selected in the first instance simply by our desire to study these structures throughout the whole Order. We may, how- ever, say that though certain changes will have to be made, yet our impression is that most of the families at present in use in Coleopterology will have their validity substantiated by a continuance of this study. The second part of our morphological section deals with the nature of the male organs; and under the heading Phytophagoidea in the section phylogeny some more KK 2 480 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative speculative opinions on the same subject are given; but a brief elementary statement on this point will probably be found useful here. Two simple diagrams (figs. 239 and 239) have been made with the same object. They are really diagrammatic and do not represent any particular form. . Let a glove be taken, a hole pierced in the tip of one of its fingers, a slender tube attached around this hole, this tube being placed inside the finger and prolonged into the hand-part of the glove: and we have before us a rough model of the genital tube. This structure lends itself to modification in the readiest manner. By traction on the slender tube the finger of the glove can be entirely drawn into the hand, with the result that the distal orifice becomes proximal. Let the glove finger be restored to its natural position and some hard patches be put on it, and the operation of invagina- tion be again repeated, and it will be noted how protean this simple arrangement can become. Further make some small folds on the finger, andisuppose these to grow out (after the fashion of the horns and processes on the heads of Lamellicorn beetles) and the reader will then have a general idea of the structures we are about to consider. The finger of the glove can be made by some folds to collapse in several layers, like a shut-up nautical telescope, and this telescopic arrangement can be carried to such an extent that Straus-Durckheim (Melolontha vulgaris, pl. vi, f. 1) shows in a section of the telescopically collapsed tube no less than eleven superposed layers. We scarcely need to remark that the retraction and eversion of the genital tube are not brought about by force applied to the duct. We have had considerable difficulty in arranging our matter i a comprehensible sequence, and the different sections of the memoir are not conformable in this respect. We have endeavoured to diminish the inconvenience resulting from this by means of an alphabetical index of the names of families and groups placed immediately before the explanation of the figures. In the course of this memoir we have occasion to refer the reader to a passage of the historian Gibbon, relating to the Empress Theodora, the consort of the Emperor who rebuilt the great cathedral of Saint Sophia at Constantinople. We may fittingly close our introductory mi ———— Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera, 481 remarks by a quotation from the same chapter of this immortal author. He says, “A magnificent temple is a laudable monument of national taste and religion, and the enthusiast who entered the dome of St. Sophia might be tempted to suppose that it was the residence, or even the workmanship of the Deity. Yet how dull is the artifice, how insignificant is the labour, if it be compared with the formation of the vilest insect that crawls upon the surface of the temple !”—Gibbon, “ Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire,” chap. xl. II. ORISMOLOGY AND TECHNIQUE. The following is a list of some of the terms we have applied to parts of the male genital tube, and we add a few synonyms used by other writers. The letters in brackets are those made use of in the plates. This section is concluded by some critical remarks. AEDEAGUS. The median lobe and tegmen together. It is the Edeagophore of Blaisdell. AzyGOos, or the azygotic portion of the male genital tube. It comprises all the unpaired portion of the tube from the body wall to the divergence of the seminal ducts, where the zygotic portion, or efferent ducts, ends (b-d and 5-1, fig. 239). BASAL-PIECE (bp). The basal part of the tegmen. It is the “basale” (Blaisdell); external lobes (Packard) ; basalplatte (Verhoeff); tambour (Straus-Durckheim), EJACULATORY DUCT (¢) or stenazygos is the slender portion of the genital tube from the seminal ducts to the internal sac or eurazygos. EuraAzyaos (c-d and 5-1, fig. 239). The enlarged portion of the genital tube. “FIRST CONNECTING MEMBRANE ((cm1l). The membrane connecting the median lobe to the tegmen. INTERNAL SAC (is). The enlarged portion of the azygos which is more or less evaginated during copulation. It is the sac interne (Jeannel); praeputialsack (Ver- hoeff), and forms part of the ejaculatory duct of most - writers. LATERAL LOBES (//). The distal portion of the tegmen. In the generalised trilobe type they form two free processes lateral of the median lobe and often en- 482 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative veloping it. They are the “deux branches de la pince” (Straus-Durckheim) ; mesostili in Procrustes, ipofallo in Lucanus and perifallo in Dytiscus (Berlese) ; apicale (Blaisdell), lateral lobes (Packard), Parameren (Verhoeff). MEDIAN FORAMEN (m/). The aperture, or lumen, at the base of the median lobe through which the ejaculatory duct passes. MEDIAN LOBE (m/l). The central portion of the aedeagus upon which the median orifice is situate. It is the penis of Straus-Durckheim, Verhoeff, Packard and many other writers, Korper (Lindemann), body (Hopkins), ipofallo in Procrustes etc, and penis in Oryctes (Berlese). MEDIAN ORIFICE (mo). The opening, or area, on the median lobe through which the internal sac is evaginated. It is the “Mundung ductus ejaculatorius” (Verhoef), fornix edeagi (Blaisdell) and apical opening (Hopkins). MEDIAN STRUT (ms). A single strut, or a pair of struts, proceeding from the basal part of the median lobe. In some cases they are articulated to the median lobe, in other cases they actually form part of the median lobe without articulation or line of demarca- tion. PoINT OF ARTICULATION (pa). The point on the median lobe to which the lateral lobes are attached. In many cases the median lobe and tegmen are con- nected by intervening membrane and there is no point of articulation. SECOND CONNECTING MEMBRANE (cm2), The membrane connecting the tegmen to the termination of the abdomen. It is the prepuce of Straus-Durckheim (Melolontha vulgaris). SPICULE (sp fig. 224). A sclerite attached by one end to the second connecting membrane. In many cases it is Y- or T-shaped. It is the Stengel (Lindemann), spiculum gastrale (Verhoeff), rod or fork (Hopkins), and is considered by some as being the last sternite. It is not infrequently similar in shape to another sclerite that pertains to another layer of the genital tube. Srenazycos. Is the stenazygotic or slender portion of the azygos (b-c, fig. 239). TEGMEN (tg). The term applied to the lateral lobes and — = 4 ee ell —it® > Oa, he Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera, 483 basal-piece together. It is the ring (Hopkins), Gabel (Lindemann). VENTRAL PLATE (vp, fig. 19, etc.). A sclerite on the anterior ventral surface of the basal-piece in some Lamellicorns. In some cases the lateral lobes are consolidated to its anterior edge. The chitinisation of this part varies much. Zycos. Zygotic portion of the male genital tube; and is formed by the two seminal ducts (a—, fig. 239) proceeding from the testes. METHOD EMPLOYED. In preparing this memoir it was necessary to make use of a great deal of dried material, some of it fifty and sixty years old, as our time was limited and we could not procure fresher specimens. In such cases we found the following methods acted very well and, if care was used, did not destroy the specimen. The dried specimens were placed in water and allowed to soak for a time according to the size and condition of the specimen, the water being heated if necessary ; when thoroughly relaxed the aedeagus was dissected out, either through the opening between the last dorsal and ventral plates, or the last segment was taken off, or the abdomen was taken off at the base, the aedeagus extracted through the basal foramen and, when necessary, the abdomen stuck on to the thorax again. The aedeagus was then placed in weak caustic potash for a time when the muscles would swell up and could then be dissected ; in cases where it was necessary to clear off all the muscles the caustic potash was used very strong. To get the internal sac evaginated was a more difficult, matter ; but with care it was possible to do this by the use of localised pressure, and with the aid of a very finely pointed syringe. By inserting the fine point into the median foramen and gently applying pressure the internal sac can be forced out in a manner, if not quite natural at least near enough to study its shape and structure. With fresh material it was a much easier matter, espe- cially with bulbous forms such as are found among the Staphylinidae; by placing the aedeagus in water and gently pressing upon the bulb the internal sac can be made to evaginate in a perfectly natural manner. To study the position taken up by the internal sac 484 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative within the uterus during copulation it was necessary to take the beetles in copula, kill them in a strong killing- bottle and then dissect out the whole female organ with the internal sac of the male still in situ. We may here emphasise the great importance of extract- ing the structures without injury to the basal parts. It is necessary to give this caution because it too often happens that the dissections of these parts that exist in various collections have been made only with a view to examining the apical portions of the structures. Hence the basal parts are often found to have suffered serious injury. As there can be no doubt that the nature of the genitalia is destined to play a prominent part in the systematic study of Entomology, the terms to be used in it should be carefully considered. At present great confusion pre- vails. This is not a matter for surprise when the difficulties that exist are grasped. The male structures form parts and accessories of a genital conduit of which the female genitalia are the continuation and completion. Hence the male parts are really only comprehensible when studied in connection with the female parts ; and this, moreover, when the two are functioning. The parts, in fact, have to be restored to the condition they are in during copula. The terms used in this memoir were of necessity selected soon after the commencement of our work, and we consider it advisable here to state how they appear to us at the conclusion of our undertaking. AEDEAGUS. This is a most convenient and useful term for the combination of sclerites in the two adjacent layers of the male tube. The term was, we believe, introduced by M. A. C. M. E. Foudras (Altisides, 1859, p. 32). It is probably derived from the Greek ta aidoia, signifying the genitals. The use of the Greek word may be seen in the notorious passage of Procopius quoted by Gibbon in footnote 24 of chap. x1 of “The Decline and Fall” We doubt whether a better term could be found for this middle complex of male sclerites, and we expect that a word will have to be invented for the corresponding (if not homo- logous) female sclerites. MEDIAN LOBE. This term is not free from serious objec- tions, but it is far superior to that of “penis,” which applied to Insecta is totally fallacious. The part in Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera, 485 Insecta that most nearly approximates to the Verte- brate penis is the internal sac, the knowledge of which has been almost nothing until its recent in- auguration by Jeannel. The median lobe appears to be sometimes a complex or amalgamation of more or less individualised sclerites. (Cf. Hydrophalus.) LATERAL LOBES. Though a very suitable term for the parts in the various trilobe forms, it is inappropriate in cases where the projections (if homologous at all) are medianly situate. Paramere is quite as good as lateral lobes. Cornua (meaning cornua tegminis) is also not free from objection, and accessory process is rather cumbersome. Tegminal lobes might do if the term tegmen be itself accepted. BASAL-PIECE. Perhaps this term may stand till more is known about the cases in which it is two pieces, and those in which it appears to be absent. INTERNAL Sac. Probably the term Vesica might be prefer- able. But this part of the conduit is so protean in form and development that it might be better to invent a term indicating a structure that is pre- dominantly membranous. TEGMEN. This term seems convenient and adequate for the layer of sclerites external to the median lobe. The elytra of grasshoppers are frequently called tegmina, but we do not think this objection to our use of the term a serious one. CoNNECTING MEMBRANES. This term cannot be com- mended. It gives the idea that the sclerites are the important structures. But the tube may exist without sclerites and is it then a connecting membrane ? Other terms (such as Prepuce) that have been used for various parts are totally unsuitable. We consider that it is premature to endeavour to establish permanent terms for the parts of the complex genitalia of Insects till the various Orders have been more thoroughly examined and compared. 486 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative III. MORPHOLOGY. A. SpecIAL ANATOMY. Family CICINDELIDAKE. Forms examined: Manticora tuberculata Deg., S. Africa. Omus californicus Esch.,N. America. Cicindela tortuosa Dej., N. America. TZherates labiatus Fabr., New Guinea. Tricondyla aptera Ol., New Guinea. Figs. 29-31 of Pl. XLVII. Manticora tuberculata (Pl. XLVI figs. 31, 31a, 310). Median lobe curved, tubular ; median orifice at distal end on ventral side, about one-fifth the length of lobe ; median foramen at basal end, as large as circumference of lobe ; dorsal edge forming a projection to which lateral lobes are articulated. Lateral lobes broad at base, with slender, free tips. Basal-piece shield-shape, connected to lateral lobes by a curved band broader in middle ; the lateral lobes are slightly asymmetrical and the distal end of each lobe lies on the left side of the median lobe. The internal sac is nearly as long as the median lobe ; at the point where the ejaculatory duct enters the sac there is a small chamber with chitinous walls (fig. 316) drawn out into a long, slender flagellum, with the external opening at its tip. Only the baso-dorsal part of the sac is evaginated, as a tongue, with the lateral edges turned down to form a groove, along which the flagellum passes (fig. 3la); the rest of the sac is crushed up like a concertina and the flagellum is pushed out. Omus californicus. Median lobe as in Cicindela but irregular in outline ; basal half of lateral lobes wider than in Cicindela, distal half tapering to a point. Basal-piece forming a thin V-piece on ventral side of median lobe. Internal sacswell developed, a thin, long, curved chitinous spine rising from the apex. Cicindela tortuosa (P]. XLVII fig. 30). Median lobe curved, tubular, swollen along the distal two-thirds ; median orifice forming a slit along ventral side of the distal fourth of lobe ; median foramen at basal end. Lateral lobes slender, two- thirds as long as median lobe. Basal-piece V-shaped, connected to lateral lobes about one-third from their base, Internal sac large, Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 487 and, when invaginated, coiled up, with a long, slender flagellum arising from apex with external opening of duct at tip (not shown in figure). Therates labiatus (Pl. XLVII fig. 29). Median lobe tubular, curved, thick, smaller and slightly flattened perpendicularly at base, median orifice at distal end, median foramen at basal end. Tegmen consisting of a pair of thin symmetrical lateral lobes, reaching to near tip of median lobe, and a wide V-shape basal-piece. Internal sac large with chitinous plates and two chitinous spines on sac, one curved and thin, the other short, thick and straight ; the duct enters at apex but not through spine (i, e. the spine is not of the nature of a flagellum). Tricondyla aptera. Median lobe curved, and tubular as in Manticora. The tegmen consisting of slender lateral arms and V-shaped basal-piece, as in C. tortuosa. Internal sac median size with large diverticula near apex and a large, strong bent spine on sac which is not traversed by the duct, the duct opening on apex of a small membranous tongue at the tip of the sac. Obs.—The Cicindelid aedeagus is similar to that of Cara- bidae in structure ; but is distinguished from all the Carabid types we are acquainted with by the presence of a basal- piece in the form of a sclerite on the ventral side of the median lobe. In this respect they resemble other Coleoptera more than the Carabidae do; but in the development of the internal sac with spines and a long flagellum they are more highly specialised. A great number of the Carabids are asymmetrical, whilst the Cicindelids are generally sym- metrical or nearly so. The diagnostic of the family is the same as that of the other families of the Caraboid series, except as regards the basal sclerite, which appears to be various in the series. Family CARABIDAE. Forms examined: Carabus violaceus L., Brockenhurst. Cychrus ventricosus (teste Leconte), California. MJetrvus contractus Esch., California. SBlethisa multipunctata L., England. Nebria brevicollis Fabr., Brockenhurst. Mor- molyce phyllodes Hag., loc.? Pheropsophus agnatus Chd., China. Clivina fossor L., Brockenhurst. Anthia sexgut- 488 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative tata Fabr., India. Teflus difficilis Sternberg, Nyasa- land. Pterostichus niger Sch., and oblongopwnctatus Fabr., Brockenhurst. Ophonus sabulicola Panz., Southsea. Laemosthenes complanatus De}., Southsea. Bembidium biguttatum Fabr., Brockenhurst. Figs. 32-35 of Pls. XLVII and XLVI relate to Carabidae. Carabus violaceus (Pl. XLVII figs. 32 and 32a). Median lobe long, tubular and well chitinised; median orifice extending about one-third along ventral side, the chitin of lobe thinning out into membrane of sac; median foramen running across basal end of lobe, the edge of which projects on dorsal side for attachment of lateral lobes. Lateral lobes thin, especially at distal end, nearly reaching to tip of median lobe. Internal sac well developed, covered with short dark spines on basal half; folds of membrane around opening of duct (od) complex (Fig. 32a). The figure shows a depression along the dorsal side which under fluid pressure becomes everted. Cychrus ventricosus. Somewhat like C. violaceus but median lobe more curved, especi- ally at base. Lateral lobes stouter and developed more perfectly, with tips slender and bearing a few hairs. Internal sac short (about one-third the length of median lobe) with long thread-like diverticula immediately ventral of opening of duct ; surface of sac studded with minute papillae. Nebria brevicollis (Pl. XLVII fig. 34). Median lobe curved cone-shape, the median orifice being situated at the small distal end, the median foramen at the large basal end. Lateral lobes attached to dorsal edge of median foramen, left lobe broad, flat, reaching to tip of median lobe, right lobe broad and flat, reaching about two-thirds along median lobe. Internal sac small and undifferentiated. Metrius contractus Median lobe short, deep, flattened ; the distal end produced into a curved blunt spine; median orifice narrow, running along one- fourth of ventral side of lobe, near distal end ; median foramen on basal end somewhat dorsal. Left lateral lobe narrow, spatulate at end, with fringe of long hairs along dorsal side, a little longer than median lobe; right lobe shorter, broader and produced to point, without hairs along edge. Internal sac large and complex. Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 489 Blethisa multipunctata. The aedeagus of this species is remarkable by the small area of the median lobe that is chitinised, the larger part of the lobe being membranous. This species has also a very peculiar feature, inasmuch as a long strut extends forwards. This strut appears to be a process of the internal sac, and has nothing in common with the strut of Dytiscidae that at first sight appears to be similarly placed. It is unfortunately too late to add a drawing of this interesting structure to our plates. Mormolyce phyllodes (P1, XLVII figs. 33 and 33~). Median lobe very short, stout, and funnel shaped ; median orifice large, across distal end, the edge of left side being drawn out into a narrow tongue; median foramen large, across base of lobe, with lateral lobes attached to edge on dorsal side. Left lateral lobe small and flattened, right lobe double the size of left. Internal sac when evaginated twice as long as median lobe, with blunt short diverticula near apex and the apical part granulated. It is possible that the sac as figured is not entirely evaginated near apex. In this paradoxical insect, the articulation between the lateral lobes and the median seems to be imperfect, but our preparation is from an immature example. Pheropsophus agnatus (Pl. XLVIII fig. 35). Median lobe short, pointed ; median orifice occupying median portion on ventral side of lobe ; median foramen basal. Lateral lobes small, irregular and sub-equal. Internal sac large, with blunt, short diverticula near base and on ventral side. Anthia sexquttata. Median lobe forming an irregular tube, abruptly bent up dorsally near base ; median orifice a narrow slip along one-fourth of tube on ventral side near apex, continuing as a depression to near bend at base ; median foramen at basal end. Lateral lobes small, thick and irregular, right larger than left. Tefius difficils. Very solid tubular median lobe, somewhat asymmetrical, with short thick lateral lobes attached to its dorsal basal point, the right lateral lobe larger than the left; median orifice at distal end, median foramen at basal end, slightly dorsal. Internal sac large, complex, covered with chitinous granulations. 490 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative The Carabid aedeagus consists of a more or less asymmetrical median lobe, with small but very varied lateral lobes attached to the dorsal side of the base of the median lobe, often very asymmetrical and often very much reduced. The basal piece absent, or rather not to be distinguished from the second connecting membrane. Internal sac often complex and well developed, contained in median lobe when invaginated (not passing through median foramen). When withdrawn into abdomen the aedeagus lies on its side. The absence of a basal sclerite separates this family from the Cicindelidae. Family PAUSSIDAE. The form examined appears to be the S. African Ortho- pterus smitht Macl. Our specimen has no locality label. Fig. 41 Pl. XLIX. Orthopterus smithi (Pl. XLIX fig. 41). Median lobe a chitinous curved tube, thinner at distal end than at base ; median foramen as large as the lobe, with the lateral lobes attached to its dorsal edge ; median orifice formed by an asymmetrical slit at distal end, the right edge being produced into a small curved knob, the left into a curved flattened’ point. Right lateral lobe broad, and flattened, reaching to near apex of median lobe, left lateral lobe narrow and slightly shorter ; a small thin sclerite is attached to connecting membrane between the lateral lobes on ventral side (not shown in figure) and appears to be homologous to the basal-piece in Dytiscus. Internal sac fairly large and when evaginated funnel shape. This aedeagus is distinctly Caraboid and strongly reminds one of Nebria. If we may judge from a single dissection the family differs from Carabidae by the possession of a scleritic basal-piece. Family RHYSODIDAE. Form examined is a species from Queensland, not con- tained in the British Museum Collection. It is a large form somewhat resembling the European &. sulcatus. Fie, 36' PXLvay, Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 491 Rhysodes sp.? (Fig. 36). Median lobe a strongly chitinised, curved tube, with median orifice on ventral side of apex and median foramen at basal end. Lateral lobes asymmetrical, the right large, flat and subtriangular, the left small and irregularly oval. Internal sac well developed, a large lobe arising from the apex armed with patches of hairs and chitin plates. This is a characteristic Caraboid type and must be placed near that family. Family PELOBIIDAE. Pelobius tardus Herbst, from Brockenhurst has been examined. Fig. 40 Pl. XLIX. Pelobius tardus (Pl. XLIX fig. 40). Median lobe strong, curved, somewhat flattened, produced into blunt barb at tip, with a shallow groove along the ventral side (or the lateral edges turned down ventrally), a membranous tongue (a) covers the basal four-fifths of the groove, the median orifice being covered by this tongue. Lateral lobes large, produced into filament at apex ; articulated to median lobe on dorsal side of base. Basal-piece forming a T-shape sclerite, with a large head. No differentiated sac. Family HALIPLIDAE. The form examined is the common European H. fulvus Fabr. Big.voOi PL XLV IL. Haliplus fulvus (Pl. XLVIIT fig. 39). Median lobe a flattened curved body, deeply grooved along the ventral side, with a membranous tongue (a) covering the basal three-fourths of groove; the basal part expanded, with lateral lobes articulated to dorsal edge. Lateral lobes asymmetrical, left one short and broad, with hairs on inner surface near distal end ; right lobe longer and narrower, with slender tip, inner surface covered with long fine hairs. Basal-piece forming a wide V-shape sclerite joining lateral lobes across the ventral side. No differentiated sac, 492 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative Family DYTISCIDAE. Forms examined: Dytiscus punctulatus Fabr., and D. marginalis L., England. Jlybius aenescens Th., England. Figs. 37 and 38 Pl. XLVIIL. Dytiscus punctulatus (Pl. XLVITI figs. 37 and 377). Basal half of median lobe forms a tube, the distal half projecting as four prongs, the dorsal one chitinous, the ventral and lateral ones membranous (fig. 37a, a. b. b.). The dorsal half of lobe forming a strong chitinous plate, broader and turned down in the middle (c) and bearing hairs at the apex, the basal part being curved upward and expanded ; the ventral half is membranous (m). Lateral lobes large and broad, bearing hairs at the tip and attached to the base of the median lobe on the dorsal side (pa). A thin strut (bp) broad at the end where it supports the membrane between the bases of the lateral lobe, on the ventral side, represents the basal-piece. This functions as a lever to which the muscles for turning the aedeagus are attached. When invaginated the aedeagus rests on its side, but when evaginated it takes a turn and the dorsal becomes ventral. Our figure shows it in its true dorso-ventral position. Sac undifferentiated. Dytiscus marginals. This only differs in details from D. punctulatus, the median lobe is expanded into a small flattened disc at apex ; the lateral lobes are longer. Tlybius aenescens (Pl. XLVIII fig. 38). Median lobe consisting of a strong, curved, thin sclerite, broad- ened at the base and turned down to form a short groove, the ventral side of this groove being covered by a membranous tongue (qa), thus forming a very short tube where the undifferentiated sac opens. Lateral lobes broad at base, flattened and slightly twisted at tips and attached on dorsal side of the base ; the inner dorsal surface being studded with short stout sense-hairs, the rest of inner surface with long fine hairs. Basal-piece (bp) broad at the end where it partly surrounds the base of the median lobe but narrow beyond. This appears to be a more perfect structure than the aedeagus of Dytiscus. The three families, Dytiscidae, Haliplidae, and Pelo- biidae, are closely allied as to the aedeagus, the median lobe being on the same plan, and differing from Carabidae Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 493 and Cicindelidae. In the latter two families the median lobe is a more or less perfect tube with the median orifice at or near the distal end, and the median foramen at the basal end; in the three other families it forms a chitinous organ, grooved along the ventral surface (or the lateral margin turned down), with a membranous tongue cover- ing the basal part of the groove. There being no differ- entiated sac it is impossible to say how much of the ejaculatory duct is evaginated during coition.* Unfortunately the only Amphizoidae we could procure were females. Family GYRINIDAE. Forms examined: Hnhydrus sp. n., aff. HL. atratt, Lita, 4000 ft. Gyrinus natator and wrinator, England. Orecto- chilus dispar Walker, Ceylon. Figs. 42, 48 and 43a Pl. XLIX.: Gyrinus natator (Pl. XLIX fig. 42). Median lobe slightly flattened and curved; tip truncate ; dorsal and lateral parts chitinous ; median orifice forming a narrow slit on the membranous ventral side near tip; median foramen at base. Lateral lobes flattened horizontally, narrow at base and gradually widening to truncate apex, which bears long hairs; consolidated along ventral basal half and near base on dorsal side. Median lobe articulated to base of lateral lobes on dorsal side. Basal-piece large, forming a large chitinous plate on ventral and lateral sides ; mem- branous on dorsal side; membrane connecting it to lateral lobes large and allowing great movements of parts. No differentiated internal sac. Enhydrus, sp. This is the same type as G. natator, the median lobe being pointed and the lateral lobes pointed on the inner side of a widened tip. Basal-piece large, but connecting membrane not so large as in G. natator, and not allowing so much movement between basal-piece and lateral lobes, No differentiated internal sac. Oretochilus dispar (Pl. XLIX figs. 43 and 43a). Median lobe tubular, drawn to a point on the ventral side of the apex ; median orifice situated on dorsal side of apex; median fora- * F. Netolitzky (Deut. Ent. Zeitschr., 1911, p. 271) has discussed the Adephaga from the point of view of the lateral lobes. TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART IIL (DEC.) LL 494 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative men at base. Lateral lobes narrow and bluntly pointed, the distal half bearing fine hairs along edge. SBasal-piece long and narrow. No differentiated internal sac. The aedeagus of the Gyrinidae is of the trilobe type with well-developed basal-piece, and they should not be placed with the Dytiscidae, but near to the Hydrophilidae. The comparatively simple trilobe form and undifferentiated internal sac indicate a form of low specialisation (accom- panied by extreme adaptive characters of the body). In- formation as to the mode of fertilisation in this family is very desirable. Family HYDROPHILIDAE. Forms examined: Hydrophilus (Hydrous of recent authors) piceus L., Europe; H. ater Fabr., Paraguay. Anacaena ovata Reiche, England. Berosus luridus L., and B. signaticollis Charp., Brockenhurst. Laccobius ytenensis Sharp, Brockenhurst. Helophorus aquaticus L., Brocken- hurst. Dactylosternum subdepressum Cast., Panama. Figs. 44-46a Pl. XLIX. Hydrophilus piceus (Pl. XLIX fig. 44), The aedeagus of this insect is the best known of any, as it has been figured and described by many writers. See especially Escherich, Zeitschr. Wiss. Zool. lvii. The’median lobe is well developed, mem- branous, strengthened by three sclerites. A ring-like one (a) sup- ports the median orifice, a thin rod-like one runs down the ventral surface, and a large one (b) covers the dorsal surface ; the latter is narrow at the tip and broadens out basally, where it extends into a pair of median struts (ms), a keel runs down the centre, bifurcates about the middle and the keels continue on to the median struts. The lateral lobes are broad at the base, where they meet both dorsally and ventrally and embrace the base of the median lobe; from the base they taper off to a point at the apex. ‘The basal-piece is formed by a large, shield-shaped sclerite (bp) with its lateral edges turned up, the dorsal side being membranous. When the muscles acting upon the median struts force the median lobe outwards, the fact of it being articulated to lateral lobes (at the point of articula- tion pa) causes it to turn dorsally upon that point, this at the same time forces the lateral lobes apart. This appears to be the action of all the trilobe types in which the lateral arms are free (not con- solidated together) and the median lobe is articulated to the lateral Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 495 lobes. We have not examined one of these forms during copula- tion, but it is most likely that the lateral lobes are used to keep open the external orifice of the female. The internal sac is undifferentiated. Laccobius ytenensis (Pl. XLTX fig. 45). This is a trilobe form. Median lobe chitinous on dorsal side, membranous on ventral side whereon the median orifice is situate. Lateral arms curved, surrounding median lobe. Basal-piece large, membranous on dorsal side. Internal sac undifferentiated. Berosus signaticollis (Pl. XLIX fig. 47). Median lobe thin, tubular, slightly curved and pointed at apex; median orifice on ventral side of apex; median foramen at base; basal edge continued into two curved median struts (ms). Lateral lobes large, consolidated into one piece on the ventral side, forming a flattened trough into which the median lobe falls when at rest ; point of articulation at base. Basal-piece large, forming a flattened trough into which the lateral lobes fall when at rest, the distal edge of the basal-piece being articulated to the middle of the ventral part of the lateral lobes. Internal sac undifferentiated. In B. luridus the median lobe is slender and long, the lateral lobes slender and long and quite free. Basal-piece small and jointed to the lateral lobes in normal manner. Internal sac undifferentiated. The profound difference between these two otherwise allied species is of great interest. Helophorus aquaticus. The median lobe is short, broad at base and bluntly pointed at tip, where the median orifice is situate. Lateral lobes about same length as median lobe, broad at base and bluntly pointed at apex. Basal-piece longer than median lobe, shield-shaped, membranous on dorsal, chitinous on ventral side. Internal sac undifferentiated. Dactylosternum subdepressum (Pl. XLIX figs. 46, 467). Median lobe flattened, broad at base, pointed at apex, the dorsal aspect being chitinous, the ventral membranous; the median orifice towards the base on ventral aspect (mo). Lateral lobes meeting together at base on ventral face, but wide apart on dorsal] ; tapering to a point atapex. Basal-piece small, chitinous all round, but narrow on dorsal aspect, and extending basally on ventral side, there some- what shield-shaped. Internal sac undifferentiated. LL 2 496 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative The Hydrophilidae possess an aedeagus of the trilobe form, with well-developed median and lateral lobes and basal-piece, but with undifferentiated internal sac. This is a generalised type. Berosus departs from it furthest in Bb. signaticollis. Family STAPHYLINIDAE. Forms examined: Gyrophaena pulchella Heer, England. Homalota londinensis Sh.; H. elongatula Gr., and H. pavens Er., Brockenhurst. TZachinus subterraneus L., Brocken- hurst. Tachinoderus grossulus Lec. (? North America, no locality ticket). Ocypus cupreus Rossi, Brockenhurst. Staphylinus cacsareus L., Brockenhurst. Philonthus and Gabrius, numerous species. Creophilus erythrocephalus Fabr., Australia. Quedius ventralis Ar., Brockenhurst. Pinophilus rectus Sh., and P. mimus Sh., Amazons. Platy- prosopus sp., India. Othius fulvipennis Fabr., and 0. melan- ocephalus Grav., Brockenhurst. Aantholinus glabratus Gray., Brockenhurst, and X. phoenicopterus Er., Australia. X. (Lulissus) chalybews Mann, Brazil. Paederus riparius L., Brockenhurst. Lathrobium brunnipes Fabr., L. fulvipenne Grav., and JZ: boreale Hochh., Brockenhurst, Stenus speculator Lac., Brockenhurst. Osorius sp. near ater Perty, Trinidad. MNodynus leucofasciatus Lew., Japan. Olophrum piceum Gyll, Brockenhurst. Leptochirus edax? loc. dub. Zirophorus bicornis Ol, Amazons. Micropeplus fulvus Er., England. Figs. 61-74 of Plates LII, LIII and LIV are devoted to Staphylinidae. Gyrophaena pulchella (Pl. LII figs 61, 61a). Median lobe chitinous, tubular, flattened near tip and twisted and swollen slightly at base ; median orifice narrow, on ventral side near apex ; median foramen at base small. There are two pairs of spines on ventral side close behind median orifice. Lateral lobes large, broad and flattened; inner surface membranous, outer chitinous, and divided into several large sclerites; near apex there is a small articulated lobe bearing two stout hairs. The lateral lobes are attached to median lobe near base on ventral side of median foramen (pa). Internal sac medium size with a long flagellum (fg) arising from apex of sac and passing through median orifice. Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 497 This is a highly developed form of the Aleocharid type. The structure is very large in comparison with the size of the insect. Homalota londinensis. Median lobe broad and flattened ; tip on ventral aspect curved downward, and drawn out into a fine point, tipped with a fine pin-head knob. Lateral lobes large and broad; on the lower margin, near base, arises a long curved flattened spine. Sac not examined. Homalota elongatula. Median lobe bulbous at base, membranous on dorsal side, chitinous on ventral, the distal chitinous edge prolonged into a laterally compressed curved tip. The lateral lobes large, flat, and rounded at apex. Fomalota pavens. Median lobe swollen at base, chitinous on ventral side, mem- branous on dorsal, distal end not twisted. Lateral lobes large. Sac not examined. Tachinus subterrancus (Pl. LIT figs. 61, 61a). Median lobe short and bulbous, the ventral aspect formed by a chitinous sclerite jointed at apex, the dorsal by a circular sclerite, with a semi-membranous connection between (m), The median orifice has a dorso-distal position and the median foramen is small with a ventro-medial position. The lateral lobes joined together to near tips, attached to median lobe near median foramen on posterior (ventral) side. Internal sac large and complex, with a flexible, chitinous sclerite (a) supporting each side; at the distal end there is a large egg-shaped chitinous body (6) with a short tube on one side on which the ejaculatory duct opens. The use of this hollow egg-shaped body we are unable to conjecture. Tachinoderus grossulus, Distal half of median lobe tubular, basal half bulbous; median orifice distal ; median foramen on ventral aspect in median position ; semi-membranous:-around middle portion of bulbous base. Lateral lobes small, amalgamated to near tip. Internal sac large, with bilobed diverticulum on ventral face, and small chitinous process at apex where the ejaculatory duct opens. 498 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative Ocypus cupreus (Pl. LIT figs. 68, 65a, 680). In this form the median lobe is a strong, chitinous tube with a bulbous base, a semi-chitinous band (m) running round the bulb; the median orifice is distal; the median foramen small and ventral, at the junction of bulb and tube. The lateral lobes are amalgamated and form a broad, slightly-curved plate on the ventral aspect of the median lobe, the tip being slightly cleft. The internal sac large, with four large, round diverticula near base, covered with curved spines ; the dorsal side covered with long strong hairs, the ventral with large curved spines, similar to those on the diverticula ; the apex is drawn out thinner and has two constrictions near the end and the opening of the ejaculatory duct (0) near the tip on the ventral side is supported by two flat chitin sclerites ; a small spine rises just beyond it. The sac shown in the figure is drawn from a specimen taken in copula ; it had the position figured, Creophilus erythrocephalus, has a median lobe somewhat like O. cupreus, but the lateral lobes form a single broad prong on the ventral face, Internal sac medium size with a short curved flagellum arising from apex. Quedius ; has a similar form of median lobe to Ocypus, and the lateral lobes form a single piece on its ventral side. In Q. ventralis (Pl. LII fig. 64) the internal sac is figured evaginated. In Q. brevicollis the internal sac has a pair of small diverticula near apex and the opening of the ejaculatory duct below them, also a larger pointed pair on the dorso-lateral part of the middle, and a round diverticulum on the ventral side near base, covered with semi-chitinous pegs. Q. vexans (of our British collections) has median and lateral lobes of the same type, the internal sac being swollen at base and thin for the distal two-thirds ; a pair of blunt diverticula arise from the side near the middle, and a backward-pointing one nearer the base on a median-ventral line. Pinophilus rectus (Pl. LIV figs. 71, 71). Median lobe large, bulbous at base, with semi-membranous strip (m) running across to near apex; apex with dorsal edge projecting beyond ventral; median orifice on ventral side of apex ; median foramen small, on ventral side about one-fourth from base. Lateral lobes thin narrow strips, articulated to median lobe on ventral edge of median foramen. Internal sac about 15 mm. long, thin, tubular, coiled up in median lobe when invaginated. Arising from apex of sac is a fine chitinous flagellum as long as the sac, with the opening of the ejaculatory duct at its tip, At the base of the Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 499 sac are three irregular chitin plates (b) with a narrow strip of chitin (a) running some way along the sac. These appear to form guides for the flagellum. P. mimus has a similar sac and flagellum which make ten complete coils in the median lobe, like a coil of rope, and measure 20 mm. In Pinophilus where there is an enormously long sac and flagellum, coiled up within the median lobe, it is not likely that the sac is evaginated, but the flagellum is thrust out and the basal part of the sac folded up like a concertina bellows; nor is it likely that the whole of the long flagellum is everted, but the muscles acting upon the coils cause it to operate like a coiled spring, the distal end being thus thrust out and retracted when the muscular pressure is relaxed. Othius fulvipennis (Pl. LIIT fig. 65). Medium lobe bulbous with ventral distal edge projecting ; median orifice dorso-distal, median foramen small, ventro-medianal ; a semi- membranous band running round bulbous part of median lobe. Lateral lobes thin, separate, attached to median lobe on ventral edge of median foramen, Internal sac large, apex forming two diverticula ; on the larger diverticulum the ejaculatory duct opens; a small bilobed diverticulum on dorsal side and a pair of large diverticula on ventral side ; between these last processes and the base are two pairs of curved chitinous spines. Othius melanocephalus (Pl. LIII fig. 66). Very much like O. fulvipennis, but the internal sac differs greatly ; on each side near apex is a fine long diverticulum (q). Xantholinus glabratus (Pl. LIM figs. 67, 67a, 670). In this species the bulbous median lobe is of an extreme form, being egg-shape, with a small membranous distal portion to which the greatly reduced lateral lobes are attached. The median lobe is formed of dorsal and ventral sclerites, round, and connected by a semi-membranous band (m); the median orifice (mo) is at the distal end, and the median foramen (m/) slightly in front (or basal) on the ventral face. These two openings are separated only by a chitinous plate () formed by the basal part of the lateral lobes which are extremely reduced. The internal sac is three times the length of the median lobe, tubular, and studded with large teeth, curved basally, 500 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative A less modified form is found in Xantholinus (Hulissus) chalybeus (Pl. LIII figs. 68, 68a) from Brazil ; in which the distal end of the median lobe is short and tubular, drawn out into a point on the ventral side, the median foramen being situate in the ventral chitinous sclerite at the base of the short tubular distal end, X. phoenicopterus is also less modified than X. glabratus, the lateral lobe being much larger and the median foramen on the ventral sclerite, Paederus viparius (Pl. LIT figs. 69, 69a). The median lobe broad, slightly flattened and slightly bulbous at base, the dorsal distal margin projecting beyond the ventral, the median orifice being on ventral face beneath this projection; the median foramen small, near base slightly dorsal. The lateral lobes broad, flattened, with curved pointed apices projecting beyond end of median lobe, closely applied to sides of it, and attached to it near the ventral edge of median foramen. Internal sac with large curved spine (a) at base. Apex of sac not examined, Lathrobium brunnipes. The median lobe bulbous and membranous, except on the ventral basal part which is chitinous ; median orifice at tip ; median foramen small, about the middle. Lateral lobes consolidated into a single body, broad at base and narrow at apex where there are two small points; a groove runs along the ventral side. They form the strongest part of the aedeagus and are consolidated to the ventral face of the median lobe from the edge of the median foramen to the tip. Internal sac not examined. L. fulvipenne is of the same type as L. brunnipes, but the left lateral lobe appears to be absent and the right is large and projects as a curved spine ; there is also a chitinous support on the dorsal side of the median orifice. L, boreale. The same type as L. brwnnipes, the lateral lobes being consolidated into a single piece, the tip being pointed and turned down like a small hook, the median ventral line being keeled, not grooved. The dorsal margin of the median orifice is supported by a small chitin plate and a strong chitin piece with two hooks at the end projects from the basal part of the internal sac. On each side of the internal sac, near the base, is a patch of chitinous flat scales, prolonged into prongs on the basal edge. When the sac is evaginated the two-hooked piece on the dorsal side of the base turns over and Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 501 points basally. The aedeagus in Lathrobiwm is extremely irregular and asymmetrical in structure. Stenus speculator (Pl. III figs. 70, 70a). Median and lateral lobes on same plan as Paederus riparius. Internal sac large, with two chitin strips (a). These chitin strips are continuations of the chitin of the ventral surface of the median lobe. Osorius sp. (Pl. LIV fig. 72) from Trinidad, apparently has the lateral arms entirely missing, or reduced to a narrow, small band slightly distal of the median foramen on the ventral side (Jl), The median lobe is bulbous with the dorsal side semi-membranous and the ventral distal edge pointed. The internal sac is large with two diverticula near base, one bearing short hairs on the tip, and a large curved diverticulum at end, ventral of the opening of ejaculatory duct. Nodynus lewcofasciatus, Median lobe bulbous at base, chitinous on ventral side and drawn out distally to a point, the dorsal side being membranous ; median orifice at distal end on dorsal side ; the median foramen small, on ventral side and about the middle. Lateral lobes fairly broad, pressed against sides of the median lobe and projecting slightly beyond tip, attached to median lobe on ventral side of edge of median foramen. Internal sac without chitinous armature. This is very Silphid-like, but the absence of the basal-piece separates it from that group. Olophrum piceum is very like Nodynus, the lateral lobes being flattened and curved. Internal sac long, flattened and coiled up in the median lobe ; its surface covered with hair-like scales. Leptochirus, sp. Median lobe tubular, curved ventrally near the base ; semi- chitinous on dorso-basal part. Median orifice on dorsal side of tip ; median foramen small, near base on ventral isde. Lateral lobes small, about one-fifth the length of the median lobe, Internal sac large, but not examined. Zirophorus bicornis (Pl. LIV fig. 73). Has a thin, slightly flattened median lobe, strongly chitinised and curved at the base, and semichitinous along the dorsal basal part (m). The lateral lobes are articulated to the curved base and consist of narrow lobes free along their whole length. Median orifice at distal end, median foramen at base. Internal sac short and without armature, 502 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative Micropeplus fulvus (Pl. LIV fig. 74). This is a Staphylinid type, the median lobe being large and bulbous at the base; the median orifice at the apex large, the median foramen small and one-fourth from base on ventral side. The lateral lobes are so completely amalgamated to the median lobe that it is very difficult to distinguish them, but they are of fair size and lie along the ventro-lateral portion of the median lobe, The internal sac is large, complex, covered with small chitinous spines and supported by chitinous patches, It is among the Staphylinidae that we have found the greatest modification of a single type. In this family the internal sac reaches a high state of specialisation and the modification of the median lobe for the evagination of the sac by blood-pressure is carried to perfection. This is brought about by modifying the tubular median lobe into a bulb having chitinisations on the dorsal and ventral aspects, with a band of membrane between, so that the dorsal and ventral sclerites can be brought together by muscular contractions and so exert pressure of a fluid on the sac and turn it out. The Staphylinidae are distinguished from the Silphidae by the absence of a basal-piece. Since our paper was written Dr. L. Weber of Cassel has published a very valuable paper on the male genitalia of Staphylinidae (Festschr. Ver. Cassel, 1911). We are, however, not pre- pared to accept his interpretation of the very abnormal genus Habrocerus, as to which he himself speaks with considerable diffidence. Family SILPHIDAE (= families Silphidae, Liodidae, and Clambidae, Reitter). Forms examined: Silpha (Phosphuga) atrata L., Eng- land. SS. obscura L., England. S&S. japonica Motsch., Japan. S.? analis Chevr., Panama. Necrodes osculans Vig., Woodlark Island. Necrophorus mortworwm Fabr., England. Astagobius angustatus Schm., Carniola. Ba- thyscia (sp. not in Brit. Mus.), Piedmont. Liodes (Anisotoma of certain authors) humeralis Fabr., England. Clambus minutus St., England. Figs. 48-54, Plates XLIX and L, are devoted to this group. eee Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera, 508 Silpha atrata (Pl. XLIX fig. 48). Median lobe flattened, broad, with ventral side chitinous and dorsal membranous ; median orifice at distal end ; median foramen small, situate in the basal part of the ventral chitinous plate. Lateral lobes broad at base, tapering to rounded point at apex. A thin ring of chitin runs over the base of median lobe (bp) and joins the bases of the lateral lobes; this represents the basal-piece. Internal sac large, rounded at the apex, with three large, round diverticula at base (b), covered with long, fine hairs, thickest on the dorso-basal surface. The median lobe is not consolidated to the basal-piece and can be dissected away. The figure shows the apex of sac collapsed, the broken lines (c) show the more normal shape. Silpha obscura (Pl. I figs. 49, 49a). Median lobe large, extending beyond the basal-piece ; the ventral and lateral faces of the distal half chitinous, the dorsal side and all the basal half membranous, except a small strip of chitin (a) extend- ing from the median foramen (mf) towards the base. The median orifice on dorsal side of tip ; the median foramen small, placed about middle of ventral side. Lateral lobes fairly broad, curved at tips and bearing a small knob, they are pressed closely to the latero- ventral surface of the distal half of the median lobe. The basal- piece is ringlike (bp). Internal sac large ; details not examined, Silpha japonica. Of the same type as S. atrata, The internal sac is flattened horizontally and constricted in the middle, the dorsal surface is covered with long, silky hairs. Silpha analis (Pl. L fig. 50). Though probably a different genus this is similar to the various species we have already remarked on. The basal-piece is of rather larger extent. Internal sac large with a large curved prong (a) on each side near the base, basal part covered with short hairs, distal part with granulated surface. Necrodes osculans. The aedeagus is of the Silpha obscura type. The median lobe broad, with distal half chitinous, especially on the ventral aspect, the ventral half membranous ; the median orifice dorso-distal, and the median foramen ventro-medial. The lateral lobes each broad 504 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative at’ base, the apex slightly curved. The basal-piece consists of two small narrow sclerites, attached to the base of the lateral lobes, but they do not meet on the dorsal side. Necrophorus mortuorum (Pl. L fig. 51). Median lobe chitinous on ventral and lateral aspects, membranous on dorsal aspect ; median orifice large, on dorsal aspect of apex ; median foramen small, on ventral aspect about one-fourth from base. Lateral lobes broad at base, tapering to blunt point, bearing several hairs, Basal-piece (bp) slender and ring-shaped, Internal sac large, but details not examined. Astagobius angustatus. The median lobe large, slightly flattened and curved ; the median orifice on the ventral face of apex, the dorsal edge being pointed ; median foramen large, at base. Lateral lobes long and thin ; basal- piece formed by a small curved sclerite on ventral face, but not meeting on dorsal. Internal sac large, armature not observed. Bathyscia, sp. (Pl. L figs. 52, 52a). Median lobe tubular, slightly flattened towards apex on dorsal face where it graduates to a point ; median orifice at apex on dorsal face; median foramen (mf) at base, as large as the diameter of the median lobe, the edge being strengthened by a thickening of the chitin (a). The tegmen consists of a broad ring-shaped basal- piece (bp) with a pair of thin lateral lobes lying along each side of the median lobe, the basal-piece being slightly posterior of the base of the median lobe. Internal sac large, extending through the median foramen. Arising from the apex of the sac is a short, stout flagellum (c), along which the ejaculatory duct continues and opens at its tip. The dorsal face of this flagellum is chitinous (a) and broadened at the base where the corners articulate with a Y-shaped (y) support (Jeannel’s Y-piece) ; the ventral face of the flagellum is membranous, except at the tip where the chitin forms a short fine tube.* Fig. 52a represents the internal flagellum (c of fig, 52) on a much higher scale of magnification. Liodes humeralis (Pl. L figs. 53, 58a, 538b) is of the same type as Bathyscia. The median lobe is chitinous, strongly bent at the basal third, swollen at base and pointed at apex; the median orifice is at apex on ventral face; the median foramen at base, and as large as the enlarged base of median lobe. The tegmen consists of a * On this group reference may be made to an important memoir by Jeannel, Arch. Zool. exp. v, 1910. Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera, 505 ring-like basal-piece, broader on dorsal than on ventral aspect, with a pair of narrow, pointed lateral lobes pressed close to the sides of the median lobe. The internal sac not large, but with complex armature at apex (53a, 53b). A flat, curved median chitin-piece (0) is attached to the internal sac by a large chitin knob (c) through which the ejaculatory duct runs and opens on the end of the median piece ; a chitin plate (d) with asecond chitin knob (e) gives it greater support. To each side of the chitin knob (c) is attached a flattened pointed process, thickened at its base at the point of attachment, one is slightly longer than the other. Clambus minutus (Pl. L fig. 54). Median lobe a thin, partly flattened, tube, with the dorsal distal part drawn out into a curved process hooked at the tip, the ventral distal part into a semi-membranous tongue. The lateral lobes are amalgamated for two-thirds of their length and form a broad shallow plate with the distal third forming unequal points, bearing a couple of stout spines. The basal-piece ring-shape (bp). Internal sac not examined. Among the Silphidae s. 1. that we have examined there are three distinct types of aedeagus. The first is repre- sented by Silpha, in which the median foramen is small, the median lobe collapsible on the dorsal aspect and forms a collapsible bulb by means of which the internal sac is evaginated by fluid-pressure, and the sac bears no chitinous armature. In the second the median foramen is large, and the median lobe is not collapsible and does not function as a bulb for the evagination of the sac, and the sac bears chitinous armatures. The third type has the lateral lobes amalgamated to- gether to form one piece, and the median lobe is tubular and not collapsible. These characters do not quite agree with the divisions into families of the Silphid allies. As, however, the recent authorities are not in accord on this point, and as we have studied a very small percentage of the known forms, we have treated the assemblage as one family. But we hope our doing this will not be interpreted as supporting either one view or the other. The Silphid type approaches the Staphylinid type, but the presence of a reduced basal-piece serves to distinguish the two. 506 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative Family LEPTINIDAE. Form examined: Leptinus testaceus Miill., Brockenhurst. L. testaceus (Pl. LI figs. 55, 55a). Median lobe large, chitinous on dorsal aspect, where it is drawn out into a point and on the sides, semi-membranous on the ventral aspect ; median orifice on the ventral aspect of the distal end (mo) ; median foramen large at basal end, and proceeding somewhat along dorsal side (b). Lateral lobes thin narrow bodies lying along the dorso-lateral parts of the median lobe and projecting somewhat beyond its tip. Basal-piece well developed, forming a ring through the base of which the median lobe passes and projects beyond, basally. Point of articulation on dorsal side. This basal-piece is distinct but of a semi-chitinous nature. Internal sac large, project- ing through the median foramen; it bears a patch of hairs near its apex, and about the middle a long slender chitin rod (a) attached to the sac by a broad square base ; the ejaculatory duct does not pass through it. This differs but little from certain Silphidae. Family PLATYPSYLLIDAE. Form examined: Platypsylla castoris Rits., N. America. P. castoris (Pl. LX XVII fig. 229). This comes near to Leptinus from which it differs only in details. Median lobe tubular, pointed at apex and greatly enlarged on basal two-fifths; median orifice on ventral face near apex; median foramen large at base. Tegmen consisting of a basal-piece surround- ing the median lobe anterior to the basal enlargement, and a pair of narrow lateral lobes situate on the dorsal face. Internal sac smaller than in Leptinus and not passing through the median foramen when at rest, covered with hairs and flattened pointed scales; a thin flagellum arises from the apex. We are indebted to Mr. E. A. Schwarz for the opportunity of examining this interesting species. Family SCAPHIDIIDAE. Form examined: Scaphidiwm quadrimaculatum OL, Brockenhurst. S. quadrimaculatum (Pl. LIV fig. 76). This is a characteristic Staphylinid type. Median lobe with distal half forming a wide tube, basal half bulbous, with a membranous — SS Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 507 band round the bulb (m) ; median orifice large, at distal end, with ventral edge projecting beyond dorsal; median foramen small on ventral face, about one-third from base. Lateral lobes attached to median lobe on ventral aspect, at the ventral edge of the median foramen. Internal sac large, with patches of short hairs; details not studied. Family TRICHOPTERYGIDAE. Form examined: Zrichopteryx grandicollis Mann., Eng- land, and some others. T. grandicollis (P]. LXXVII figs. 231 and 2312). The aedeagus consists of a short tube with a pair of hooked struts on the ventral side of the base, the median orifice large, with the ventral edge produced into a blunt point. Internal sac large, bearing small spines and a small chitin-plate (a) on the dorsal face and some chitinisation on the ventral (b) which we have not definitely made out. The position of the opening of the duct on the sac was not observed. We could find no trace of tegmen. A small plate with a central strut exists below the aedeagus, but it appears to be a body sclerite and not the tegmen. At present we are unable to associate this with any other form. Euryptilium marginatum has the organ longer, with the ventral margin of the median orifice projecting, pointed, and turned down. Mr. H. Britten has submitted to us for examination dissections of 7’. grandicollis, T. thorica, T. bovina, T. brevis, Luryptiium marginatum, Ptiliolum spencei and an un- identified species. These are each and all easily recog- nised by the aedeagus. Family CORYLOPHIDAE. Forms examined: Saciwm politwm (coll. Matthews), hab.? Corylophus cassidioides Marsh., England. Bigs (o PI, LIV. Sacium politum (Pl. LIV figs. 75, 75a). Median lobe a large flattened tube, the median orifice at the distal end, the ventral edge extending beyond the dorsal and pointed; the median foramen very small at the basal end. Tegmen forming a 508 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative “ring-piece,” the cap (a) or lateral lobes forming a wide curved plate slightly emarginate; the basal-piece forming a large shield-shaped plate with a deep keel down the centre (b). Internal sac large, with complex armature. Corylophus cassidioides is of the same type. At present we cannot directly connect this to any other type; the small median foramen with the internal sac contained in the median lobe is unique among the “ring” forms, where it is the rule to have a large median foramen and the internal sac passing through it, when not evaginated. Family SCYDMAENIDAE. Forms examined: Stenichnus collaris Miill., England. Eumicrus (recently Scydmaenus) tarsatus Miill., England. Leptomastax coquereli Fairm., Corfu. Figs. 56, 56a, b and c, 57 Pl. LI. Stenichnus collaris (Pl. LI figs. 56, 56a, 560, 56c). The distal portion of the median lobe forms a short thick irregular tube ; the basal part being curved under and prolonged into a flattened narrow process (f), a band of membrane (m) connecting the two portions ; the median orifice is large, at the distal end ; the median foramen small, situate on the dorsal face about two-thirds down the tubular distal end of the median lobe. Lateral lobes narrow flat pro- cesses, attached to the median lobe at the dorsal edge of the median foramen. Internal sac short but very complex (56c). On the dorsal face there is a membranous surface bearing a pair of keels studded with chitinous teeth (g) which converge together in the centre above the opening of the ejaculatory duct ; on the ventral half is a broad chitinous plate somewhat shoe-shaped in lateral view (a and b), bearing a pair of small toothed processes (h). We would like to call attention to the great importance of recognising the mobility of the internal sac and con- comitantly the variation in the position of the sac armature, especially when it closes the median orifice. Unless this is understood the shape of the aedeagus will appear to vary greatly in certain species. In the figures we give, fig. 56 shows a side view with sac invaginated, 56) shows the sac partly evaginated, and 56c with it entirely evaginated, or nearly so; 56a gives a ventral view of 560. ee ee ie Si a ae i alla ei i Be Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 509 Humerus tarsatus (Pl. LVI fig. 57). Median lobe tubular, slightly curved, with large median orifice at distal end and small median foramen at base. Lateral lobes large, broad and closely pressed to sides of median lobe; they extend beyond the end of the median lobe where the tips are consolidated into a single point, entirely enveloping the ventro-apical portion of the median lobe. Although the lateral lobes are pressed very closely to the median lobe, yet they are not consolidated thereto, and can be parted without damage. Internal sac small with a curved chitinous process (a) bearing the opening of the ejaculatory duct at its tip. Leptomastax coquereli, Median lobe similar to Eumicrus tarsatus; the lateral lobes are broad and flat but do not meet and become consolidated at their tips. Internal sac small, with a chitinous process ending in a short flagellum on which the ejaculatory duct opens. The family Scydmaenidae exhibit a great diversity of form, but all appear to be of one type. Median lobe more or less tubular with a large median orifice and a small median foramen more or less inclined to the dorsal face. The lateral lobes articulated to the base of the median lobe on the dorsal face of the median foramen. Internal sac bearing armature. The point of articulation being on the dorsal side of the median foramen distinguishes this family from the Staphylinidae wherein the point of articulation is on the ventral side. The distinguished French entomologist, M. de Peyerim- hoff, has published a memoir on the male structures of Scydmaenidae, in which he expresses the opinion that the structures are in some species variable. We would point to our remarks under Stenichnus collaris as possibly explaining the discrepancies he remarks on. Family PSELAPHIDAE. Forms examined: Sagola sp. (not in Brit. Mus.), New Zealand. Trichonyx sulcicollis Reich., Brockenhurst. Lry- axis impressa Panz., and B. juncorum Leach, Brockenhurst. Physa inflata Sharp, New Zealand. Palimbolus sp. (not in Brit. Mus.), New South Wales. Figs. 58, 59, 60 and 230 Pls. LI and LII. TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART UI. (DEC.) MM 510 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative Sagola sp. (Pl. LIT fig. 59). Median lobe long, slender, tubular and slightly curved, the median orifice at apex, the ventral edge projecting beyond the dorsal. Lateral lobes large, flattened laterally and lying on each side of median lobe, with their base in intimate union with the base of the median lobe. The piece we call basal-piece (bp) appears to belong to the lateral lobes and not to be a true basal- piece, but this point is obscure. Internal sac undifferentiated. Trichonyx sulcicollis, Median lobe bulbous with circular, membranous patch on dorsal face; median orifice at distal end, closed by a chitin plate which is attached at the base of the internal sac; this plate moves when the sac is evaginated; median foramen small, about two-thirds from base. Lateral lobes short, flattened, applied closely to the ventral face of the distal end of the median lobe. Internal sac large, armed with strong chitinous plates. Bryaxis impressa (Pl. LXXVII figs. 230, 230a and 0). This appears to be much on the same plan as Sagola, but the lateral lobes in their basal part are consolidated to the sides of the median lobe, and their more median portions apparently meet, while their outer portions remain free, divergent and pointed. If a section be taken through the middle of the aedeagus it should include three lumens, in the middle that of the median lobe (d of fig. 230b) and another on each side, c, the lumen of the lateral lobe. Internal sac undifferentiated. There is considerable difficulty in the interpre- tation and delineation of this structure, as regards the distal portions of the median strips of the lateral lobe.. In the figures 230 and 230a it is assumed that they pass beyond the median orifice and then meet at the point a. Bryaxis guncorum. The aedeagus is on the same plan as B. impressa, but is shorter and more bulbous; the lateral lobes are consolidated to the median lobe. Physa inflata (Pl. UI fig. 58). Median lobe bulbous, ventral and dorsal walls chitinous with a membranous band (m) around the middle, median foramen small, ventral and nearly median. The lateral lobes hard to distinguish from median lobe but appear to be the two pointed sclerites on each side of median orifice (Il), but it is possible that the median sclerite (a) on the ventral distal part of the median lobe represents ——— Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 511 the consolidated and reduced lateral lobes. Internal sac large, swollen towards the apex where it is produced into two small diverticula, between which the ejaculatory duct opens, the apical dorsal part bearing spines, and a large spine on each side a third from the base. Palimbolus sp. (Pl. LII fig. 60). Median lobe bulbous with right edge of median orifice prolonged into point; except fora batch of membrane on dorsal side (m) the median lobe is chitinous; median foramen small, on ventral face. Lateral lobes small, subcircular bodies applied closely to median lobe slightly posterior of the median foramen. Internal sac well developed with two chitin rods (a) supporting the ventral surface and forming two rounded projections beneath the opening of the ejaculatory duct. The few forms of Pselaphidae that we have examined show very interesting differences which future investiga- tion will probably show to be characteristic of distinct groups, unless connecting forms should be found. The type is closely allied to the Staphylinid. The possibility of Bryaxis having a true basal-piece included in the aedeagus requires Investigation, as the possession of such a structure would prevent their being regarded as direct offshoots of the Staphylinidae. Family SPHAERITIDAE. Form examined: Sphaerites glabratus Fabr., Scotland. Fig. 78 Pl. LV. Sphaerites glabratus (Pl. LV figs. 78, 78a). Median lobe thin, only the tip visible; median orifice at tip. Lateral lobes large, consolidated together for the greater part of their length on the ventral, and for half their length on the dorsal face, thus forming a tube in which the median lobe lies. Basal- piece small and asymmetrical, the chitinisation forming a broad circular band. Internal sac undifferentiated. This is very like Syntelia. Family SYNTELIIDAE. Form examined: Syntelia histeroides, Japan. Syntelia histeroides (Pl. LV figs. 77, 77a). Median lobe well developed, long, curved, tubular, with a pair of median struts. Lateral lobes very long and curved towards their MM 2 512 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative pointed apices, consolidated together for the greater part of their length. Basal-piece small, symmetrical, with the opening on the ventral (?) face. This comes near to Sphaerites. Family NIPONIIDAE. Form examined: Niponius canalicollis, Japan. Fig. 82 Pl. LV. Niponius canalicollis (Pl. LV figs. 82, 82a). Median lobe tubular, slender and long ; lateral lobes longer than median lobe and enveloping them. Basal-piece forming a long tube, constricted near its base and bent. Internal sac undifferentiated. This form of aedeagus is nearest to Syntelia but differs in having the tubular basal-piece long, a character in itself not of family importance. Family HISTERIDAE. Forms examined: Hister cadaverinus Hoffm., England. Pachylister chinensis Quens., China. Macrolister maximus OL, Africa. Oxysternus maximus L., Guiana. Hololepta elongata Er. Andaman Islands. H. arcifera Mars., Cameroons. Saprinus nitidulus Fabr., England. Teretri- osoma stebbingt Lewis, India. Figs. 79, 80 and 81, Pl. LV, relate to Histeridae. Hister cadaverinus (P). LY figs. 79, 79a). Median lobe well developed, chitinous, slightly curved, with a large flange running round the lateral and distal edges of the apical half (a), forming a cavity in which the apical armature lies when the median lobe is at rest. This median armature is a pair of two-pronged structures, amalgamated at their bases and articu- lated to the base of the median lobe; when the median lobe is withdrawn between the lateral lobes at rest, the armature lies in the cavity, but when it is thrust out the armature turns back. There is a pair of short median struts. Tegmen consisting of a small basal-piece with very large lateral lobes amalgamated on their ventral side to the tip, and on the dorsal side along the basal half. Internal sac undifferentiated. Macrolister maximus. A figure is given of this with the median lobe erected (Pl. LV fig. 80). Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 513 Oxysternus maximus. Median lobe rod-like, dilated at the tip into a cleaver-shaped process. Basal-piece moderately long, slightly asymmetrical, with a large membranous area on one aspect, just anterior to its junction with the lateral lobes. Lateral lobes very long, coalesced on their basal portions to form a very hard tube, the apical two-fifths forming a half tube, or trough, at the basal portion of which is the articulation of the median lobe. The rod-like, very hard median lobe renders it pretty certain that the sac remains un- differentiated. The aedeagus is here a beautiful structure with very solid chitinisation. Hololepta elongata (Pl. LV figs. 81, 81a). The aedeagus is flattened and thin, the basal-piece more than two-thirds the length of the lateral lobes; the lateral lobes amal- gamated along the dorsal surface to the tip and along the ventral surface for the basal two-thirds, The median lobe is greatly reduced. Saprinus nitidulus. Median lobe small, only the tip visible. Lateral lobes very large, consolidated together along their entire length, with the tips slightly flattened and turned down; this forms a complete tube with an opening atthe tip on the dorsal side. Basal-piece very small, asymmetrical. Internal sac small, apparently not differentiated. Teretriosoma stebbingi, Weare indebted to Mr. Lewis for the opportunity of examining this rare and interesting Histerid. The individual was in a very decayed con- dition and the preparation was not very successful, but it shows that this form departs from the other Histeridae we have examined by the shape of the lateral lobes, which are flattened divergent laminae. Their conjunc- tion with the basal-piece seems to be more intimate than usual. The four families Histeridae, Synteliidae, Sphaeritidae and Niponiidae are so closely related by the aedeagus, that they might form one family, in which the Histeridae would include the higher developments. Its characteristics are the existence of a basal sclerite having no power of move- ment over the median lobe, and extremely large lateral lobes more or less amalgamated to forma tube. The type is extremely different from Staphylinidae. But the approximation to the Byrrhidae is clear. 514 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative Family PHALACRIDAE. Forms examined: Phalacrus grossus Er., Spain. Lzto- librus obesus Sharp, Panama. Olibrus corticalis Panz., England. Figs. 83 and 84 Pl. LVI are Phalacridae. Phalacrus grossus (Pl. LX figs. 83, 83a). Median lobe broad and flattened ; median orifice on dorsal face at apex; median foramen large. Tegmen forming a ring-piece. The “cap-piece” formed of the two flattened lateral lobes consoli- dated on the dorsal side to near their apices, and a large flat plate, turned down along the lateral edges, the basal corners meeting together on the ventral side of the median lobe, where the ring is asymmetrical. Internal sac large and complex. There is a pair of long tubular glands which open on the apex of the sac, one on each side of the opening of the ejaculatory duct. As our specimens were dried we could not examine the testes to see if these glands were extra, or if there were the usual ones having an abnormal opening. In Olibrus corticalis these glands are not present in this position. Intolibrus obesus (Pl. LVI fig. 84). Median lobe broad and flattened, slightly bent near the base where a flange (a) runs along the dorsal face ; median orifice on dorsal aspect at tip; median foramen large, on ventral side of base. Tegmen forming ring-piece. Lateral lobes small, consoli- dated’ together and forming a pointed, flattened plate bearing a pair of small curved hooks ; basal-piece long and narrow on dorsal side, broadened at the base where it encircles the median lobe, having two deep emarginations causing the median central portion (b) to project as a tongue. Internal sac large, bearing a pair of double claws and a pair of small plates, as armature. Family MONOTOMIDAE. Form examined: Monotoma conicicollis Guér., England. Fig. 85 Pl. LVI. Monotoma conicicollis (Pl. LVI figs. 85, 85a). Median lobe short, broad, flattened, and slightly curved; median orifice at tip, the dorsal edge projecting beyond the ventral and pointed; median foramen at base and of large size. From the ventral edge of the median foramen proceed two long struts (ms). Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 515 Tegmen (fig. 85a) forming a ring-piece, the dorsal part being a hood- shaped body, with a thin piece proceeding from each basal corner and consolidating on ventral side of median lobe. Internal sac very large, bearing armature near base (b) and towards apex (a). Family NITIDULIDAE. Forms examined: Psilotus atratus Reitt., Chiriqui. Cychramus luteus Fabr., England. Jps (Glischrochilus of various authors) yaponius Motsch., Japan. Figs. 87 and 88 Pl. LVI. Psilotus atratus (Pl. LVI fig. 87). Median lobe tubular, broad and flat, with single median strut. Tegmen forming a large broad curved plate or hood, on dorsal face, with a small dorsal median projection (a) from base, the basal corners meeting and consolidating on ventral side of median lobe. Internal sac large, the opening of ejaculatory duct at apex, where it is supported by two chitin rods consolidated together at tip (b) round the duct opening. L[ps japonius (Pl. LVI fig. 88) is of the same type as P. atratus; and so is Cychramus, the “hood” being much larger than the median lobe. The family Monotomidae comes near to these forms, as also does Helotidae. On the other hand, Rhizophagus does not belong to Nitidulidae. Whether it can be satisfactorily placed in Cucwjidae (where we have treated of it, cf. fig. 101), can only be determined by a much more extensive survey of the Cucujidae than we have made. Family BYTURIDAE. Form examined: Bytwrus tomentosus Fabr., England. Fig. 86 Pl. LVI. Byturus tomentosus (Pl. LVI fig. 86). Median lobe long, ‘slender, and pointed; median orifice at tip on dorsal face; median foramen at base. Tegmen forming a close- fitting sheath, the distal half chitinous, the basal half membranous, with a strip of chitin supporting each side (a); and a Y-piece with a long stalk (b) supporting the ventral aspect. Internal sac undifferentiated. This type is similar to Trogositidae. 516 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative Family TROGOSITIDAE (or Ostomidae, or Temno- chilidae). Forms examined: TYemnochila virescens Fabr., Mexico. Alindria grandis Serv., Africa. Leperina, sp. n.? aff. adustae Pase., Australia. Thymalus limbatus Fabr., Brockenhurst. Figs. 89 and 90 Pls. LVI and LVII. Temnochila virescens (Pl. LVI figs. 89, 89a). Median lobe long, flattened laterally, formed by a trough-shaped chitin plate (a) on ventral aspect and membrane on dorsal aspect (b), with a chitin strut round median orifice at distal end (c). Tegmen formed into a sheath; lateral lobes distinct and only amalgamated at base ; basal-piece large and tubular, chitinous on dorsal and ventral aspects, membranous on sides. Internal sac undifferentiated. Alindria grandis is of the same type, but the division between lateral lobes and the basal-piece is obliterated. Thymalus limbatus (Pl. LVIT figs. 90, 90a). Median lobe long, straight, flattened laterally. Tegmen forming a sheath with lateral lobes consolidated together on the ventral aspect, basal-piece long, tubular, with a strong strut on the dorsal aspect at base (a). Leperina aff. adustae is of the same type but has the lateral lobes free. It is possible that this type is a development of a trilobe type through such a form as Aulonium. Byturus belongs near this family. Family COLYDIIDAE. Forms examined: Hnarsus bakewelli Pasc., New Zealand. Tarphiomimus indentatus Woll., New Zealand. Auloniwm bidentatum Fabr., Guatemala. Deretaphrus ignavus Pasc., Australia. Cerylon histeroides Fabr., England. Figs. 91-95 of Pl. LVII relate to the above-named forms. Enarsus bakewelli (Pl. LVII figs. 92, 92a, 920). Median lobe nearly as long as tegmen, chitinous on dorsal and lateral aspects, membranous on ventral (a); median orifice on ventral aspect near apex. Tegmen consists of a large basal-piece formed of a ventrally-placed sclerite, the dorsal aspect membranous, and a pair of ——_— = Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 517 lateral lobes joined together on their ventral aspects and forming a large plate ; the median distal portion of the plate projecting between the distal ends of the lateral lobes as a free process, truncate at tip (b). No differentiated internal sac. In this species there is a distinct abdominal plate between the anus and aedeagus (lv), which we think must be the last ventral sclerite of the body. ‘Tarphiomimus indentatus is of a similar type (Pl. LVIT fig. 98). Aulonium bidentatum (Pl. LVIT figs. 91, 91a). Median lobe large, somewhat flattened ; median orifice near tip on ventral face. Tegmen formed of a large basal-piece, chitinous on ventral and membranous on dorsal aspect, and a large piece, formed of the lateral lobes consolidated together to near their tips, on the ventral face. Deretaphrus ignavus (Pl. LVII figs. 94, 94a). Median lobe long, slender and tubular, with median orifice at tip on dorsal side, median foramen at base, which is slightly swollen. Tegmen consisting of two short, broad lateral lobes, rounded at tip and bearing a strong curved spine at base, between which the median lobe passes, Basal-piece short, projecting as two short struts (a) at base. Internal sac undifferentiated. Some other species (which cannot be determined but are not D. piceus, the type of the genus) are of the same construction with slight difference in details. Cerylon histeroides (Pl. LVII fig. 95). The aedeagus consists of a long, tubular median lobe, swollen at its apex, across which is the median orifice; and a small ring- shaped tegmen articulated at the base of the median lobe. Internal sac complex. Obs.—There is great diversity among the few forms of Colydiidae we have examined. We might perhaps associate Hnarsus and Aulonium, though there is much difference between them. Hnarsus is one of the connecting links of the trilobe aedeagus with the sheath-forms (Trogositidae, etc.) that we have at present placed in Cucujoidea. We have therefore in our table also given this genus a place in Byrrhoidea. Aulonium is more definitely Trogositoid, Deretaphrus is not thoroughly elucidated. There may 518 Mr. D, Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative be an affinity with Rhizophagus. It is very different from the trilobe form. Cerylon is extremely difficult. If the ring at the base of the long tubular median lobe be really the tegmen as we have assumed, the genus might be said to be a trilobe form with tegmen greatly reduced, with concomitant great development of the median lobe in the tubular form. This in fact would then be a form of development in some respects parallel with what we find in Chrysomelidae. A thorough study of the forms at present associated in Colydiidae would probably lead to the dismemberment of the family, and would in addition throw a considerable light on Coleopterous taxonomy. Family CUCUJIDAE. Forms examined: Passandra fasciata Gray, Central America. Hectarthrum cylindricum Sm., Queensland. Cucujus mniszechi Grouv., Japan. Brontopriscus pleuralis and B. sinuatus Sharp, New Zealand. Srontes lucius Pasc., Queensland. Diagrypnodes wakejieldi Wat., New Zealand. Chaetosoma scaritides Westw. (?), New Zealand. LRhizo- phagus depressus Fabr., England. Figs. 96-101 Pl. LVIII relate to these forms. Passandra fasciata (Pl. LVIII figs. 96, 96a). Median lobe short and fairly broad, with the median orifice at tip, on dorsal aspect ; the basal dorsal edge is continued as a broad strut (a), which suddenly narrows and continues as a long fine strut (b). The tegmen forms a ring, the dorsal side is formed by a pair of long lateral lobes, wide at their base, where they are consolidated together into a plate, and narrow for the distal three-fourths where they are free ; the ventral portion of the ring is formed by a broad plate attached to the outer basal corners of the lateral lobes. Internal sac very long and narrow, except at its base where it is complex ; the basal complex part of the sac evaginates easily and then forms a cross-shape body (fig. 96«) ; the distal portion (c) has the opening at its apex and forms a semi-chitinous trough ; the lateral portions (d) are semi-chitinous ; two small diverticula (e) turn basally, and basad of these are two more that bear hairs, The rest of the long internal sac is narrow. At the apex of the sac there is a semi-chitinous tongue (f) through which the ejaculatory duct passes. The enlarged part of the ejaculatory duct forms a chitinous tube. It is possible that this part of the duct passes through to apex of the sac and forms a flagellum. Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera, 519 Hectarthrum cylindricum is on a similar plan, but the consolidated basal part of the lateral lobes is constricted off from the free portion and forms a distinct plate. : From certain specimens that we have examined it appears probable that the chitinous ejaculatory duct forms a flagellum, and is capable of being thrust right through the tongue at apex, and entirely up the internal sac. This type (Passandra and Hectarthrum) differs from the rest of the Cucujidae we have examined in having a large plate on the ventral side of the ring-piece instead of the consolidated tegminal struts (¢9). Cucujus mniszechi (Pl. LVIII fig. 97). Median lobe well developed, cylindrical, slightly flattened laterally ; median orifice on dorsal aspect near apex, the ventral edge continued into a small point ; dorsal basal edge continued into large median strut (ms). Tegmen forming slender ring-piece, with small cap- piece, bearing small laterallobes. Internal sac very long, with long, slender flagellum arising from the apex, at the tip of which the ejaculatory duct opens. Brontopriscus sinuatus (Pl. LVIITI fig. 100). Median lobe small, tubular, with median orifice at tip, the basal part continued asa large flat strut, narrowing in middle and spatulate at the end (a). Tegmen consisting of a ring piece with dorsal cap, the cap being formed by a curved plate produced into two flattish lateral lobes; there is no line of division between the plate and the lateral lobes. Internal sac very long, with a long fine flagellum rising from the apex; about the middle the sac is swollen and its surface studded with fine, short spikes. In Brontopriscus plewralis the aedeagus is very similar, but the flagellum is longer, and there are four broad, short spines on the sac about a third from its base. Brontes lucius is very near to Brontopriscus, but the median strut is longer and more slender; the middle of the internal sac slightly dilated and covered with long strong hairs and the rest of the sac sparsely covered with stout hairs. Dagrypnodes wakefieldc (Pl. LVIII figs. 99, 99a). Median lobe slender, curved and membranous, with a thin chitin- rod on each side to support it; median orifice on ventral aspect near tip. The tegmen forms on dorsal aspect a large cap, which is 520 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F..Muir on the Comparative formed by two pieces articulated together, the distal one bearing two small lateral lobes. It is possible that the distal piece is the basal part of the lateral lobes, and the basal plate is the basal piece. The basal corners of this basal plate meet under the median lobe, No differentiated internal sac. Chaetosoma scaritides (Pl. LVIIT fig. 98). Median lobe slender, chitinous on ventral aspect, membranous on dorsal ; median orifice on dorsal aspect of tip, ventral edge pointed and projecting beyond dorsal edge. Tegmen forming a ring, with large dorsal cap-piece formed of a large curved plate with a pair of broad lateral lobes at apex; the ring is broad and continued as a strut (tg) on ventral side. Internal sac small, not differentiated. There are probably more than one species of Chaetosoma in New Zealand, and if so the one here dealt with is not the C. scaritides of Westw. Ours is a comparatively large, black form, found by Commander J. J. Walker at Wellington. Rhizophagus depressus (P|. LVIIT fig. 101). Median lobe large, tubular and slightly curved ; median orifice at apex, the base prolonged into a long dorsal strut. Tegmen forming a slender ring round the median lobe, the dorsal part slightly enlarged into a very small cap-piece. Internal sac large, with stout, twisted flagellum arising from apex. This differs from Nitidulidae by the large, exposed median lobe, the cap-piece of the tegmen reduced so as not to cover the lobe. This family is of great interest and requires much greater investigation than we have given it before any definite conclusions can be arrived at. It will eventually have to be divided. Whether or not certain divisions that have already been proposed are adequate we cannot say. Chaetosoma is of interest as it shows a probable transition from the sheath type (Trogositidae) to the true ring type. In Diagrypnodes we have a type nearer to Pythidae than to Cucujus. The degree of differentiation of the sac and the condition of the lateral lobes must be considered in adjusting the relationships in this family. Thus Hectarthrum has a more generalised tegmen than Lhizo- phagus wherein its reduction to a mere ring is very Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 521 considerable. There are several other Cucujus-forms (Prostomis, etc.) that we have not been able to examine, although they are probably taxonomically important. Family HELOTIDAE. Form examined: Helota gemmata Gorh., Japan, and a second species from Assam. Figs. 106, 106a and 1060 Pl. LX. Helota gemmata (Pl. LX figs. 106, 106a, 1060). Median lobe broad, flattened ; the ventral face forming a plate of which the lateral edges project slightly ; the base prolonged into two broad struts; median orifice at distal end. The tegmen formed of a large “ cap-piece” on the dorsal aspect and a Y-piece on the ventral. The edges of the cap-piece are turned in and form a groove in which the projecting edges of the median lobe run. In- ternal sac large with complex armature at apex. This armature (fig. 106b) consists of a stout chitinous block (a), on the end of which the ejaculatory duct opens; the ventral face of this piece forms a shallowly curved plate (b), on the dorsal aspect are two curved plates, both deeply cleft at the tips (c). This type must be placed somewhere near the Niti- dulidae. It is an instance—and far from a solitary one— of an aedeagus within an aedeagus. Family OMMADIDAE. Form examined: Omma stanleyi Newm., Australia. Omma stanleyt (Pl. LIX figs. 102, 102a). Median lobe well developed, tubular with median orifice on the smaller distal end and the median foramen at the larger basal end ; two short median struts; point of articulation on dorsal face. Lateral lobes large, concave on the inner surface, where this envelops the median lobe to near its tip, the basal part of the lateral lobes consolidated together. No defined basal-piece. The internal sac is simple and of medium size. In this species the anus opens at the end of a chitinous tube (a) which either represents the last segment (tergite and sternite) or a chitinisation of the rectum, more probably the former, 522 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr, F. Muir on the Comparative Family CUPEDIDAE. Form examined: Cupes clathratus Motsch., Japan. Figs. 103, 103a, 104, 104a, 1040 Pl. LIX. Cupes clathratus (Pl. LIX figs. 108, 103a, 104, 104a, 1040). Median lobe small with median orifice on ventral aspect, forming a longitudinal opening along the distal two-thirds. Tegmen com- plex without distinct division between the basal-piece and lateral lobes. On the dorsal side there is a plate (a) bilobed at tip, which covers the median lobe. A pair of large lateral lobes with complex tips, and from near their bases, on the ventral face, two long, slender spines (b) are given off. Internal sac undifferentiated. There is a unique structure pertaining to the dorsal plate of the last visible abdominal segment (104, 104a, 104b). Asin Omma the anus opens at the end of a chitinous tube (c), from below it there rises a pair of flattened chitinous processes (d). The last visible dorsal plate is deeply cleft at its distal margin, its basal part con- tinues into the abdomen, curves under and ends in a point, a hole (e) being left just before the bend, through which the gut passes, Obs.—As regards Omma and Cupes; though very peculiar they are by no means closely allied, and form two families more naturally than a single one. It is by no means impossible that the peculiarities of these two Coleoptera are indications of an old relationship with Insects of another Order (perhaps something that preceded the existing Sialidae). We really, however, know very little about the creatures and generalisation is premature. We find that their wings even have been but imperfectly studied. Family CRYPTOPHAGIDAE. Form examined: